Program Manual - Saint Louis University

Advanced Dental Education Program in: 

Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics 

Program Manual 

Saint Louis University 

Center for Advanced Dental Education 

2009-2010

Program Manual 


Graduate Program in Orthodontics 

2009-2010

GRADUATE ORTHODONTICS PROGRAM MANUAL INDEX 

1. Program Description 

2. Listing of Faculty 

3. Mission and Goals 

4. Listing of Course 

5. Code of Professional Conduct 

6. CADE Due Process 

7. Graduate School Due Process 

8. AAO Principles of Ethics and Code of Conduct 

9. Clinic Manual 

10. Policy Manual 

11. Attendance 

12. Leave of Absence Request Form 

13. X-Ray Guidelines 

14. Complaints to the ADA Commission 

15. Bloodborne Pathogens Exposure Control Plan 

16. Employee Health Policy 

17. Employee Health 

18. Immunizations 

19. Influenza Policy 

20. Compliance Check List 

21. Copy of New Student Letter 

22. Big Brother/Sister Little Brother/Sister List 

23. Instrument List 

24. Suppliers 

25. Book List 

26. Outside Employment Policy 

27. AAO and ADA Membership 

28. AAO Library 

29. ABO Information 

30. SLU Medical Center Map 

31. SLU Library Information 

32. Faculty and Staff Contact Information

33. Faculty Clinic Schedule 

34. Registration Information 

35. Student Financial Aid 

36. GORP Meeting 

37. Email Listing 

38. Business Cards 

39. Student Health 

40. Emergency Contact Information 

41. Student Roster 

42. Parking and ID Badges 

43. Long Distance Information 

44. Voice Mail 

45. Laboratory Information 

46. Supply Room Information 

47. Policies Concerning Residents 

48. Letter of Indemnity 

49. Graduate School Catalogue

The Center For Advanced Dental Education 

General Information 

The Center for Advanced Dental Education at Saint Louis University offers advanced dental 

education in the areas of Endodontics, Periodontics, and Orthodontics that prepares students for 

specialty practice and satisfies the educational requirements of the respective specialty boards. A 

Certificate of Proficiency and Master of Science degree are awarded after the completion of all 

requirements of the respective specialty program. Other programs, including postdoctoral 

fellowships and other special course work for non-degree and non-certificate students, may be 

provided in special circumstances. 

Introduction 

The Graduate Program in Orthodontics 

Orthodontics was created as a specialty of dentistry to address complex problems involving the 

growth and development of the facial structures and dentition. In this specialty, special emphasis is 

given to conditions that require tooth movement and alterations of the bones of the facial complex. 

In the Department of Orthodontics at the Center for Advanced Dental Education at Saint Louis 

University, we endeavor to provide the highest quality, contemporary education for dental 

graduates so that they become respected professionals dedicated to the practice and advancement of 

the specialty of orthodontics. 

Our program, which is one of the oldest orthodontic programs in the U.S., began training 

orthodontists in 1948. Since then nearly 700 students have studied and earned their degrees at 

Saint Louis University; the SLU orthodontic program has produced more orthodontists than any 

program in the world. Our alumni have compiled an excellent record of accomplishment by 

providing high-quality service to their patients, teaching, conducting research, and providing 

service to the profession of dentistry and the specialty of orthodontics. We are proud of the 

achievements of our alumni and are poised to teach future students who are committed to learning, 

the search for knowledge, and the delivery of quality health care. 

The Program 

The graduate program in orthodontics at CADE begins near the end of June each year and 

continues for 30 consecutive months with graduation in December. This period of full-time study 

provides for intensive instruction and training in the biological and clinical sciences related to the 

specialty of orthodontics. The course of instruction is designed to satisfy all the requirements for 

eligibility for licensure as a specialist, the specialty board in orthodontics, and the Master of 

Science degree. The program, conducted through the Graduate School and fully accredited by the 

American Dental Association, is well rounded and provides balanced training in clinical 

orthodontics, the basic sciences, and discovery. Our goal is to prepare the graduate to pursue a 

1

career of many possibilities: as a clinician with a practice limited to orthodontics, as a researcher, 

or as a teacher of orthodontics. 

Requirements for the Master's degree include the successful completion of all course work, 

satisfactory treatment of the assigned patients, acceptable performance on all didactic and clinical 

examinations, and the successful completion and defense of a thesis. 

Instruction in Basic Sciences 

Instruction in the basic sciences at the postgraduate level is designed to provide broad and in-depth 

knowledge concerning the human form beyond that learned in dental school. Fundamental 

knowledge regarding all aspects of the human system is taught with particular focus on growth, 

development, and the biological aspects of tooth movement and alteration of bones. Formal 

courses are given in the areas of head and neck anatomy, oral biology, molecular biology, genetics, 

and facial growth. Basic instruction also focuses on new technologies; computer science is an 

integral portion of the curriculum. 

Clinical Experience 

Following preliminary laboratory and classroom instruction, each resident initiates treatment on a 

large number of patients who present with a broad array of dental malocclusions and skeletal 

deformities. Although residents are first introduced to the Tweed edgewise philosophy form of 

treatment, they are also exposed to Tip-Edge mechanics (the sequel to Begg therapy), functional 

and other removable appliances, and to various straight wire appliances. The supervising faculty 

present their philosophies and technique by means of lectures, seminars, laboratory exercises, and 

demonstrations. 

In the clinic, students are exposed to a wide array of patient types. Children, adolescents, and 

adults are treated; consequently students are exposed to treatment in the deciduous, mixed, and 

adult dentitions. Students are also exposed to cases with compromised oral health that require 

consideration of periodontal, restorative, and temporomandibular joint treatment. As a result, 

many patients are treated by an interdisciplinary approach with other healthcare professionals. 

Throughout the clinical experience, each student receives a great deal of faculty attention. The 

development of diagnostic and treatment skills are emphasized as a major responsibility to our 

students. 

Additional courses and seminars augment the clinical experience covering the topics of diagnosis 

and treatment planning, cephalometrics, theoretical and practical biomechanics, oral pathology, 

oral medicine, multidisciplinary treatment, speech disorders, craniofacial defects with particular 

emphasis on cleft lip/palate rehabilitation, adolescent and adult psychology, implants, dentofacial 

orthopedics, surgical orthodontics, TMJ disorders, and practice management. 

Research and the Thesis 

As part of our responsibility to the specialty and the patients it serves, the faculty is committed to 

the production of new knowledge. Following instruction in research design and statistics, the 

residents receive experience in the process of discovery by conducting an original research project. 

2

This effort leads to the preparation and defense of a thesis and, subsequently the production of a 

manuscript suitable for publication in a journal relating to the specialty of orthodontics. 

Each graduate student works closely with faculty advisors to develop an original clinical or basic 

science research project. The topics for research are limitless and usually develop from areas of 

special interest “discovered” by the student throughout the first year of instruction. A reasonable 

project is worked out with the help of faculty counsel, and this initial step is followed by a period 

of in-depth literary investigation to determine what is, and is not, already known about the 

particular subject. Then, the necessary equipment and materials are obtained and related 

techniques learned. Required laboratory equipment and expertise is available across campus, from 

computers to electron microscopes. The work begins and eventually results are produced, analyzed 

and interpreted. A written thesis of acceptable literary and scientific merit is then prepared along 

with a manuscript suitable for publication so that this new knowledge may become available to the 

profession. This experience of discovery is an integral part of the Graduate Program and we expect 

that the student will produce a meaningful contribution to the field of orthodontics. 

SLU is genuinely proud of our students’ achievements in research. Numerous theses completed by 

the students while in the program have received recognition in various research competitions and 

been presented at national orthodontic and dental research meetings. 

Facilities 

The orthodontic program is conducted in Dreiling-Marshall Hall. This building was constructed in 

1998 and is entirely dedicated to advanced dental education. The vast majority of the space in the 

building is used by the orthodontic program. Space is dedicated to patient care (waiting room, 

examination, consultation, imaging, clinics), education (classrooms, library, laboratories), research 

(laboratories) and the students, staff, and faculty (offices, lounges, locker room). All-in-all, the 

orthodontic program is fortunate to have one of the finest educational facilities in the world. 

Teaching Staff 

Over the years, the faculty has consisted of some of the most talented and dedicated leaders in the 

specialty of orthodontics. Several members of the founding orthodontic faculty still remain active 

in the program. The orthodontic faculty is presently composed of approximately 50 full-time or 

part-time members, most of whom are practicing orthodontists. This broadly-based group of 

individuals (they have advanced degrees from many different universities), is relatively large (8.00 

full-time equivalents), and have many talents and strengths. Many are certified as diplomates of 

the American Board of Orthodontics, many are active in dental and orthodontic associations, and 

collectively they have over 1,000 years of experience in clinical orthodontics. Many members are 

internationally known for their research, teaching, and clinical ability and contribute regularly to 

the literature. In addition to strong academic and clinical orthodontic faculty, other faculty with 

expertise in craniofacial anatomy, communication disorders, oral surgery, endodontics, pain, 

periodontics, law, bioengineering, management, and psychology contribute to the curriculum. A 

large number of visiting lecturers also participate in the education of the students. Because of the 

continued study and diligence of this dedicated faculty, our program stands today as a leader in the 

training of orthodontists. 

3

Program Director 



Faculty Roster 2009-2010 

Dr. Rolf Behrents (Professor and Orthodontic Program Director) (ABO) 

Meharry Medical College - 1973 - (Dentistry) 

Case Western Reserve University - 1975 - (Orthodontics) 

University of Michigan - 1984 - (Ph.D.) 

Full-time Faculty-Orthodontics 

Dr. Eustaquio Araujo (Professor and Clinic Director) 

University of Minas Gerais - 1969 - (Dentistry) 

University of Pittsburgh - 1981 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Ki Boem Kim (Assistant Professor) 

Dankook University - 1992 - (Dentistry) 

Dankook University - 1995 - (TM & M.S.) 

Dankook University - 2002 - (Ph.D.) 

Vanderbilt University - 2005 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Donald Oliver (Associate Clinical Professor) (ABO) 

Washington University - 1963 - (Dentistry) 

Washington University - 1967 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Gus Sotiropoulos (Professor and Assistant Clinic Director) 

Saint Louis University - 1950 - (Dentistry) 

Saint Louis University - 1952 - (Orthodontics) 

Part-time Faculty-Orthodontics 

Dr. Cliff Alexander (Assistant Clinical Professor) 

Baylor College of Dentistry - 1993 - (Dentistry) 


Dr. Adam Andrews (Assistant Clinical Professor) 

University of Missouri Kansas City - 1977 - (Dentistry) 

Texas Tech University School of Medicine - 2000 - (Medicine) 

Baylor College of Dentistry - 2003 - (Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery) 

Dr. Joe Bauer (Associate Clinical Professor) (ABO) 



Dr. Randy Brown (Assistant Clinical Professor) 

Indiana University - 1980 - (Dentistry) 


1

Dr. Peter H. Buschang (Adjunct Professor) 

University of Texas at Austin - 1976 - (Physical Anthropology) 

University of Texas at Austin - 1980 - (Ph.D.) 

Dr. Jeff Cupps (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 



Dr. Donald Elitt (Associate Clinical Professor) (ABO) 

Loyola University - 1973 - (Dentistry) 


Dr. Patrick Foley (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 

University of Illinois - 1980 - (Dentistry) 


Dr. Steven Harrison (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 


University of Iowa - 1986 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Eugene Hayes (Assistant Clinical Professor) 



Dr. Michael Hudson (Assistant Clinical Professor) 

Southern Illinois University - 1983 - (Dentistry) 


Dr. Lysle Johnston, Jr. (Professor Emeritus) 

University of Michigan - 1961 - (Dentistry) 

University of Michigan - 1964 - (Orthodontics) 

Case Western Reserve University - 1970 - (Ph.D.) 

Dr. Chris Kesling (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 



Dr. James Klarsch (Associate Clinical Professor) (ABO) 



Dr. Chris Klein (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 



Dr. Jerry Long (Clinical Professor) 



Dr. William Mastorakos (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 



Dr. Julie McCray (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 

University of Nebraska - 1987 - (Dentistry) 


Dr. Paul Melnik (Associate Clinical Professor) 



2

Dr. Jacqueline Miller (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 


University of Nebraska - 1993 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Robert Nikolai (Professor Emeritus) 

Benedictine University - 1961 - (Mechanical Engineering) 

University of Illinois - 1964 - (Ph.D.) 

Dr. Michael Purcell (Clinical Professor) 



Dr. Stephen Roehm (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 

University of Illinois - 1977 - (Dentistry) 


Dr. Sheldon Rosenstein (Clinical Professor) (ABO) 

Northwestern University - 1951 - (Dentistry) 

Northwestern University - 1955 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Kenneth Rowan (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 



Dr. Pete Sotiropoulos (Professor Emeritus) 



Dr. Suthanya Srisuro (Associate Clinical Professor) 

Chulalongkorn University - 1968 - (Dentistry) 


Dr. Kevin Walde (Assistant Clinical Professor) (ABO) 



Adjunct and Visiting Faculty 

Dr. Leon Aronson (Adjunct Assistant Professor) 

Emory University - 1963 - (Dentistry) 


Dr. Matt Bauer (Adjunct Assistant Professor) (ABO) 



Dr. Jay Bowman (Adjunct Associate Professor) (ABO) 



Mr. John Boyce (Clinical Professor) 

Saint Louis University - 1962 - (Law) 

Saint Louis University - 1968 - (Masters in Law) 

Dr. M. Michael Carstens (Adjunct Professor) 

Stanford University School of Medicine - 1981 - (Medicine) 

Boston University School of Medicine - (1987) - (Surgery) 

University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine - 1989 - (Plastic Surgery) 

3

Dr. Jason Cope (Adjunct Associate Professor) (ABO) 

Baylor College of Dentistry - 1995 - (Dentistry) 

Baylor College of Dentistry - 1997 - (Orthodontics) 

Baylor College of Dentistry - 1999 - (Ph.D) 

Dr. Richard Demko (Adjunct Assistant Professor) 



Dr. Luiz Gandini, Jr. (Visiting Professor) 

University of Sao Paulo State-Araraquara (Dentistry) 

University of Sao Paulo State-UNESP (Orthodontics) 

University of Sao Paulo State-Araraquara (Ph.D.) 

Dr. Marcia Gandini (Visiting Assistant Professor) 

University of Sao Paulo State-Araraquara (Dentistry) 

University of Sao Paulo State-UNESP (Pedodontics) 

Araraquara School of Dentistry (Orthodontics) 

Araraquara School of Dentistry (Ph.D.) 

Ms. Lynn Marty Grames (Adjunct Instructor) 

Southern Illinois University Edwardsville - (1979) - (Speech) 

Saint Louis University - (1981) - (Communication Disorders) 

Dr. John Hatton (Professor and Endodontic Program Director) 

Southern Illinois University School of Dental Medicine - (1982) - (Dentistry) 

University of Illinois - (1984) - (Endodontics) 

Dr. William Hatton (Adjunct Instructor) 

Illinois Wesleyan University -(1980) - (Music Education) 

Southern Illinois University - (1989) - (Masters in Business Administration) 

Dr. Jessica Hinz (Adjunct Assistant Professor) 

University of Maryland - (1986) - (Psychology) 

University of Missouri - (1991) - (MA Counseling Psychology) 

University of Missouri - (1997) - (Ph.D. Psychology) 

Dr. Scott Jamieson (Adjunct Assistant Professor [pending]) (ABO) 

Northwestern University - (1972) - (Dentistry) 

Northwestern University - (1974) - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. David Jenkins (Adjunct Associate Professor) 

University of Pittsburgh - (1971) - (Biology) 

Pennsylvania State University - (1975) - (Anatomy) 

Dr. Sanjivan Kandasamy (Adjunct Assistant Professor [pending]) 

University of Melbourne - 2004 - (Orthodontics) 

University of Western Australia - 2001 - (Dentistry) 

Dr. Alex Kane (Adjunct Associate Professor [pending]) 

Dartmouth Medical School - (1991) - (Medicine) 

Washington University School of Medicine - ( 1994) - (Surgery) 

Washington University School of Medicine - (1998) - (Plastic Surgery) 

Dr. Elias G. Katsavrias (Visiting Associate Professor) 

University of Athens - 1974 - (Dentistry) 

University of Athens - 1982 - (Ph.D.) 


4

Dr. Peter Kesling (Clinical Professor) (ABO) 


Preceptor Program - 1958 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Vincent George Kokich (Adjunct Professor) (ABO) 

University of Washington - 1971 - (Dentistry) 

University of Washington -1974 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Teresa Lasagabaster (Adjunct Assistant Professor) 

University of the Basque Country - 1997 - (Dentistry) 


Dr. Richard P. McLaughlin (Adjunct Associate Professor) (ABO) 

Georgetown University - 1970 - (Dentistry) 

University of Southern California - 1976 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Douglas Miley (Associate Professor and Periodontics Program Director) 

Southern Illinois University School of Dental Medicine - (1983) - (Dentistry) 

Indiana University School of Dentistry - (1985) - (Periodontics) 

Dr. Kuniaki Miyajima (Adjunct Professor) 

Aichi-Gakuin University - 1978 - (Dentistry) 


Aichi-Gakuin University - 1991 - (Ph.D.) 

Dr. Richard Nissen (Adjunct Assistant Professor [pending]) (ABO) 

University of Iowa College of Dentistry - (1983) - (Dentistry) 

Washington University School of Dental Medicine - (1985) - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Christian Palettea (Adjunct Professor) 

University of North Carolina - (1978) - (Medicine) 

Grady Memorial Hospital - (1984) - (Surgery) 

Emory University - (1986) - (Plastic Surgery) 

Dr. Tim Randolph (Associate Clinical Professor) 

Medical College of Virginia - (1987) - (Medical Technology) 

Warnborough College - (2008) - (Hematology) 

Dr. Gerald Samson (Adjunct Associate Professor) (ABO) 

Marquette University - 1975 - (Dentistry) 

Emory University - 1979 - (Pediatric Dentistry) 

Northwestern University - 1981 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Christian Sander (Adjunct Assistant Professor) 

Bonn University - 1999 - (Dentistry) 

Albert Einstein University - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Kirk Satrom (Adjunct Associate Professor) (ABO) 

Emory University - 1980 - (Dentistry) 

Baylor College of Dentistry - 1988 - (Orthodontics) 

Dr. Brad Seyer (Adjunct Assistant Professor) 

University of Missouri Kansas City - (1998) 

Emory University - (2001) - (Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology) 

Dr. Meropi N. Spyropolous (Visiting Professor) 

University of Athens - 1961 - (Dentistry) 

University of Athens - 1972 _ (Ph.D.) 

University of Michigan - 1976 - (Orthodontics) 

5

Dr. Ernst Taeger (Adjunct Professor) (ABO) 

Howard University - 1974 - (Dentistry) 


Dr. Geza Terezhalmy (Adjunct Professor [pending]) 

Case Western Reserve University - (1971) - (Dentistry) 

George Washington University - (1987) - (MA in Higher Education) 

Dr. Charles Thornton (Adjunct Associate Professor) 



Dr. Terry Tomazic (Professor) 

University of Detroit - (1971) - (Urban Planning) 

University of Detroit - (1971) - (Sociology) 

North Carolina State University - (1981) - (Sociology) 

Dr. Apostolos Tsolakis (Visiting Associate Professor) 

University of Thessaloniki - 1979 - (Dentistry) 


University of Athens - 1994 - (Ph.D.) 

Dr. William Whitson (Adjunct Professor) 

University of Arkansas Medical School - (1970) - (Ph.D. Anatomy) 

University of Utah College of Medicine - (1971) - (Anatomy, Radiobiology) 

FAES Graduate School NIH - (1981) - (Biochemistry) 

Dr. Albert Woo (Adjunct Assistant Professor [pending]) 

Brown Medical School - (1999) - (Medicine) 

Brown Medical School - (2002) - (Surgery) 

Brown Medical School - (2005) - (Plastic Surgery) 

6


Mission Statement 

The Mission of Saint Louis University is the pursuit of truth for the greater glory of God 

and for the service of humanity. The University seeks excellence in the fulfillment of its 

corporate purposes of teaching, research, health care and service to the community. It is 

dedicated to leadership in the continuing quest for understanding of God's creation and 

for the discovery, dissemination and integration of the values, knowledge and skills 

required to transform society in the spirit of the Gospels. As a Catholic, Jesuit university, 

this pursuit is motivated by the inspiration and values of the Judeo-Christian tradition and 

is guided by the spiritual and intellectual ideals of the Society of Jesus. 

In support of its mission, the University: 

Encourages and supports innovative scholarship and effective teaching in all fields 

of the arts; the humanities; the natural, health and medical sciences; the social 

sciences; the law; business; aviation; and technology. 

Creates an academic environment that values and promotes free, active and original 

intellectual inquiry among its faculty and students. 

Fosters programs that link University resources to local, national and international 

communities in collaborative efforts to alleviate ignorance, poverty, injustice and 

hunger; extend compassionate care to the ill and needy; and maintain and improve 

the quality of life for all persons. 

Strives continuously to seek means to build upon its Catholic, Jesuit identity and to 

promote activities that apply its intellectual and ethical heritage to work for the good 

of society as a whole. 

Welcomes students, faculty and staff from all racial, ethnic and religious 

backgrounds and beliefs and creates a sense of community that facilitates their 

development as men and women for others. 

Nurtures within its community an understanding of and commitment to the 

promotion of faith and justice in the spirit of the Gospels. 

Wisely allocates its resources to maintain efficiency and effectiveness in attaining its 

mission and goals.

Saint Louis University Graduate School 


The Mission of The Graduate School is to define and support excellence in graduate 

education through teaching, research, scholarship, and community activities. The 

Graduate School is dedicated to educating leaders who will contribute to the knowledge 

and skills of their disciplines, promote the discovery of new knowledge, and who will 

use, integrate, and disseminate this knowledge consistent with the values, ethics, and 

intellectual ideals of the society of Jesus. 

In realizing its mission The Graduate School is committed to specific goals and 

objectives: 

To articulate a vision of excellence for the graduate community 

To bring an institution-wide perspective to all post-baccalaureate endeavors 

To maintain academic standards across all academic disciplines 

To promote the ideals of a Catholic, Jesuit education 

To promote the research mission of the University 

To provide quality control over all aspects of graduate education 

To enhance the community of scholars among both graduate students and faculty 

To develop strategies for graduate education that contribute to and enhance 

undergraduate education 

To serve as an advocate for graduate education 

To provide a cross-university perspective 

To emphasize the institution-wide importance of training future college and 

university teachers 

To serve as an advocate for issues and constituencies critical to the success of 

graduate programs 

To support and further the non-academic interests of graduate students.

SAINT LOUIS UNIVERSITY 



Consistent with the mission of Saint Louis University, the Mission of the Center for 

Advanced Dental Education is to be a leader in education, research, patient care and 

community service within the scope of endodontics, orthodontics and periodontics. These 

activities are shaped by and reflective of Catholic and Jesuit traditions. 

From a variety of tangible outcome measures, Saint Louis University Center for 

Advanced Dental Education will be recognized as a leader in: 

Education: Graduates of Saint Louis University are clinically astute and aware as 

clinicians with an integrated, multi-disciplinary approach to caring for cranial 

facial and dental patient problems. 

Scholarly Work: Saint Louis University strives to be a primary source for 

exceptional, creative and innovative research in the area of integrated, multi-disciplinary 

themes in dentistry. Research is widely disseminated through 

publications and presentations at scholarly meetings 

Patient Care: Service to patients is exceptional, innovative and multidimensional 

with intervention of all dental specialties as appropriate; treatment of 

patients is the BEST available in diagnosis, treatment planning, treatment 

technique and concept. 

Community Service: CADE will maintain and encourage programs which link 

CADE and its resources to the community to extend dental education and dental 

patient care to those in need.




EDUCATIONAL MISSION 

It is the mission of the Orthodontic Program to provide residents with the knowledge and 

skills necessary to conduct a patient-centered, evidence-based orthodontic practice. To 

this end, we endeavor to produce specialists who possess high quality technical skills, a 

broad based scientific foundation, and ability to assess critically and, as appropriate, 

implement the scientific and technical advances that will be encountered during their 

career in service to others. In the process, we will produce alumni who will use their 

knowledge and skill to establish careers in education, research, and patient care but, 

regardless of the their choice, engage themselves in support of the profession and 

specialty, continue to seek knowledge, and conduct themselves in an ethical and 

professional manner. 

EDUCATION 

PROGRAM GOALS AND OBJECTIVES 

1. Provide residents with a sound knowledge of the history, evolution, and current 

concepts of orthodontics and craniofacial biology. 

Objectives: 

prepare residents to be knowledgeable in all aspects of clinical orthodontics. 

become certified by The American Board of Orthodontics. 

2. Establish the biomechanical principles that underpin orthodontic and dentofacial 

therapeutic mechanisms. 

Objectives: 

enable residents to understand the treatments they provide. 

enable improvement in treatment outcomes and the efficiencies of patient care. 

3. Relate the biological concepts of growth and development to malocclusion with regard 

to the discernment of etiology, determination of diagnosis, formulation of a treatment 

plan, execution of treatment, and estimation of prognosis. 

Objectives: 

enable residents to understand the relationship between biological process and treatment. 

enable treatments to be efficient and effective.

PATIENT CARE 

4. Provide residents with the knowledge, skill, and experience to diagnose and treat the 

wide variety of dentoskeletal problems encountered by specialists in orthodontics. 

Objectives: 

perform timely treatment in a setting where there is continued education and 

communication between the faculty, residents, and patients. 

enable residents to understand the need to collect and maintain high quality records. 

perform appropriate follow-up treatment and maintenance therapy directed at the 

prevention of relapse. 

prepare residents to be experienced in all aspects of clinical orthodontics. 

5. Integrate the orthodontic component of treatment within the framework of total dental 

and general care of patients. 

Objectives: 

prepare residents to integrate their treatment with general practitioners and other 

specialists in dentistry. 

determine all appropriate treatment options, consult with other disciplines as needed and 

develop individualized treatment plans for and with patients that will address their 

problems and needs. 

provide high quality patient care for treatment of complex orthodontic problems and 

patients with special needs. 

RESEARCH 

6. Establish an attitude of questioning and, through research and experience, develop the 

resident's critical faculties and familiarity with the scientific method. 

Objectives: 

demonstrate an understanding of research design and methodology. 

conduct original research in a timely manner resulting in a written 

document (thesis). 

contribute to the orthodontic body of knowledge through publications. 

contribute to the orthodontic body of knowledge through presentation in a scientific 

forum.

SERVICE 

7. Inculcate both the ability and the habit of self-evaluation and the desire for continuing 

improvement and clinical excellence. 

Objectives: 

cultivate intellectual growth and a desire to seek continued knowledge in the field of 

orthodontics. 

demonstrate a commitment to continuing education by attending professional meetings 

and continuing education courses. 

8. Foster professionalism, which includes ethical, moral, intellectual, and social 

responsibilities. 

Objectives: 

demonstrate the ability to effectively perform teaching responsibilities. 

promote a commitment to organized dentistry 

provide orthodontic treatment to assist in meeting the dental needs of the region and local 

community. 

demonstrate a commitment to organized dentistry by attending professional meetings 

demonstrate a commitment to reading the literature.




Specific Clinical Competencies 

(performed at the level of proficiency) 

Examination, Diagnosis and Treatment Planning: 

To have the resident demonstrate the ability to… 

• produce well documented medical and dental histories 

• produce accurate findings from examinations 

• construct organized reports from findings 

• recognize the need to seek consultation when indicated 

• produce diagnoses that are complete and supported by findings 

• construct treatment plans that explore alternatives, are sequenced, include 

retention plans, and include an estimation of prognosis 

Technical Competencies: 


• anticipate and prepare for procedures 

• recognize clinically acceptable treatment 

• recognize excellent treatment 

• produce clinically acceptable treatment results 

• produce excellent treatment results 

• produce and maintain accurate and complete treatment records

• utilize appropriate infection control 

• utilize appropriate radiation hygiene procedures 

• control personal behavior and standards that contribute to a professional 

environment 

Patient Management Skills: 


• maintain an efficient flow of patient treatment by appropriate scheduling 

• maintain an efficient flow of patient treatment by using time efficiently during 

appointments 

• maintain an efficient flow of patient treatment by controlling related work such as 

referrals for extraction, completion of laboratory work. 

• provide effective patient communication 

• communicate well with staff, patients, and parents 

• communicate with colleagues 

Judgment and Professionalism: 

To have the resident demonstrate the need to… 

• monitor their own strengths and weaknesses 

• eliminate knowledge and skill gaps through study and education 

• appreciate and read the literature 

• interact with orthodontic colleagues at meetings or study clubs 

• need to interact with dental colleagues 

• seek consultation with educators or other health care providers when appropriate 

• apply relevant basic science information in clinical situations.

Ethical Behavior: 

To have the resident demonstrate their understating of the need to… 

• provide clear information to patients so they fully understand the problems and 

treatments involved 

• believe that patient care is the highest priority of practice 

• treat all patients equitably without bias 

• accept personal responsibility for your own actions and their consequences

Course List 2009 

501 Fundamentals of Orthodontics (Graber Text) 

501 Pain: Anatomy, Physiology, Psychology, Diagnosis and Treatment 

503 Facial Development 

504 Molecular Biology 

505 Introduction to Statistical Inference 

506 Ethics & Dentistry 

508 Multidisciplinary Diagnosis and Treatment Planning 

508 Evidence Based Specialty Practice 

509 Research in Graduate Dentistry 

510 Biomechanics 

510 Responsible Conduct in Research 

511 Practice Management 

514 TMJ Disorders 

516 Advanced Oral Medicine 

517 Advanced Oral Pathology 

519 Advanced Head & Neck Anatomy 

523 Business Law 

524 Implants & Temporary Anchorage 

525 Clinical Cephalometrics 

533 Embryology 

535 Surgical Orthodontics 

537 Orthodontic Problems Related to the Cleft Palate Patient 

539 Speech Problems 

540 History of Orthodontics 

549 Diagnostic Procedures in Orthodontics (Graber & Rakosi Text) 

550 Diagnosis & Treatment Planning I (Oliver) 

553 Clinical Diagnosis I (Mastorakos) 

554 Clinical Diagnosis II (Mastorakos) 

555 Orthodontic Analysis and Treatment Modalities 

556 Clinical Case Conference 

558 Clinical Specialty Seminar 

560 Introduction to Clinical Orthodontics I (Oliver Clinic Procedures 

Lectures) 

561 Introduction to Clinical Orthodontics II (Proffit Textbook) 

562 Principles of Orthodontic Treatment I (Typodont) 

563 Principles of Orthodontic Techniques II (Typodont) 

570 Clinic Procedures (Initial Summer Projects)

571 Clinical Orthodontics I 

572 Clinical Orthodontics II 

573 Clinical Orthodontics III 

574 Clinical Orthodontics IV 

575 Clinical Orthodontics V 

576 Clinical Orthodontics VI 

577 Clinical Orthodontics VII 

578 Clinical Orthodontics VIII 

580 Child & Adolescent Psychology 

584 Early Orthodontic Treatment 

585 Adult Orthodontic Treatment 

589 Review for the ABO Exam 

591 Literature Review 

594 Orthodontic Internship 

595 Special Study for Examinations 

599 Thesis Research


CENTER FOR ADVANCED DENTAL EDUCATION 

CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT 

Adapted from the Saint Louis University Resident’s Association and 

Approved by the Graduate Medical Education Committee June 20, 2000 

Preamble # Code of Professional Conduct # Expectations 

Code Violations # Procedures # Appendix A-F 

The following Code of Professional Conduct for Residents, Fellows and Faculty of Saint 

Louis University, Center for Advanced Dental Education Programs was approved by the 

Center for Advanced Dental Education in June , 2001. 

I. Preamble 

Saint Louis University, Center for Advanced Dental Education (CADE) in 

sponsoring Graduate Dental Education Programs strives to prepare 

dentists for practice in their chosen dental specialty, focusing on the development 

of clinical skills, professional competence and acquisition of key knowledge 

through organized educational programs with guidance and supervision. 

Professional competence requires that they manifest in their lives exemplary 

ethical and professional attitudes. 

Among the attitudes and behavior we espouse are: 

1. respect for the sanctity of human life 

2. respect for the dignity of patients 

3. appreciation of the role of religion, family, work, community and 

culture in patients’ well-being and illness 

4. devotion to social justice, including addressing inequalities in the availability 

of dental care. 

5. personal humility and an awareness of dental medicine’s inherent limitations 

6. maturity and balanced personal and professional lives 

7. an understanding and respect for collegial teamwork in the provision of 

care 

8. commitment to the development and continued maintenance of clinical 

competence in ourselves, our colleagues and our students. 

Participants in the CADE programs must realize the importance of this 

professional ethic and assume responsibility for developing, reviewing and 

maintaining these ideals in themselves, their colleagues and the dental profession. 

The fundamental principle is personal responsibility for professional conduct at 

all times based on the ethic long espoused by the dental profession of self-

effacing service to society. Development of a professional ethic must begin and 

continue for as long as we represent the dental profession. 

The Code of Professional Conduct is founded on a long tradition extending at 

least from the Hippocratic School. This and other cultures’ traditions 

acknowledge the unique privileges and hence responsibilities of the dental 

profession. The individual deprived of perfect health becomes vulnerable and 

dependent on the knowledge entrusted to the healing professionals who have 

pledged that the welfare and autonomy of the patient takes precedence over the 

self-interest of the healer. The Code speaks to the relationship of the dentist and 

patient, as well as to the relationship of trust and respect among students, 

residents, faculty, staff and society in general. 

The Code of Professional Conduct recognizes the sponsoring influence of the 

Catholic faith and the Society of Jesus, which conceive of the person as a free and 

responsible agent capable of making a difference for good or ill in the world. 

Residents must develop as critically reflective and socially responsible persons 

capable of exercising leadership in advancing the cause of human good. 

The Code of Professional Conduct is not intended to dictate behavior. It does, 

however, establish minimum expectations that provide a disciplinary framework 

for those who choose not to abide by these professional standards, and it serves to 

remind everyone that a procedural framework for enforcing the Code is in place. 

II. The Code of Professional Conduct for Residents/Fellows/Faculty 

“I will conduct myself so that as a student of dentistry, serving as a resident, 

fellow or faculty member of the profession of dentistry, I will be able to promise 

those whose care I am entrusted competence, integrity, candor, personal 

commitment to their best interests, compassion and absolute discretion and 

confidentiality. 

I shall do by my patients as I would be done, shall obtain consultation when they 

desire or I believe there is a need, shall include them to the extent possible in all 

important decisions and shall help decrease suffering. 

I shall accept all patients in a non-judgmental manner, respecting the full human 

dignity of each individual regardless of their value system. I shall at all times and 

in all places conduct myself with honor and integrity, and I shall respect the rights 

and dignity of all individuals. I promise to attend to my own physical, mental, 

intellectual and spiritual development in the best interest of serving others.” 

III. Expectations 

The following statements, organized into broad categories, further describe 

CADE’s minimum expectations for professional behavior.

A. Respect for all individuals in the CADE community 

Residents, students, faculty and staff recognize the right of all individuals to 

be treated with respect without regard to position, race, age, gender, handicap, 

national origin, religion or sexual orientation. 

Sexual harassment is prohibited by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 

and by Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. CADE shall take 

reasonable steps necessary to prevent sexual harassment from occurring, 

which will include, but not limited to: providing a process for filing and 

handling complaints; educating the dental school community; affirmatively 

raising the subject and expressing strong disapproval thereof; developing 

appropriate sanctions, informing faculty, staff, residents and students of their 

rights and developing methods to sensitize all concerned. (For complete 

policy and procedure, see the Saint Louis University’s Sexual Harassment 

Policy at http://www.slu.edu/services/HR/sexharas.html). 

B. Appropriate handling of information, records or examination materials 

Any form of cheating or providing false information is a violation of the trust 

placed in dentists and is a serious infraction of the Code of Professional 

Conduct. 

Patients’ records must be accurate and legible. Timely and accurate 

completion of dental records according to specific guidelines of the affiliated 

institution is mandatory. 

C. Respect for patients’ confidentiality and safety 

Patients’ privacy, modesty and confidentiality must always be honored. 

Patients must be treated with kindness, gentleness, dignity, empathy and 

compassion. Patients should not be publicly identified without adequate 

justification or permission. 

D. Proper deportment as a dental professional 

Appearance, speech and behavior should be above reproach during patient 

care activities. Dress should be appropriate for professional activities, and 

personal hygiene should be exemplary. 

Possession or use of stimulants, depressants, narcotics or hallucinogenic drugs 

and other agents having potential for abuse, except on a physician’s or 

dentist’s prescription, are forbidden by University policy and local, state and

federal law. Such conduct is prohibited on Saint Louis University’s premises 

or as part of any university activity. The selling, bartering, exchanging or 

giving away of such drugs to any person is illegal and prohibited. Individuals 

engaged in the use of illegal substances will be subject to arrest by law 

enforcement agents and will seriously jeopardize their status at this school. 

(See Postgraduate Training Programs Letter of Appointment, Addendum or, 

for complete policy and procedure, see the Saint Louis University 

Drug/Alcohol Abuse Prevention Policy at 

http://www.slu.edu/services/HR/drugalc.html). 

E. Respect for laws, policies and regulations 

Laws are established for the benefit of society as a whole. Specific rules, 

policies and regulations have been established for the benefit of CADE’s 

community. Laws, policies and regulations are not to be disregarded or 

violated. Individuals who feel that the policies, procedures or regulations of 

the school require modification are encouraged to suggest improvements to 

appropriate administrative, faculty or resident offices. 

F. Respect for property and instructional material 

All property and instructional material must be respected. 

IV. Code violations 

A violation of the Code of Professional Conduct occurs when any individual acts 

contrary to the values and responsibilities expected of those engaged in the 

profession of dentistry. Violations occur when anyone jeopardizes the welfare of a 

patient, disregards the rights or dignity of another individual, or allows or assists 

another in so doing. For example, individuals are subject to discipline under the 

Code if they have knowledge of an infraction of the Code, but fail to appropriately 

report it. 

Appendix A lists examples of unacceptable behavior under each category of 

expectations. CADE or any affiliated institutions reserve the right to initiate action 

and impose sanctions for any conduct that is not specifically listed in Appendix A, 

but is determined to be a violation of the Code, regardless of whether the violation 

occurs on or off the premises of the School. 

V. Procedures for Investigating and Taking Action to Remedy Code Violations 

CADE has a responsibility to ensure a professional environment and to provide 

equity for all parties involved in a breach of professional conduct. Therefore, the 

Graduate School has adopted procedures to respond to infractions of the 

Professional Conduct Code. Any Saint Louis University faculty, resident or staff 

member may report any infraction of the code to the Dean of the Graduate School

at Saint Louis University. Procedures related to any disciplinary actions are found 

in the Graduate School catalogue.

RESIDENT, FELLOW and FACULTY CODE OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT 

Examples of Unacceptable Behaviors 

Per Section III.A-F 

APPENDIX A 

A. Respect for all individuals in the Center for Advanced Dental 

Education (CADE) community 

Unacceptable behaviors include (but are not limited to): 

• expressing racial, sexual, sexist or religious slurs 

• committing racial or sexual harassment 

• using inappropriate, offensive or threatening language 

• committing physical acts of violence or threats of violence 

• not shouldering a fair share of the educational team responsibility 

• manipulating clinical schedules for one’s own benefit by any means 

• causing or encouraging disruptions during educational sessions 

• showing lack of respect to technicians, other professionals and support staff 

• failing to comply with a reasonable request or instruction from faculty, staff 

or administrators 

• failure to respond, in a timely manner, to a departmental consulting request 

• using computer e-mail or internet in a harassing or libelous manner 

B. Appropriate handling of information, records or examination of materials 


• giving or receiving any information except as allowed by the course director or 

teaching faculty during the course of an exam 

• plagiarizing, forging or falsifying patient records, research, scientific data, 

academic records or financial aid information 

• tampering with test material, or dishonesty in connection with an examination 

• abusing computerized information or technology 

• falsifying or defacing transcripts, evaluation forms or other official documents 

C. Respect for patients’ confidentiality and safety 


• failing to ask for assistance from appropriate faculty or staff when needed 

• writing offensive or inappropriate comments in the patient’s chart

• sharing dental or personal details of a patient with anyone other than health 

professionals who need the information for the patient’s care 

• engaging in discussion about a patient in public areas 

• using your professional position in accessing dental or personal details about a 

patient, a faculty member, student, staff member or another resident or fellow, 

or any other person for reasons other than provision of care. 

D. Proper deportment as a dental professional 


• inducing or allowing the patient or others to believe one’s status as faculty, 

resident or fellow is other than it is 

• exhibiting personal appearance that gives the impression of uncleanliness or 

carelessness 

• failing to maintain professional composure during stressful circumstances 

• engaging in an inappropriate relationship with patients or their family members 

• using alcohol, drugs or other substances inappropriately or excessively, or in a 

way that could affect the quality of patient care, on call duties, or academic 

performance. (For complete policy and procedure, see the Saint Louis 

University Drug/Alcohol Abuse Prevention Policy at http://www.slu.edu/ 

services/HR/drugalc.html). 

E. Respect for laws, policies and regulations 


• disobeying federal, state or local laws and ordinances 

• disregarding or acting contrary to the institutional regulations and policies of 

the University, CADE, Department, Program and/or dental staffs of 

affiliated institutions. 

• refusing to provide information or testify in Professional Conduct Council 

proceedings (see Section V.A) 

F. Respect for property and instructional material 


• treating cadavers and body parts in a disrespectful manner 

• treating animals used for instruction in an insensitive or disrespectful manner 

• defacing or destroying other instruction materials, including software 

• defacing or destroying University, affiliated hospital, or personal property, 

or any written material other than one’s own 

• removing information, mail or property from mailboxes or lockers not one’s 

own

Center For Advanced Dental Education 

Dreiling-Marshall Hall 

3320 Rutger Street 

St. Louis, MO 63104 

Divisions: All Divisions Policy Number: 179.06.01 

Subject: Student Disciplinary Procedure 

Approved: Executive Director 

Approved: Associate Director 

Approved: CADE BOD 

Effective Date: 2/01/01 

Review Dates: 01/01/03 

Revised Dates: 08/07/01 

Policy: 

It is the policy of the Center for Advanced Dental Education (CADE) to hold residents 

accountable for the policies and procedures set forth in the Code of Professional 

Conduct, CADE policy manual and individual clinic program manuals. These include but 

are not limited to clinic hours, attendance, dress code, absenteeism, academic integrity 

and unprofessional behavior. 

Purpose: 

To provide a procedure to hold residents accountable for following CADE policy and 

procedure. 

Procedure: 

1. If any CADE policy conflicts with a Health Science Center, University, or Graduate 

School policy, the HSC, University or Graduate School policy shall take precedence. 

Copies of the policy and clinic manuals shall be made available to each resident, faculty 

or staff member. 

2. Any violation may be reported to the Program Director by staff, faculty, resident or 

patient of CADE. 

3. If a violation is reported, a private conversation with the appropriate Program Director 

will take place and a written notification will be sent to the resident. 

4. Repeat violations may subject the resident to suspension from the Program. 

5. Recommendation for suspension is made by the Program Director to the CADE 

Executive Director. 

6. The CADE Executive Director notifies the Dean of the Graduate School who is 

responsible for the final decision.

Center For Advanced Dental Education 




7. Appeal of any decision is made through the Graduate School. 

Attachments: Code of Professional Conduct

Withdrawing from a Course, 

Term Work, the University 

Withdrawal from an individual course or from the entire program 

of studies for an academic term must be undertaken formally 

by the student and through the completion of a changeof-registration 

form available from the University Registrar, 

the collegiate dean, or from Graduate School Admissions (117 

Verhaegen Hall, Frost Campus). Formalization of a withdrawal 

may entitle the student to a partial refund of tuition paid; the 

refund schedule appears in the Schedule of Classes and is set 

by the Office of Student Accounts. Separate policies exist 

for students developing substantial physical or mental health 

problems or who are called to active U.S. military duty during 

the academic term; those policy statements are available from 

the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs or the University 

Registrar. Depending upon the reason for or the date of withdrawal, 

the registration(s) in question may be erased from 

the student’s permanent record or a withdrawal indicator 

(“W”) may be placed in the grade field(s) in the SLU record. 

Ordinarily, withdrawals are not permitted after the middle 

class-day of the academic term. An unauthorized withdrawal 

may result in the entry of “AF” grade(s) in the permanent 

record signifying failure because of excessive absences. 

In addition to filing the Registrar’s form, a graduate student 

on an academic appointment, withdrawing for the academic 

term, must submit a letter of resignation from that appointment 

through the academic unit to which service is rendered 

if an assistantship and to the Dean of The Graduate School. 

A Classified student withdrawing entirely (or taking a formal 

leave of absence) from the graduate program is required to 

submit a letter of resignation (or a petition for a leave), routing 

the letter or petition through the major field and to the 

Associate Dean of The Graduate School. 

acaDemic sTanDaRDs 

Academic Work at the 

400, 500, 600, and 700 Levels 

Academic work designated by 500- or 600-level numbering 

is, by definition, offered for “graduate credit.” In general, 

500-level offerings are appropriate for beginning and master’s 

degree students and 600-level is advanced graduate work and 

for doctoral students. To the extent applicable, graduate students 

may obtain credit toward degrees for limited numbers of 

credit-hours in 400-level (upper-division) courses and/or 700- 

or 800-level (professional) work; limitations are given in the 

subsequent section on “Graduation Requirements.” 

The Semester-Hour of Credit 

One “credit” or “credit-hour” or “semester-hour of credit” 

is defined at Saint Louis University as one lecture, recitation/discussion, 

or other class exercise, fifty (50) minutes per 

week for one semester; ordinarily the semester is minimally 

fourteen (14) calendar-weeks in length exclusive of the finalexaminations 

period. Two (2) to four (4) weekly clock hours 

of demonstration, laboratory, practicum, etc., varying somewhat 

with degree program, are equivalent to one clock hour 

of lecture. In the Curricula and Courses section of this catalog, 

the number of credits for an individual course is given 

in parentheses after the Registrar’s course-identifier and the 

course-title. 

Grading System 

The following are the final (letter) grades designated by The 

Graduate School for 500- and 600-level offerings carrying 

two (2) or more credits, exclusive of Thesis or Dissertation 

Research, their quality-point values (per credit-hour), and 

their descriptions: 

“A” 4.0 High intellectual initiative and achievement 

“B+” 3.5 Above average, approaching high 

achievement 

“B” 3.0 Clearly acceptable performance 

“B-” 2.5 Somewhat below average. Grade does not 

fulfill course requirements. 

“C” 2.0 Minimum passing grade; achievement 

of questionable acceptability 

“F” 0.0 Failure 

“AF” 0.0 Failure due to excessive absences or 

unauthorized withdrawal 

For most 500- and 600-level offerings carrying zero or 

one semester-hour of credit, one of these two, final grades 

is assigned: 

“S” Satisfactory 

“U” Unsatisfactory 

Admission Policies and Procedures — 25 

Neither of these two grades influences the student’s term or 

cumulative grade-point average. (The Graduate School does 

not permit “Pass/No Pass” grading.) 

For Thesis and Dissertation Research registrations, independent 

of the number of credit-hours of enrollment for the academic 

term, and for Project Guidance (for Ed.D.-degree students 

only), and for Special Study for Examinations, Master’s

26 — Admission Policies and Procedures 

Degree Study, Specialist Degree Study, Doctor of Education 

Degree Study, and Doctor of Philosophy Degree Study (all 

zero-credit), one of these three grades is assigned at the end of 

the academic term: 

“IP” In Progress 

“S” Satisfactory 

“U” Unsatisfactory 

Toward fulfillment of the credit-hours requirement for Thesis 

or Dissertation Research or Project Guidance, the grade of 

“S” may be assigned only once: at the close of the final academic 

term in residence during which the student has completed 

both the hours requirement and the Thesis/Dissertation/ 

Project itself; at the close of a prior term, if progress has been 

made, the “IP” grade is appropriate. If/When a “U” grade is 

assigned, no credit toward fulfillment of the hours-requirement 

is earned. Adjacent to a Special-Study-for-Examinations 

entry in the student record, “IP,” “S,” and “U” indicate that the 

exam was not taken, was passed, and was failed, respectively. 

For Degree Study registrations, the Registrar will automatically 

record an “S” grade at the close of the academic term. None 

of these three grades affects the student’s term or cumulative 

grade-point average. 

For a course at any level that a student elects and is approved 

to audit, at the end of the term, the instructor assigns one of 

these two “grades”: 

“AU” Audit (satisfactorily) 

“W” Authorized withdrawal (or unsatisfactory 

audit) 

Neither of these entries into the permanent record influences 

the student’s term or cumulative grade-point average. 

If a student completes an authorized withdrawal between the 

end of the Late Registration period and the middle day of the 

academic term, a designation of “W” is entered into the grade 

field for that entry in the permanent record. Withdrawals 

beyond the mid-term date are ordinarily disallowed. 

The Graduate School offers academic work only at the 

500 and 600 levels, per se. For work taken at the 400, 700 

or 800 level by graduate students, their final grades are 

assigned within the schemes of the Schools or Colleges of 

the University offering that work. Possible final grades in 

such work include, besides or in substitution for those defined 

above, the “C+” (2.5 quality points per credit; instead of the 

“B-”) and the “D” (1.0 quality point; not a satisfactory grade 

for a The Graduate School student). 

The following temporary course grades may be given: 

“I” All requirements for the course were expected to 

have been completed, but have not been completed 

by the student at the time, ordinarily at the close of 

an academic term, when the Instructor would assign 

the final grade; the “Incomplete” may remain in the 

permanent record for a maximum of 12 months, 

and, if not purposefully amended by then, the grade 

is transformed into an “F” (Failure). 

“X” Student absent from final examination; must be 

rectified within six (6) weeks of the end of the academic 

term, or it is replaced by the “F” grade. 

“NR” Student is enrolled in academic work for a term 

and may not be expected to complete requirements 

by the close of that term; code for grade “Not 

Recorded”; the notation remains in place until the 

Instructor of record communicates a final letter 

grade to the Registrar. 

Excluding Thesis or Dissertation Research and Project 

Guidance, no courses or other academic work offered at the 

500 and 600 levels and carrying more than one semester-hour 

of credit may be graded on a “Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory” 

basis with two possible exceptions: courses in foreign-language 

translation (as a research-tool) and, on individual bases, 

Summer Sessions institutes or workshops may be approved for 

“S/U” grading. (Journal-club and colloquia participation for 

zero or one credit-hour are ordinarily graded “S/U.”) 

Grade Reports/ 

The SLU Permanent Record 

An electronic grade report is prepared for the student in The 

Graduate School at the end of the academic term for which 

the student has completed a registration. The report is communicated 

to the student via Banner. The report shows a 

permanent (or, perhaps, a temporary or a “NR”) grade for 

each enrolled course for that term as well as cumulative quality 

data for the term and for all work taken in The Graduate 

School to date. Graduate School students do not receive midterm 

grades. When an initially assigned temporary grade or an 

“NR” indicator is rectified to a permanent grade, the change 

appears in Banner. 

The permanent record at the University is begun with the 

matriculation of the student. In essence, this record shows 

the courses taken and the grades received by the student; the 

record is ordered chronologically by academic term. Also 

indicated in the permanent record are the previous degrees 

earned by the student and any academic work taken elsewhere 

that has been approved for transfer into a SLU degree program 

and for posting to this document by The Graduate School. 

A transcript is a copy of the permanent record, certified as 

authentic and true by the Registrar. If and when the student 

earns a degree and/or a certificate through The Graduate 

School, that item is posted to the student’s SLU record. A 

grade-point average is computed for the academic work taken 

as a student in The Graduate School. Notably, if a student 

in The Graduate School takes a specific course twice, both 

entries will appear in the record, but only one will be included 

in the work presented toward a degree, but the quality points 

from both entries will be included in the computation by The 

Graduate School of the graduate career grade-point average.

Good Academic Standing 

and Academic Probation 

A student is in good academic standing if not on academic 

probation or under suspension, or has not been dismissed 

from The Graduate School and, if Classified, is making progress 

toward a degree within the time-period established for 

that degree. A student may be formally dismissed from The 

Graduate School, or placed under temporary suspension, by 

action of the Dean for academic deficiencies or academic misconduct. 

If the cumulative grade point average of a Classified student in 

The Graduate School falls below 3.0 (on the four-point scale, 

“B” = 3.0), that student is automatically placed on academic 

probation (not to be confused with Probationary student-status). 

To continue degree pursuit, the student must progress toward 

a 3.0 cumulative average and is expected to emerge from 

academic probation within nine (9) credit-hours or two successive 

academic terms during which coursework registrations 

are recorded. A student in The Graduate School will not be 

advanced to Candidate status while on academic probation. In 

general, doctoral students are expected to achieve at the “B+” 

level in postbaccalaureate academic work. 

A limited number of credit-hours in 500- or 600-level work in 

which the grade of “C” is earned may or may not be accepted 

toward a degree in The Graduate School at the discretion of 

the individual department or program. The Classified student’s 

cumulative grade-point average in academic work presented 

to fulfill degree requirements must be at least 3.0. A minimum 

grade of “B” is ordinarily required for graduate-degree credit 

in any 400-, 700-, or 800-level course. 

The case of a student not in good academic standing may be 

reviewed at any time within the department or program to 

determine a course of action to be taken. A student in The 

Graduate School will not be advanced to candidacy while not 

in good academic standing. 

Acceptable Academic Progress/ 

Ordinary Time-Periods to Degree 

Acceptable academic progress is defined in The Graduate 

School for Classified students as the completion of at least 

twelve (12) credit-hours in an academic year or a twelvemonth 

period. When requested by the Office of Scholarship 

and Financial Aid and when applicable, for students progressing 

acceptably, The Graduate School will certify the completion 

of twelve or more credit-hours in a twelve-month academic 

year as passing from one “class year” to the next. 

The ordinary time-period to degree for a Classified student 

in The Graduate School begins at the start of the academic 

term when the first SLU course is taken to be included in the 

degree-program. Accordingly, revision of the start of the time 

period is possible after matriculation (e.g., if a course taken in 

Unclassified status is, subsequent to advancement to Classified 

Admission Policies and Procedures — 27 

status, made part of the degree program through a successful, 

formal petition to do so). For the student pursuing a master’s 

degree, the ordinary time-period to the degree is five (5) 

years. For the student pursuing the doctorate directly from 

the baccalaureate, the ordinary time-period is seven (7) years. 

For the student pursuing the doctorate, having previously (and 

rather recently) been awarded a master’s degree in the same 

or a comparable major field (i.e., the academic work of the 

master’s degree partially fulfills requirements for the doctorate), 

the ordinary time-period to degree is five (5) years. 

Academic Integrity/Ethics 

The University is a community of learning, and its effectiveness 

requires an environment of mutual trust and integrity. 

As members of this community, students share with faculty 

and administrators the responsibility to maintain this environment. 

Academic integrity is violated by any dishonesty in 

submitting, to the instructor for evaluation, an assignment, 

test, research report, or any other documentation required to 

validate the student’s learning. In a case of clear indication of 

such dishonesty, the faculty member or administrator has the 

responsibility to apply sanctions to protect the environment of 

integrity necessary for learning. 

Although not all forms of academic dishonestly are given 

here, the instances listed below should be seen as actions 

that not only violate the mutual trust necessary between faculty 

and students, but they also undermine the validity of the 

University’s evaluation of students and take unfair advantage 

of fellow students. Soliciting, receiving, or providing any 

unauthorized assistance in the completion of any work submitted 

toward academic credit is dishonest. 

Examples of academic dishonesty would be copying from 

another student, using electronic devices to share information 

during an exam, copying from a book or class notes during 

a closed-book exam, submitting materials authored by or 

editorially revised by another person but represented as the 

student’s own work, copying a passage or text directly from a 

published source without appropriately citing/recognizing that 

source, taking a test or doing an assignment or other academic 

work for another student, or securing or supplying in advance 

a copy of an examination without the knowledge or consent of 

the Instructor. 

Any clear violation of academic integrity will be met with 

sanctions. In a case of dishonesty within a course, the 

Instructor may assign an appropriate grade and/or recommend 

further sanctions to the Dean. The Dean is responsible for the 

final decision and notification of all associated parties. The 

final decision of the Dean may be appealed as described in 

“Procedures for Academic Appeals.” 

Ethical behavior must also extend beyond the academic setting 

and into professional life. Most major fields require their 

graduate students to complete an ethics requirement within the 

curriculum. Coursework or other training in ethics in research 

is required of academic personnel involved in traineeship and

28 — Admission Policies and Procedures 

investigative programs funded by a number of Federal and 

other agencies. 

Suspension/Dismissal 

The student who is judged guilty of an act of serious academic 

dishonesty, e.g., involving a final course or degree examination 

or plagiarism in the preparation of a major paper or a 

research-report, may be suspended for a specified time period 

or dismissed altogether from The Graduate School and the 

University. Suspension or dismissal may also be warranted 

for other academic reasons or on societal grounds, e.g., unauthorized 

solicitation or distribution of controlled substances, 

endangering one’s self or another person, sexual harassment, 

or abusing alcohol or illicit drugs. Reports of such actions may 

come from nonacademic staff, faculty, administrators, or other 

students. Such reports are to be directed to the Dean who is 

responsible for decisions to suspend or dismiss. 

Procedures for Academic Appeals 

As a general policy, if a student desires to appeal any academic 

decision, that appeal should first be made to the faculty 

member or faculty committee involved and, if necessary 

thereafter, to the department or program chairperson, and the 

Dean of The Graduate School, as warranted, in that order. 

If a student questions or disagrees with a grade received, 

the initial contact should be with the faculty member who 

assigned the grade. Appeal beyond the Instructor is to the 

University personnel in the order indicated above. 

The student who wishes to appeal an academic suspension 

or dismissal shall first contact the Dean of The Graduate 

School for a hearing; then, if warranted, s/he must lodge a 

formal appeal with the University Board of Graduate Studies 

within sixty (60) days of notification of the suspension or dismissal. 

The appeal must be in writing, and is to be addressed 

to the Secretary of the Board, a position held ex-officio by 

an Associate Dean. The Board Secretary will notify all parties 

involved of the appeal and will request any supporting 

documentation that these parties believe that the Board should 

review. The appeal may be heard as an agenda-item at one of 

the regularly scheduled Board meetings, or a special meeting 

of the Board may be called. At least eight (8) members of the 

Board, excluding ex-officio members, must be in attendance. 

Minutes will be prepared by the Board Secretary. The Dean 

will relinquish the Chair, and one of the Associate Deans will 

conduct the meeting. The Board will hear the case presented 

by the student and others supporting the student’s appeal. 

Following the student’s presentation, the Board will hear the 

presentations of the other parties involved. Following the presentations, 

the Board will conduct a discussion, and a decision 

will be reached regarding the outcome of the appeal. If the 

Board finds that insufficient information has been presented, 

it may request a period of not longer than thirty (30) days to 

obtain the information, meet again, and reach a decision. The 

Dean and the Board Secretary shall be present throughout the 

entire process, but neither shall be allowed to propose or second 

any motion or to cast a vote on any motion related to the 

appeal. If a member of the Board is a member of the department 

or program involved in the appeal, that Board member 

will abstain from active participation in the appeals process. 

Diversity, Affirmative Action, and 

Disabilities 

All programs and activities at Saint Louis University are 

open to all without regard to race, color, sex, sexual orientation, 

age, religion, national origin, disability, or Veteran status. 

All University policies and procedures are administered 

in a manner consistent with the University’s Catholic, Jesuit 

identity. This policy applies to all students, faculty, and staff 

at the Frost and Health Sciences campuses and covers both 

their work and educational environments. The office ensures 

that the University lives up to its commitment to equal opportunity 

and non-discrimination. 

Contact may be made to the Disability Services Office for 

information on Saint Louis University’s non-discrimination 

policies, including sexual harassment (Suite 331, BSC, Frost 

Campus; telephone 977.8885). The office reviews complaints 

that allege violation of Saint Louis University’s policies of 

equal opportunity and sexual harassment. 

The Director of Diversity and Affirmative Action is also Saint 

Louis University’s Section 504 coordinator and is responsible 

for monitoring compliance with the American Disabilities 

Act. Students may contact the office for assistance with physical, 

academic, and program accessibility to the University.

Principles of Ethics and Code of Professional Conduct-AAO 

PREAMBLE 

Membership in the American Association of Orthodontists is voluntary. By accepting 

membership, all members assume an obligation of self-discipline above and beyond the 

requirements of laws and regulations, in accordance with these Principles. 

These Principles express the recognition of members’ responsibilities to the public, 

patients, other health care professionals and colleagues. These Principles guide members 

in the performance of their professional responsibilities and express the basic tenets of 

ethical and professional conduct. They call for an unwavering commitment to honorable 

behavior, without regard to personal advantage. 

The related Advisory Opinions are as equally binding as the Principles. They are 

intended to augment the Principles and further guide ethical behavior. 

Advisory Opinions that are most relevant to certain Principles are set forth at the end 

of each such Opinion. However, the Principles and Advisory Opinions may, but are not 

intended to, apply solely on an individual basis. All of the Principles and Advisory 

Opinions taken together shall measure ethical behavior of the member. Accordingly, the 

placement of an Advisory opinion in relation to a specific ethical Principle does not 

foreclose such Opinion from being interpretive of or augmenting any other Principle. 

The term” ethical,” as used in the Principles and Advisory Opinions, means the 

highest principles and practices, customs and usages of the orthodontic specialty. It may, 

but does not necessarily, involve issues of morality in the practice of orthodontics. The 

term “unethical” means conduct which fails to conform to such standards, customs and 

usages or policies, and thereby violates these Principles or Advisory Opinions. 

These Principles and the Advisory Opinions may exceed, but are never less than nor 

contrary to, legal requirements. Under no circumstances should these Principles or the 

Advisory Opinions be construed to encourage conduct that violates a law. Violations of 

law may subject the member to civil or criminal liability. Unethical conduct in violation 

of the Principles or Advisory Opinions may result in disciplinary action by this 

Association, such as censure, suspension or expulsion from membership, as provided in 

the Association’s Bylaws. Relevant Bylaws provisions appear at the end of these 

Principles. 

Expulsion from membership is the maximum penalty that by be imposed by the 

Association on a member who violates the Principles or Advisory Opinions. However, 

the Association may also have an obligation to report to the appropriate governmental 

agency and/or state board of dental examiners certain violations of these Principles or 

Advisory Opinions.

Acquittal or exoneration of a member charged with illegal conduct in civil or criminal 

action does not foreclose the Association’s right to initiate a disciplinary proceeding 

against a member with reference to the conduct that was the subject of such action. 

However, such acquittal or exoneration may be considered in relation to whether a 

violation of these Principles has occurred and/or the penalty to be imposed. 

PRINCIPLES AND ADVISORY OPINIONS 

I. Members shall be dedicated to providing the highest quality orthodontic care 

to their patients within the bounds of the clinical aspects of the patient’s 

condition, and with due consideration being given to the needs and desires of 

the patient. 

A. Members must prescribe and directly supervise the work of all auxiliary 

personnel through (i) being in the orthodontic office where the care is 

rendered, (ii) prescribing procedures to be performed, personally evaluating 

the treatment status of the patient, and (iii) except for imaging processes and 

emergency removal of irritating or broken appliances, approving all 

procedures performed by auxiliary personnel before dismissing the patient. 

B. Members shall make reasonable arrangements for emergency care for their 

patients and should, when consulted for an emergency by a patient not of 

record, make reasonable arrangements for emergency care and return the 

patient to the orthodontist of record unless the patient expressly indicates a 

different preference. 

C. Members shall make treatment decisions and render all related opinions and 

recommendations based on the best interest of the patient without regard to a 

member’s direct or indirect financial or beneficial interest in a product or 

service, or direct or indirect relationship with the manufacturer or supplier of 

such product or service. 

D. It is ethical to provide a second opinion to a patient as long as it is qualified as 

to whether or not it is based on a review of the treating practitioner’s records 

and treatment history. 

E. A second opinion should include a diagnosis and treatment plan recommended 

to the patient. It must be honest and focus on the facts presented. It is 

unethical to propound a specific technique, philosophy, training or ability as 

superior without acknowledging that each orthodontist uses different 

techniques based on training and experience, and that the second opinion is 

based on an orthodontist’s individual perspective. A second opinion must 

disclose to the patient any conflict of interest of the member providing the 

opinion.

F. Patients should be informed of their oral health status without disparaging 

comments about the patient’s prior treatment which are not supported by 

known facts. 

G. Members should inform their patients of any proposed treatment and any 

reasonable alternatives, so that the patient understands their treatment 

decisions. 

H. Members should avoid interpersonal relationships with their patients that 

could impair their professional judgment or risk the possibility of exploiting 

the confidence placed in them by a patient. 

I. It is unethical to engage, or aid and abet, in treatment which is dangerous 

and/or has no scientific basis. 

II. Members shall seek to maintain and improve their orthodontic knowledge 

and skill. 

A. Members should obtain continuing orthodontic education. 

III. Members shall recognize and abide by the laws that apply to the practice of 

orthodontics in their jurisdiction. 

A. Members may assign to an auxiliary or other employee only those duties for 

which they have been appropriately trained and that can be legally performed 

by such individual in the member’s jurisdiction. 

B. Members shall maintain the confidentiality of patient records. Upon request 

of a patient or another practitioner acting on behalf of the patient, and 

regardless of whether the patient owes an outstanding balance, members shall 

provide any information (including copies of appropriate records) that may be 

beneficial to the future treatment of that patient. Reasonable costs for 

duplicating such records may be charged to the patient, and additional credit 

need not be extended therefor. 

C. Members should retain patient records (including chart, x-rays, models, etc.) 

for at least as long as the applicable statute of limitations period in their state 

for bringing a malpractice claim (which may not begin to run in the case of a 

minor until the age of majority). 

D. Members shall not practice while abusing controlled substances, alcohol or 

other chemical agents which impair their ability to practice, and shall urge 

chemically impaired colleagues to seek treatment. Members with first-hand 

knowledge that a colleague is practicing when so impaired have an ethical 

responsibility to report such evidence to the appropriate state or provincial 

society or dental board.

E. Members should become familiar with signs of abuse and neglect, and must 

report suspected cases to the appropriate authorities in the manner prescribed 

by state laws. 

F. Members with first-hand knowledge that a colleague rendered faulty treatment 

or is engaged in illegal actions must report such matter to the appropriate 

agency, as required by law. 

IV. Members shall be honest with patients, colleagues and third parties. 

A. Members shall not falsely represent the following: their credentials or 

certifications, any non-educationally qualified person to be an orthodontist, or 

non-member to be a member of this Association. The burden of responsibility 

is upon every member to ensure that no person associated with them as an 

employee or an associate, who is not a qualified orthodontic specialist, is 

falsely announced or represented as such. Members and those they employ 

shall represent their credentials, certifications and licenses accurately. It shall 

be unethical to announce, advertise or represent credentials or certifications as 

similar or comparable to other dissimilar credentials or certifications. For 

example, it is unethical to directly or indirectly represent or imply Board 

certification (1) by, or as comparable to, the American Board of Orthodontics 

when the certifying board is not the American Board of Orthodontics or 

recognized by the American Dental Association; and/or (2) in an area of 

dental practice that is not one of the recognized dental specialties, unless 

Advisory Opinion 5.H.2 of the American Dental Association’s Principles of 

Ethics and Code of Professional Conduct, incorporated herein by reference, 

has been satisfied. 

B. Members may not announce certification in orthodontics and dentofacial 

orthopedics from certifying boards not recognized by the American Dental 

Association unless such announcement (1) complies with all applicable laws, 

and (2) includes the following language: “[name of certifying board] is not 

recognized as a certifying board for orthodontics and dentofacial orthopedics 

by the American Dental Association.” 

C. Members shall neither give nor receive “rebates” or “split fees” in relation to 

the referral or acceptance of patients. The terms “rebates” and/or “split fees” 

refers to any substantial remuneration paid or received, or the division of fees 

paid or received, in exchange for referring or accepting a patient for 

orthodontic or other health care services; provided that, to the extent permitted 

by applicable law and ethical rules, these terms are not intended to include 

revenue sharing arrangements between or among members and/or other 

dentists or allied healthcare practitioners in an employer/employee, 

partnership, corporation or other similar legally-recognized relationship where 

compensation is based on revenue received.

D. Members shall not misrepresent the care being rendered to a patient. 

E. Members who present educational or scientific information in an article, 

seminar or other program must disclose to the readers or participants, in the 

promotional material and the presentation, any monetary or other beneficial 

interest the member may have in the products promoted or endorsed in the 

presentation. 

V. Members shall ensure that their public statements, announcements of 

services and promotional activities for providing information to aid the 

public, patients and/or other health care providers in making informed 

decisions, are not false, deceptive or misleading in any material respect. 

A. Members must have a reasonable basis to believe that their public statements 

with respect to their practice or the specialty are true. Statements should be 

avoided that contain a representation or implication regarding the quality of 

orthodontic or other health care services, which (a) suggest superiority relative 

to other practitioners, unless it is acknowledged that each orthodontist uses 

different techniques based on training and experience, and that such claim is 

the orthodontist’s individual perspective, and/or (b) are not susceptible to 

reasonable verification, by the public, and/or are intended or likely to create 

an unjustified expectation about results that can be achieved. 

B. Members must properly disclose any enhancement, modification or alteration 

of any photographs, computer images, radiographic images or other visual 

images that are used in any presentation or publication to patients, 

orthodontists, dentists or the public. 

C. Orthodontic advertising which includes fees should clearly state all 

anticipated fees in the same size type and font. 

VI. Members shall be dedicated to generating public confidence in the 

orthodontic specialty by improving the quality and availability of 

orthodontic care to the public. 

A. Members may exercise discretion in selecting a patient into their practice, 

provided that they shall not refuse to accept a patient because of the patient’s 

race, creed, color, sex, national origin, disability, HIV seropositive status, or 

other legally recognized protected class. 

B. It is not unethical to withdraw from treating a case when the option exists, 

provided that advance written notice to the patient or responsible party is 

given to allow for another orthodontist to be secured.

C. Members should pursue changes in laws, requirements, rules and/or 

regulations within their jurisdiction that are contrary to the best interest of 

their patients. 

D. It is not unethical to accept for treatment or complete treatment on a patient 

who has an outstanding balance with a previous practitioner. 

E. It is not unethical to remove appliances from, or to continue treatment of, a 

patient not of record upon request by that patient; provided, that substantial 

effort should be made to determine the reason for the request from the patient 

and, with the patient’s consent, consult with the patient’s practitioner prior to 

such removal or continuation of treatment. If such consent is not obtained, the 

patient need not be accepted for treatment unless an emergency situation is 

presented. 

F. Members should whenever practicable offer orthodontic services to charitable 

or educational institutions and other deserving individuals. 

G. Members should, where practicable, participate in activities that contribute to 

an improved community.



GRADUATE ORTHODONTIC PROGRAM 

CLINIC MANUAL 

2009-2010 

I. ASSIGNMENT OF PATIENTS 

A. WHEN AND BY WHOM 

1. The Clinic Director makes the assignment of all cases to each resident. 

Included in this assignment are the following: 

a. cases with diagnostic data already available; 

b. cases for whom initial diagnostic records are to be taken; 

c. miscellaneous (active transfer, special treatment and retention) cases. 

B. FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 

1. The Clinic Supervisor is responsible for the financial arrangements; 

therefore, no resident should become involved in this transaction. 

You will be creating and updating a patient summary spreadsheet on 

a weekly basis stored on shared drive H. This information will be 

given to you by Dr. Araujo. 

NOTE: Before appliance placement or removal, each resident must verify 

the status of the patient’s financial obligation with the Clinic Supervisor. 

C. CLEFT PALATE PROGRAM 

1. Dr. Gus Sotiropoulos is the immediate supervisor of the Cleft Palate 

Program; however, administratively, it is part of the regular clinic 

program. 

2. Cleft Palate patients are to be scheduled only on Tuesdays thru 

Thursdays. 

3. When a cleft palate patient is assigned to you, please check with the 

Clinic Supervisor to make sure the patient has been properly 

registered as a patient in the clinic. 

1

D. INSTRUCTOR ASSIGNMENT 

1. The Clinic Director assigns instructors to supervise the treatment of each 

patient. These patients must be appointed for times that coincide with the 

instructor’s schedule. Before initiating any treatment (including 

extractions) the patient’s chart, cephalometric tracings, diagnostic models, 

etc., must be approved by the attending instructor and/or Clinic Director. 

2. Patients may not be transferred from one faculty member to another 

unless the following criteria are met: 

a. A written request must be initiated by the patient/parent to the program 

and clinic directors stating the reason for the transfer. 

b. A written report by the resident must be prepared stating why the 

transfer request should be approved with a change of status form. 

c. The program director may request a meeting involving the clinic 

director, the instructor of record, and the resident to determine the 

legitimacy of the request. Only by mutual consent of the instructor 

and the program and clinic directors will “permission to transfer” be 

granted. 

d. If permission to transfer is denied, a meeting between the 

patient/parent and the program and clinic directors may be appropriate. 

II. OUTLINE OF PROCEDURES FOR STARTING A CASE 

A. INITIAL CONTACT 

1. The front desk schedules the patient’s appointment for records. 

2. The first appointment includes x-ray records, photographs, impressions, 

clinical examination, and case history. This appointment takes 

approximately 2 hours. 

B. FIRST APPOINTMENT 

1. Greet the patient and parent or guardian. 

2. Check records received and retake unacceptable ones. If intraoral 

radiographs are more than six months old, request another set of 

bitewings. A clinical faculty member should review all radiographs for 

completeness. 

3. Develop rapport with patient and parent. 

2

C. CASE EVALUATION SESSION WITH THE INSTRUCTOR 

1. Discuss diagnosis and treatment plan with the supervising instructor. 

2. Have your records evaluated and approved. Establish a prognosis and 

determine the treatment sequence with the instructor. Make sure to write 

down on the patient’s chart all that was discussed and determined. 

3. If extractions and other procedures are ordered, type the proper request on 

the available forms and have the instructor sign it. 

4. Verify the type of appliance to be used and its manner of placement. 

5. The resident notifies the front desk to schedule an appointment for the 

“consultation” meeting. If possible have both parents and the patient 

present at this appointment. 

D. CONSULTATION APPOINTMENT 

1. Discuss diagnostic data and the treatment plan. 

2. Explain the length and frequency of appointments, etc. 

3. Have parents (or adult patient) sign the Informed Consent Form. 

This must be signed by the legal guardian (no grandparents or 

other relatives). 

4. Order any necessary general dental treatment. (Be sure to refer to our 

other departments, if possible.) 

5. If extractions are necessary, make the proper arrangements. 

6. Retake any unsatisfactory records. 

7. If appropriate, place posterior interdental separation. 

8. The resident and patient should schedule the appliance placement 

appointment at the front desk. 

9. If you anticipate a language problem, please have the instructor or clinic 

director sit in with you during the consultation. 

3

E. PATIENT RECORDS 

Patient records, (charts, model boxes) will be kept in the record room, not at 

the units. Only the following information will be kept at the unit: 

1. Diagnosis/Treatment Plan Form 

2. Treatment Record 

3. Models 

THE FIRST TWO ITEMS ARE TO BE PUT IN A PLASTIC SLEEVE 

AND INSERTED INTO A BINDER IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER. 

III. OPERATING POLICIES 

A. GENERAL 

1. Regular clinic hours are Tuesday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to noon 

and 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. Patients are to be seen only during regular clinic 

hours except for specially approved circumstances or as reflected in the 

schedule. 

2. No resident is allowed to see patients on Mondays unless there is an 

emergency and the clinic/program director has previously authorized the 

visit. 

3. All supplies are available from the central supply room and are dispensed 

by the Inventory Coordinator from 8:00-12:00 and from 1:00-4:30 p.m. 

4. Every effort must be made to conserve supplies. Your help is necessary 

and will be appreciated. 

B. BANDS 

Prefabricated band supplies are checked out of the supply room. When 

fitting bands, unused “tried” bands are to be properly cleaned, labeled and 

sterilized before being returned to the bandbox. Under no circumstances 

should “loose” bands be returned to the supply room. 

IV. ROUTINE PATIENT PROCEDURES 

A. All appointments are scheduled by the front desk. 

B. Excellence in patient care is a priority. 

4

C. We expect our residents to follow a protocol at each appointment: 

1. Welcome the patient. Try to always call him/her by the name or nickname 

he/she wants to be called by. Make a note of the special hobbies he/she 

might have and talk about them. 

2. Follow the entire exposure control plan: gloves, mask, eye protection, 

light covers, headrest covers. 

3. Have records available. 

4. Check oral hygiene and remove the wires. 

5. Check for loose bands and/or brackets. 

6. Evaluate the case by comparing its progress in relation to the last 

consultation and to the initial treatment records. 

7. Call the instructor and update him/her on the case. 

8. Comment on the treatment progress and options for further steps into 

treatment. 

9. Proceed with the treatment. 

10. Check with instructor his/her individual method to dismiss the patient (i.e., 

it is the instructor’s responsibility to decide if he/she wants to see the 

wires and/or the effective treatment done at the consultation before the 

patient is sent home). The instructor must sign the chart after each patient 

visit. 

11. Speak to the parents about the patient’s progress after every 

appointment. This should be done outside the reception area. 

12. Write a memo to Dr. Gus Sotiropoulos and to Dr. Araujo on missed 

appointments and other problems you are facing in treatment. 

V. PLASTER LAB AND MINI-CLINIC LAB 

A. Each week, a first and second year resident will be assigned to clean the lab. 

Cleaning is to be done on a daily basis, Monday through Friday. The 

residents must clean the machinery, sinks, and change the paper on the 

bench tops. 

B. When working in the lab, you are required to police yourself. In other words, 

clean up after yourself and make it easier for all. 

5

VI. RETAINERS AND POSITIONERS 

A. The appointed resident will fabricate all initial retainers for completed cases. 

The retainer used should be the one specified by the supervising instructor. 

(See book in Dr. Gus’ office.) Initial retaining appliances are included in the 

treatment fee; however, there is a re-fabrication fee of $100.00 for lost or 

damaged Hawley retainers and $60.00 for Essex-type retainers. Depending on 

the situation, as determined by the supervising instructor and/or clinic director, 

the patient may or may not be required to pay the fee. For those, the 

chargeable Hawley retainers will be sent to a commercial laboratory for 

fabrication. Financial arrangements must be made with the front desk before 

impressions are sent to the laboratory. 

B. Retainers to be sent to a commercial laboratory need Dr. Araujo’s signature. 

Essex retainers will not be sent out. 

C. Positioners are to be used only at the request of the supervising instructor. 

There is an additional charge for replacement of a positioner. 

VII. STERILIZATION LAB/ SUPPLY ROOM 

A. DISPENSING GUIDELINES 

1. Never take an entire box of brackets back to your operatory. Take only 

those needed for your procedure so that other residents may use them as 

well. 

2. All supplies that are needed for patient treatment can be obtained from 

the supply room. Excluding disposable items (gloves, earloop masks, 

headrest covers, etc.), all other items (TP auxiliary products, spool wire, 

power chains, etc.) should be returned to the supply room at day’s end. 

To maintain inventory and keep costs down, it is important to take only 

what you need now and not what you might need later. 

3. Always ask for assistance when trying to locate something. Stock in 

drawers or cabinets is excess inventory and should only be handled by 

the Inventory Coordinator. 

B. DENTRONIX RULES 

1. Drop up to two instrument racks into the ultrasonic. If you are the third 

rack, place yours in for 10 seconds then move all three to the Dentronix 

dry heat sterilizer. There should never be more than three racks in the 

ultrasonic. 

6

VIII. UNITS 

2. All instruments (including hemostats) that will not fit above the instrument 

rack and into the Dentronix should be placed in the statim cassettes. 

3. Always remember to lock the door and start the Dentronix. 

4. When removing instrument racks, remove all remaining racks from the 

high heat sterilizer and leave the door open. Sterile racks should be placed 

on top of the dry heat sterilizers. 

C. AUTOCLAVE 

1. If the machine is still running place your bags to be sterilized on the 

autoclave. Write your name on all bags. 

2. Do not overfill cassette so that it must be forced into autoclave. 

3. Any bag containing plastics (including bite sticks) should be sterilized 

using plastics button designated by the rubber glove. 

4. Sterile bags, indicated by pink arrow changing to brown, should be placed 

in blue containers to be returned. 

5. Please return other residents’ instruments on the way back to your 

operatory. 

6. CADE instruments and appliances should be bagged as such and returned 

to the supply room. 

7. Bands to be sterilized should be bagged and designated by the box number 

for that instructor so that they may be sorted quickly. 

Each resident has been assigned an operatory. It should always be clean 

enough for others to use at all times. The best way to evaluate our efforts is to 

look at an operatory at the end of the day when everything is “put away.” If 

followed, these guidelines will add to the professional appearance of our 

clinic. Hopefully, everyone will be comfortable with keeping the guidelines 

general in scope. Here is a list of recommendations: 

1. Please advise the Inventory Coordinator in writing if equipment in your 

unit is broken. State the problem, your name, and unit number. 

2. Charts, textbooks, and papers should be stored in unit drawers. 

3. Models should be kept on the available shelves. 

7

IX. LIBRARY 

4. No food or drink allowed in the clinic. 

5. Only supplies absolutely necessary for patient treatment should be 

permanently kept out (soap, lotion, gauze, etc.). 

6. Office supplies should be kept to a minimum. 

7. Personal photos should be framed & limited. 

8. The wood trimmed counter top should be cleared nightly. 

9. Nothing is to be stored in the plants! 

It is important that we organize and maintain our library. We will define some 

basic rules to keep that space in such a way that everyone will benefit from it. A 

schedule will be posted for residents to organize and re-file returned journals and 

books. 

X. MISCELLANEOUS 

A. Residents and instructors should be addressed as “Doctor” in the presence of 

patients, parents, and any professional situation. 

B. Personal appearance, attire and conduct should always reflect a professional 

atmosphere. Policy regarding clinic attire includes: 

1. “Blue” full scrubs (top and bottom) required. No other attire will be 

acceptable. 

2. Dedicated shoes (tennis shoes - white in color) are required. 

3. Non-soiled lab coats are to be worn at all times in the clinic and should be 

hung on the hook provided when not in use. Soiled lab coats should be 

placed in the appropriate laundry receptacle. 

4. Scrubs should not be worn during travel or outside the department. This is 

an OSHA mandate. 

5. Hospital or other institutionally marked scrubs are not to be worn. 

C. Smoking is not allowed in any University building or property. 

8

D. Telephones 

1. The receptionist will page you for incoming telephone calls and calls should 

be answered as soon as possible. 

2. Telephones in the secretarial or reception areas should not be used for 

incoming or outgoing calls by the residents. 

3. Residents are not allowed in the reception area at any time. 

4. Each resident will be given an access code number to make toll calls to 

patients. Long distance calls will be charged to the individual code number. 

Calls other than to patients will be billed to the resident. 

5. Telephone messages will be placed in your voice mailbox or transferred to 

your voice mail. These must be checked at least twice a day and on 

weekends in case of emergencies. 

6. Personal phone calls should be kept to a minimum. 

E. Residents are to use the typewriter in the hall outside the clinic. Turn off when 

not in use. 

F. All patient visits are to be recorded on the treatment record and signed by the 

instructor. 

G. No one, except for the patient, is allowed in the clinic area. Parents, siblings, 

and friends should wait in the waiting room. 

H. Patients moving or discontinuing treatment are to notify the Clinic Supervisor 

immediately. 

1. A written statement from the parent or guardian is necessary. 

2. An equitable prorated refund will be determined. 

3. Where appropriate, the resident will complete an AAO Orthodontic Transfer 

Form (treatment in progress or retention) and a copy of patient records will 

be forwarded to the receiving orthodontist. 

4. Continuously missed appointments and any other problems related to patient 

care must be reported to the clinic/program director in a written format 

(front desk). 

9

XI. EMERGENCY CARE OF PATIENTS 

A. DURING CLINIC HOURS 

Please make every effort to accommodate your patients for relief of pain and 

discomfort during clinic hours, to minimize after hours emergencies. To the 

extent possible, make necessary repairs, or have another resident do the 

necessary repairs for the patient so that an unnecessary return visit will not be 

necessary. Keep in the mind, that for many patients, a parent will have to take 

off work in order to bring the patient in, and in some cases they may have an 

hour drive or more. 

If you are on call during periods when the clinic is closed, but staff is 

answering the phones, you will be expected to call the front desk first thing in 

the morning to learn if there are any emergency patients to be called, to 

arrange a time for the front desk to schedule emergencies for the day, and then 

to call in advance of that time to see if there are emergencies scheduled. 

Finally the front desk may page you for special needs. You are expected to 

respond promptly to the page. 

B. AFTER CLINIC HOURS 

1. You may choose to give your patients your home phone number or 

not...the decision is yours. For those who choose not to give out their 

phone numbers with a voice mail attached, they have the duty to check 

their CADE voice mails in the evening and weekends. 

2. In dealing with patient problems, you should attempt to solve the problem 

by phone. If the patient is unable to be made comfortable in this way and 

they are several hours away, it may be necessary for them to contact their 

hometown dentist for assistance. 

3. If they are in the metropolitan Saint Louis area and you determine that 

they can not wait until the next clinic day, you may see them in the clinic 

after hours only if the following protocol is followed: 

A. Contact one of the faculty listed below to discuss the nature of the 

problem, and ask if they can meet you at CADE to see the patient. 

10

B. Contact a classmate to come with you to SLU. These pairs should 

consist of at least one male classmate (female and male or male and 

male) 

C. Contact Saint Louis University 314-977-3000, and ask that a Public 

Safety Officer meet you at CADE (3320 Rutger), at a specific time. 

This stipulation is an essential part of the CADE's Emergency Care 

Policy. 

D. Call the patient back and confirm the arrangement. In the 10 minutes 

that it took to make these arrangements, some patients will change 

their minds and of course you will need to call the faculty member, 

classmate, Public Safety Officer and notify them of any change in 

plans. The faculty member should therefore delay leaving home for at 

least10 minutes. 

DO NOT GO TO THE CLINIC TO MEET PATIENTS AFTER 

HOURS, OR EXIT YOUR CAR WITHOUT THE PUBLIC 

SAFETY OFFICER BEING THERE! 

E. The residents and faculty member will be asked to show their 

identification badges. If you need access to restricted parts of the 

building, the watch commander has a master key. The officer will not 

be able to stay with the residents, but you can ask the officer to swing 

by CADE to check on you every half hour or so. When the procedure 

is completed, call 977-3000 to have an officer escort everyone back to 

their cars. 

4. On weekends, residents are to “cover” their own patients, and if they are 

to be out of town they are responsible to have another resident “cover” 

their patients. 

5. On holidays, and vacations there will be a RESIDENT CALL LIST. The 

resident in charge should obtain the PAGER the orthodontic front desk. 

A. If the pager should ring with the pager number, it means that you have 

a voice message. 

B. Call the pager # 460-0627 

C. Put in 06921 (zero and the last 4 of the italicized numbers on the back 

of the pager) 

5 restores messages to the beginning 

6 listen to messages 

11

7 date/time 

8 restores 

9 n/a 

D. Call the number of the emergency call, write this number down on 

paper, write down the patient’s name, and write down the parent or 

guardian name. Ask if they are a current patient of the orthodontic 

clinic. Determine the nature of the problem and whether it is within 

the scope of the clinic. Ask when they could meet you at CADE. Ask 

that they remain by the phone while you make arrangements for them 

to be seen. Tell them you will call back so you may call them back. 

When you call them back tell them that you, a classmate, a faculty 

member, and a public safety officer will meet you at the specified time 

at CADE so that you can help them with their problem. 

E. The details of the emergency visit should be transcribed into the 

patient record by the resident the next clinic day, and signed by the 

Clinic Director. 

F. If major trauma to the patient has occurred, the patient should go 

to the hospital emergency room. On the Missouri side of the 

Mississippi River, Saint John’s Mercy Hospital has a general practice 

residency and oral surgeons on call. On the Illinois side of the river, 

Alton Memorial is best. If these are not convenient or practical they 

should go to the emergency room as close to their residence as is 

possible. Judgment should be exercised as to whether you should meet 

them at the emergency room. 

Should you have an extraordinary problem you should call Drs. Oliver or 

Kim for advice. 

Dr. Don Oliver 314-966-2215 

Dr. Ki Boem Kim 314-862-1699 

Dr. Tako Araujo 314-239-4193 

The faculty will try to advise you of the primary and secondary call person 

for each holiday or vacation period. 

Revised 7/1/07 

Reviewed 7/1/09 

12



GRADUATE ORTHODONTICS POLICY MANUAL 

2009-2010 

Resident Rights, Responsibilities, and Opportunities 

I. DEPARTMENT HOURS 

A. Administrative Offices, Laboratories, and Library 

1. Located on the second floor of Dreiling-Marshall Hall 

2. Open 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday 

3. Residents can do non-clinical work in laboratories and the library outside regular hours. 

In the evenings or on weekends, access to Dreiling-Marshall Hall may be obtained 

through the main front door after swiping an activated ID through the card reader. The 

Public Safety Office can also be called (977-3000) to arrange to have a Public Safety 

Officer come and unlock the building. Residents must be prepared to show a SLU ID on 

demand. 

B. Orthodontic Clinic 

1. Hours are 9:00 a.m. to noon and 1:00 to 5:00 p.m., Tuesday through Friday unless 

indicated otherwise in the schedule. Patients are not to be seen before 9:00 a.m. or after 

5:00 p.m., and not between 12:00 noon and 1:00 p.m., unless special individual 

permission is given by the Clinic Director. Furthermore, patients may be seen only if 

there is a Clinical Instructor present on the floor. Should a treatment procedure warrant 

keeping a patient after 5:00 p.m., the Resident is responsible for remaining with the 

patient until he or she is called for by a parent or guardian, or is escorted onto public 

transportation. 

2. Except in emergency situations, patients are not to be seen during evening hours, 

Saturdays, Sundays, or holidays, unless permission is granted from the Clinic Director 

and the supervising Clinical Instructor. (See emergency care of patients in Clinic Manual, 

Section XII, pages 10-12.) 

II. ATTENDANCE See tab #2 for attendance policy and information. 

III. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN DENTISTRY DEGREE 

A. The Graduate Program in Orthodontics requires formal enrollment in and completion of all 

academic work (a total of approximately seventy (70) credit hours of didactic, clinical, research 

tools, and thesis research). Any electives that a Resident may decide to take are generally in

addition to the 70 required credit hours. 

2 

ORTHODONTIC POLICY MANUAL FOR 2009-2010 

B. Descriptions and credit hour values of the individual courses may be found in the "Catalog of 

the Graduate School." Evaluations of Resident performance are generally based on the grading 

schemes of The Graduate School. Passing grades in didactic courses are "A," "B+," "B," "B-" 

and "C." The average, acceptable grade is "B"; definitions of the individual grades may be found 

in the "Catalog of The Graduate School." Any course in which a failing grade ("F") is received 

must be retaken. Some courses are graded "S" (Satisfactory) or "U" (Unsatisfactory). 

C. The quantification of the grading scheme awards four points for an "A," 3.5 for a "B+," three 

for a "B," 2.5 for a "B-," two for a "C," and zero quality points for an "F." The quality points 

awarded for a course is the product of that associated with the grade received and the credit 

hour value. The cumulative grade point average is computed by dividing the total quality 

points by the total number of credit hours taken (excluding those with S/U grading). The 

minimum cumulative grade point average for "good academic standing" is 3.0. A Resident 

cannot become a Candidate for a master's degree while not in "good academic standing." 

D. Clinical Requirements 

1. A minimum of approximately 50 untreated cases representing the various classifications 

of malocclusion is selected for each Resident. A majority of these cases must be finished, 

presented with complete records, and accepted, to qualify the Resident for graduation. 

If, because of the degree of difficulty of one or more individual cases assigned, it is 

determined that these criteria are impossible or impractical to meet, this may be modified. 

Transfer cases will be assigned in the fall semester. Additional cases may be started only 

with the approval of the Clinic Director. Active orthodontic treatment of family 

members will be allowed provided the patient is registered and assigned to a faculty 

member by the Clinic Coordinator. NOTE: All cases regardless of the nature or extent 

of treatment must be properly registered prior to the initiation of treatment. 

2. Comprehensive examinations are held in late fall of the second and third year. At the 

option of the Faculty, written comprehensives may be held at the end of the first summer, 

end of the first year, end of the second year, and at the end of the program. Retention 

patients will be assigned in the latter part of the first year. 

3. First year residents will be examined on records and diagnosis their first year. 

4. Three Residents will be requested to present records at the annual meeting of the American 

Association of Orthodontists (AAO). 

5. The residents are responsible for ensuring that their patients are available for treatment and 

to follow the instructions provided by the supervising faculty member. The faculty are 

responsible for the quality of care that the patients receive. 

E. Thesis Research

3 


1. The Resident must present to The Graduate School two (2) acceptable copies of a thesis 

in evidence of thorough knowledge of a facet of the discipline, independent thought, and 

the potential for undertaking original research. The thesis must be prepared in the format 

of The Graduate School's directive supplemented by the Program's style sheet. The 

document must be acceptable to the Readers (Candidacy Committee) and The Graduate 

School in its style and composition. The Candidacy Committee must be composed of 

three (3) faculty members with at least one (1) being full time at Saint Louis University. 

The research project may be of the Resident's own choosing, but it must be approved by 

the thesis advisor (mentor) and the Research Director. A thesis advisor or mentor may 

be selected by the Resident or may be assigned by the Research Director. In general, the 

mentor should be full time in the Program and must be a member of the Graduate Faculty. 

A part-time Faculty member may be approved by the Research Director to serve as a 

mentor (subject to approval by the Graduate Dean), but to no more than one Resident per 

academic year. 

2. Modest financial assistance is available to each Resident pursuing the master's degree to 

defray the cost of essential supplies and materials associated with the thesis research. 

The Resident is required to submit an estimated budget, itemizing the cost of the 

proposed study, routing it through the Mentor and the Research Director for approval. 

For approved work to be done by the University, an authorization form must be 

obtained from the Administrative Office before any work is requested. The University 

will not reimburse a Resident for research expense incurred outside this protocol. 

3. Three documents govern the format and style of the thesis: (1) the "typing" directive of 

The Graduate School (provided in the Candidacy mailing); (2) the Program's style sheet 

(distributed during the Research Design course); and (3) "A Manual for Writers of Term 

Papers, Theses, and Dissertations," by Kate L. Turabian, 5th Edition (can be ordered 

through the Matthews Bookstore in the School of Medicine Building, Lower Level). 

F. Final Academic Requirements for the Master of Science in Dentistry Degree 

1. The Graduate School requires the preparation and filing of a formal thesis research 

proposal. This proposal can and should be formalized soon after the successful defense 

of the proposal within the Research Design course. The form is available from The 

Graduate School or it can be transferred onto a diskette by Information Technology 

Services in Des Peres Hall on the Frost Campus. The completed form must be approved 

by the Mentor and the Director of the Graduate Program in Orthodontics, and it must be 

filed with The Graduate School before approval of Candidate status will be given. 

2. Toward advancement to Candidacy for the Master's degree, the Resident must first 

complete, in the Office of The Graduate School, an "Application for Degree Card." This 

action initiates the preparation of a Candidacy mailing to the Resident by The Graduate 

School. Specific items in the mailing must be completed and/or reviewed for accuracy and

4 


completeness by the Resident. The academic record of the Resident is reviewed by the 

Program Director. Approvals by the Program Director are required. After submission 

of all required documentation to The Graduate School and favorable action, the Dean 

notifies the Resident of advancement to Candidacy. The entire process must occur within 

the deadlines established by The Graduate School if the Resident is to anticipate degree 

conferral at the close of the academic term in progress. 

3. Upon approval of the written thesis and digest/abstract by the mentor, two copies are 

transmitted to The Graduate School (where a format check is undertaken), and additional 

copies are prepared for the Candidacy Committee. The Resident, who must now be a 

Candidate, and the Mentor then schedule the final examination. That schedule must 

provide the Readers (Candidacy Committee) with a minimum of one week to review the 

thesis. Every member of the Committee must approve the general content of the thesis 

before the final examination can take place. 

4. Degrees are conferred by the University three (3) times each academic year: 

(1) in late May at the close of the academic year; (2) in early August at the end of the 

(June-July) Summer Session; and (3) in early January after the Fall semester. Formal 

commencement exercises occur only once each year in May. 

5. In keeping with Graduate School policy, Residents are given a time-to-degree period of 

five (5) years to complete degree requirements. It should be noted that the same five (5) 

year limit also exists for completion of certificate requirements. Program regulations 

demand that the didactic and clinical requirements be fulfilled during the thirty-month 

residency; otherwise, the residency may be extended or terminated. 

G. Guidelines in the Conduct of the Final Oral Examination 

1. The Graduate School demands a final, comprehensive, oral examination as the culminating 

requirement during master's degree study. In the case of a research degree, the defense of 

the thesis will be a part of the final exam. 

2. The Mentor and Resident/Candidate schedule the examination. The Program Director and 

the Director of Research are notified of the date, location, and time of the exam. The exam 

must take place in an on-campus location. The Director of Research will post a Public 

Notice on one of the Program bulletin boards. The examination cannot occur 1) less than 

one week from the date of receipt of the thesis copies by the committee members and 2) 

until The Graduate School has issued the two sets of (thesis and defense) ballots to the 

Chairperson of the Candidacy Committee. The anticipated time period for the 

examination should be 1-2 clock hours. 

3. To begin, the Committee meets briefly in executive session. The Committee Chairperson 

collects the signed thesis ballots and polls the Committee members to make certain there 

is unanimous approval of the general content of the thesis. In the case of disapproval, the 

examination is postponed.

5 


4. Members of the Faculty of the Program and, with the approval of the Candidate, other 

Residents in the Department, may attend the oral presentation of the thesis research and 

outcomes. They may ask only questions toward clarification of points of the 

presentation. 

5. The examination proper begins with the Committee Chairperson inviting the Candidate 

and any interested Faculty and Residents into the examining room. The Candidate is 

requested to make a presentation, approximately 20 minutes in length, before the 

audience. This presentation is to include: a) the statement and origin of the problem, the 

source of interest, and the benefits of its solution; b) a brief overview of previous, related, 

published research; c) the overall design of the study; d) the manner of data collection; e) 

the organizing and reducing of the data (statistics); f) results and their interpretation; and 

g) conclusions drawn. 

6. Following the Candidate's presentation and the resolution of issues of clarification, the 

guests, if any, are excused from the examining room. 

7. Each Committee member then asks questions relevant to the research and its outcomes. 

Should a general discussion ensue, the Committee Chairperson serves as moderator, and 

the Candidate an active participant. 

8. Further questions may be asked of the Candidate incidental to points or issues raised 

during the discussion. Additional questions pertaining to all facets (didactic, clinical, etc.) 

of the Orthodontic program may be directed to the Candidate. When the Committee, as 

interpreted by the Committee Chairperson, is convinced of the level of the Candidate's 

performance in the oral examination, the Candidate is temporarily excused from the room. 

9. The Committee members now complete the defense ballots in executive session. Once 

defense ballots are collected by the Committee Chairperson, the committee members may 

then discuss the Candidate's thesis and performance in its defense. The Committee 

Chairperson may poll the Committee to determine if the Candidate passed the oral exam; 

more than one negative vote signifies failure. The Chairperson inquires about changes in 

the thesis requested by the Committee members; the mentor may collect the Readers' 

thesis copies. The Committee Chairperson may recall the Candidate into the examining 

room and announce the outcome of the examination, but the formal notification is 

communicated to the Candidate by the Graduate Dean after review of the ballots. 

H. Manuscript for Publication of Thesis Research 

1. Residents who conduct thesis research must prepare a manuscript suitable for publication 

in a refereed journal (The American Journal of Orthodontics and Dentofacial 

Orthopedics). A journal should be selected by the resident and approved by the thesis 

advisor (mentor). A manuscript should be prepared using the format given in that 

journal's information for authors.

2. An abstract of the finished thesis is also to be prepared. 

6 


3. A copy of the finished thesis will be submitted to the AAO Library. Please give this 

copy to the Director of the Graduate Program in Orthodontics who will see that it gets 

to the AAO Librarian. It should be noted that this copy is in addition to the two (2) 

acceptable copies presented to The Graduate School as well as one (1) copy for the 

CADE library. 

IV. COMPLETION OF THE RESIDENCY PROGRAM WITH THE MASTER'S DEGREE 

The residency program is not completed with the fulfillment of didactic and clinical requirements. 

The Master of Science in Dentistry degree must be earned. In general, specialty state licensure, 

American Board of Orthodontics eligibility, and memberships in the American Association of 

Orthodontists and constituent societies require full completion of the program. 

All Residents are initially admitted into the degree program, but should it become evident during the 

residency that a student is unable to fulfill the requirements for the master's degree, the case will be 

taken to the Graduate School for discussion and final decision in accordance with the Program 

Director. 

V. OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT DURING RESIDENCY 

A. The seeking of outside employment by a Resident in the Graduate Program in Orthodontics is 

not encouraged, but may be permitted if conditions warrant. The following regulations apply: 

1. Upon successful completion of the summer session and the fall semester of the first year 

in the program, a Resident in academic good standing may request permission to seek 

part-time employment. The request will be evaluated by the Clinic Director and the 

Program Director. 

2. If granted permission to work, the Resident will seek employment with a general dentist. 

The Resident must communicate the name, address, and telephone number of the 

employer to the Program Director. 

3. The Resident will be allowed to work only on Saturdays. 

4. Under no circumstances will an employed Resident be excused from any Program function 

as a result of employment, regardless of when such functions may be scheduled (for 

example, on a Saturday). 

5. Under no circumstances will a Resident contract or undertake any type of orthodontic 

treatment outside the Saint Louis University Orthodontic Clinic. 

6. The Program Director reserves the authority to review the status of the Resident and, for

7 


cause, to rescind the privilege to maintain part-time employment. If the working 

Resident's grade point average falls below "B" (3.0), the privilege is withdrawn 

automatically. 

B. The request by a Resident to seek outside employment must be made in writing to the Program 

Director on a form available in the Program's Administrative Office. 

VI. GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS IN THE PROGRAM 

A. Several graduate fellowships are ordinarily awarded to Residents in the Program during their 

second year. Residents receive these appointments, subject to availability, following 

recommendation by the Program Director and approval by the Clinic Director and Executive 

Director. 

1. Three Orthodontic Program graduate fellows may participate in the Cleft Palate Program 

in collaboration with the Missouri State Crippled Children's Program and Cardinal 

Glennon Children's Hospital. The faculty adviser of this program is Dr. Gus G. 

Sotiropoulos. 

2. Four Orthodontic Program graduate fellows may participate in the Cleft Palate Program 

in collaboration with the Missouri State Crippled Children's Program and The Children's 

Hospital at Washington University. The faculty adviser of this program is Dr. Richard 

Nissen. 

3. One Orthodontic Program graduate fellow is ordinarily assigned to assist in the program 

with the Herbert Hoover Boys’ & Girls’ Club. The faculty adviser of this program is Dr. 

Michael V. Purcell. 

4. Several teaching and research fellowships are also available and will be awarded during this 

same period. 

5. Four fellowships are also available through Children’s Hospital at Washington 

University. 

B. General Provisions 

1. Graduate Orthodontic Residents awarded these fellowships are required to participate in 

research or service activities of the Program under the direction of a faculty adviser. 

2. Fellowship appointments are for one year. The appointment of a graduate fellow may 

be terminated by the Program Director, subject to the approval of the Executive Director, 

whenever deemed necessary for the good of the Graduate Orthodontics Program. 

3. For each fellowship funded from the Program Director's budget, stipend checks are 

distributed monthly.

8 


4. Applications for fellowships are to be submitted on forms available from the 

Administrative Office and turned into the Program Director. 

5. Appointments are made in the spring preceding the new academic year. Applications 

should be on file no later than May 1. It is the responsibility of the potential applicant 

to honor the submission deadline. 

6. Each graduate fellow is expected to devote a minimum of five (5) hours weekly to duties 

associated with the appointment. Research fellows appointed on grants may have more 

lengthy duties, but they cannot exceed twenty (20) clock hours per week. 

7. An Orthodontic Resident may hold only one fellowship at any given time unless 

approved by the Dean of the Graduate School. Residents on fellowships may not pursue 

outside employment during the period of appointment. 

8. Resignation from a fellowship must be made to the Executive Director in writing, 

countersigned by the Director of the Graduate Orthodontic Program. The exact date of 

termination must be indicated. 

9. Acceptance of a research fellowship is understood to imply acceptance of the patent 

policy of the University, and, if a contract is involved, of the contractual provisions 

governing patent rights, publication rights, and so forth. 

VII. MEMBERSHIPS 

A. American Dental Association 

Full time graduate student membership applications may be obtained from the Administrative 

Office. Annual dues are approximately $30.00 for the American Student Dental Association 

and $30.00 for the American Dental Association. Included is a subscription to The Journal of 

the American Dental Association. 

B. American Association of Orthodontists 

Applications may be obtained from the Program's Administrative Office. Annual membership 

fee is $20.00 and must accompany the application. 

VIII. MISCELLANEOUS 

A. Residents are not permitted to use the photocopying machine in the Administrative Office. If 

you need to send a fax, please see the Administrative Secretary. A copy machine is available 

for Resident use in the CADE Library. A $50.00/per student fee will be assessed to cover use 

of the library copy machine for the thirty months.

9 


B. Locker space is available for Residents on the 2 nd floor from the Clinic Supervisor. 

C. Residents are responsible for the laundering and dry cleaning of their own scrubs. Clean lab 

coats will be provided. 

D. Residents should check their mailboxes and email regularly since notices of Program activities, 

memos, etc., are given almost on a daily basis. 

E. All CADE personnel with clinical patient contact responsibilities (i.e. faculty, staff, and 

residents) must maintain certification in basic life support. 

F. Libraries 

The combined holdings of the Saint Louis University libraries total nearly 1.5 million volumes; 

approximately 12,800 subscriptions are maintained. The majority of these materials are housed 

in the Pius XII Memorial Library on the Frost Campus. 

1. The Graduate Orthodontics Program maintains a small library on the 2 nd floor; some 

unbound and bound journals, older texts and monographs, and archival materials are located 

there. Items that are borrowed must be signed out on the list found in the library. 

Similarly, items that are returned should be signed in on the list. 

2. In the administrative office on the 2 nd floor, some newer books are kept in the Ken Louie 

Memorial Bookcase. Any of these items that are borrowed must be checked out and 

checked back in with the Administrative Secretary. 

3. The Library of the Health Sciences Center is located on the second floor of the Learning 

Resources Center. This library subscribes to most orthodontic journals and is the 

depository for the Program's copies of theses completed by orthodontic Residents and 

bound by The Graduate School. Its stacks contain over 80,000 volumes and serial 

subscriptions exceed 1,600. 

4. The headquarters of the American Association of Orthodontists, at 401 North Lindbergh 

Boulevard in St. Louis County, maintains a library. A notable feature of this facility is a 

collection of theses and a computerized data base of nearly 6000 theses completed within 

the various orthodontic graduate programs throughout the United States. 

G. Residents may obtain a key to their lock-up in the plaster lab and chair side from the Clinic 

Supervisor. A ten dollar ($10.00) cash deposit is required. 

H. Work to be done for Residents by other Departments of the University must be approved by 

the Program Director. Appropriate forms must be prepared and transmitted before the work 

is begun. Residents should be aware that it can take a large amount of time before a purchase 

order is issued so plan accordingly. Residents not adhering to this protocol are themselves 

liable for the costs of such work.

10 


I. Computers for student use are located in the CADE Library. Residents may not use computers 

or typewriters within the Administrative Offices or the Front Desk area of the Clinic. 

Typewriters within the Clinic area may be used by Residents for patient records. 

J. Student loan deferment forms should be given to the Administrative Assistant for processing. 

In general, a new certification for loan deferment must be filed following registration for each 

semester. To apply for new student loans, contact the Office of Financial Aid, Room 121 of 

DuBourg Hall, Frost Campus; telephone 977-2350. Residents needing verification of 

enrollment should contact the program's administrative secretary for a letter. 

K. Stamped, outgoing mail may be given to the Patient Coordinator to put in the U.S. mail. 

Interoffice mail may be put in the basket on top of the file cabinet in the office of the Patient 

Coordinator. The Graduate Orthodontic Program does not provide or sell stamps. 

L. Program bulletin boards are located in the student lounge on the 2 nd floor. 

M. Health and hospital insurance is available for purchase by all students through Saint Louis 

University. Call 977-7168 for information about Student Health Insurance. Headquarters for 

the University's student health services are on the first floor of Marchetti Towers East, 

southeast corner of Laclede Avenue and North Grand Boulevard on the Frost Campus; 

telephone 977-2323. Professional staff is on duty there for diagnoses, consultations, basic 

medical procedures, and to write prescriptions. Also, appointments may be made to see 

Faculty physicians who practice in the University Medical Group Building, across Vista 

Avenue from the University Hospital; the phone number is 977-6100. 

N. The parking garage for students on the Health Sciences Center Campus is located at Rutger and 

Theresa. Parking fees for the academic term or for the year are assessed at the time of 

registration. A tag, to be hung from the inside rearview mirror, must be displayed. For 

information, call SLU Parking Services at 977-8656.

ATTENDANCE (Orthodontic Program) 

1-30-09 

A. The Graduate Orthodontic Program is thirty months in length. Full-time 

attendance in the Department during that period, from approximately June 15 

until December 15 thirty months later, is required of all residents. This 

attendance is defined as presence on campus from 8:00 a.m. until 12:00 noon 

and 1:00 p.m. until 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. Permission to be off 

campus during these times must be obtained from the Program Director. 

Attendance at all lectures, seminars, laboratories, and clinics is 

mandatory. 

B. Outstanding members of the specialty of orthodontics or allied professions 

may be invited by the Program from time to time to deliver evening or 

weekend lectures, and residents are required to attend these lectures. 

C. Temporary Absence from the Department 

1. Should illness require temporary absence from the Program (for less 

than one day), the resident must notify the Program Director. A 

telephone number must be given to the Clinic Receptionist so that the 

resident may be reached if necessary. 

2. If a resident leaves the Campus before 4:30 p.m. (for example, to study 

in the Library), the above rule (C.1.) still applies. Notification of the 

Clinic Receptionist is not only common courtesy, but enables the 

handling of telephone calls, etc., efficiently. 

D. Extended Leaves of Absence 

1. Absence from the Department for any period of one day or longer must 

be approved in writing by the Program Director. A request form for this 

purpose can be obtained in the Program Director. This form must be 

completed in its entirety. Approval must be obtained prior to the 

purchase of airline tickets. 

2. If one or more classes would be missed during the period of requested 

absence, approval(s) must be obtained from the Instructor(s) as well as 

arrangements made to make up missed class work.

3. Requests for leave immediately preceding or following a scheduled 

vacation period will not be granted. Emergency leave may be granted 

by the Program Director. Requests for leave will be considered on a 

case-by-case basis. 

E. Professional Meetings 

1. Residents are encouraged to attend the annual meeting of the American 

Association of Orthodontists in May. A leave request form must be 

filled out and approved in writing by the Program Director. 

2. Residents are encouraged to attend the annual meeting of the 

Orthodontic Education and Research Foundation in March. A leave 

request form must be filled out and approved in writing by the Program 

Director. 

3. Residents are encouraged to attend the annual meeting of the Graduate 

Orthodontic Residents Program (GORP) in August. A leave request 

form must be filled out and approved in writing by the Program 

Director. 

4. Permission to attend other professional meetings, short courses, and 

lectures away from the University must also be obtained with a leave 

request form and is dependent upon the resident's having demonstrated 

satisfactory progress in coursework, clinical responsibilities, and thesis 

research. 

F. Personal Days 

1. Each resident is entitled to ten (10) personal days over the 30 month 

duration of the program. 

2. Personal days must be scheduled and approved by the Program Director. 

3. The absence must also be approved by any instructor of record of any 

class affected by their absence. 

4. Personal days are exclusive of attendance at approved professional 

meetings or sick time. 

5. If residents extend the time allotted for scheduled vacations (or breaks) 

or attendance at meetings by leaving campus early or returning late, 

regardless of the circumstance, personal days will be lost at the rate of 2 

personal days for each day of absence.

6. Residents should use the scheduled breaks and vacations to make 

practice arrangements. Alternately, personal days can be used for such 

purposes. 

H. Academic Calendars of the University and the Program 

1. Saint Louis University operates on a semester-schedule. The Summer 

Sessions run throughout June, July and August. The Fall semester 

begins in early September and ends just before Christmas. The Spring 

semester begins in January and ends in mid-June. There are minor 

variations between the individual schools' academic calendars. 

2. The Program generally follows the University's semester calendar to a 

substantial extent. The notable difference is the summer term that 

begins in late June and ends in late August. The Fall and Spring 

semesters are generally followed by the Program, although some Spring 

academic work, in particular clinical activities, extends through June. 

3. The following vacation days and periods have been established for the 

Orthodontic Program; clearly some dates will vary from year to year: 

Third Monday in January-Martin Luther King Day 

Spring Break-during the week preceding Easter 

Fourth Monday in May - Memorial Day 

July 4 - Independence Day 

First Monday in September - Labor Day 

Fourth Thursday in November - Thanksgiving weekend, beginning 

on Wednesday 

In late December/early January - two weeks that include Christmas 

and New Year's Day 

4. Each resident receives one week of vacation between the end of the 

Spring semester and the beginning of the Summer session (this is called 

interim break). It is anticipated that such time will be used for vacation, 

making practice arrangements, etc. 

5. Each resident receives one week of vacation during the summer session 

sometime in August. This time is scheduled through the Program 

Director. It is anticipated that such time will be used for vacation, 

making practice arrangements, etc.

G. Penalty 

Excessive tardiness or absence beyond the guidelines given here will 

result in an extension of the program for the resident, suspension, or 

dismissal.


LEAVE OF ABSENCE FORM 

Resident's Printed Name Date of Request 

This form has been completed to initiate a request for a Leave of Absence from the Orthodontic Program 

for the period: 

My reason for requesting this is as follows: 

Absence From Clinic 

To 

Because I am going to be absent from the clinic, I request that my patients be rescheduled. It is the 

determination of the Clinic Supervisor that this schedule change will not place an undue burden on the 

staff. 

Clinic Supervisor's Printed Name Clinic Supervisor's Signature 

Alternately, my schedule will be maintained and a substitute resident will see my scheduled and emergency 

patients, and provide care and treatment under supervision by the appropriate faculty members. 

Substitute Resident's Printed Name Substitute Resident's Signature 

It is the assessment of the Clinic Director that this change in my clinic schedule will not have a negative 

impact on my patients. 

Clinic Director's Printed Name Clinic Director's Signature 

Absence From Classes 

While away from the Program, I will miss the following classes. Approvals for all missed courses have 

been obtained as indicated below: 

Course Instructor's Signature 

Course Instructor's Signature

Contact Information 



While away from the program, I may be contacted as follows: 

Name Street Address 

City, State, Zip Code Area Code/Telephone Number 

Status of the Request 

Resident's Signature 

� Approved � Not Approved 

Program Director's Signature Date 

Policies Regarding a Leave of Absence 

An absence refers to any absence from the program for a period of one hour or longer. A request for a 

leave of absence from the Program must be sought in writing before the absence occurs. In most instances 

absences are planned; thus a request for a leave of absence can be made long before the absence is 

anticipated. A written request for a leave that is health based (and sudden) may be requested when the 

resident returns to school; in such instances the Program Director must be notified as soon as practical and 

a doctor's note may be requested. An emergency leave may be granted by the Program Director under 

certain circumstances. This same approval process must be followed before a resident may attend any 

professional meetings (e.g., A.A.O., O.E.R.F., G.O.R.P.), short courses, or lectures away from CADE, 

unless the Program Director indicates otherwise. 

Requests for leave immediately preceding or following a scheduled vacation period usually will not be 

granted. A resident that is not maintaining adequate standing (i.e., a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 

or better and fulfilling their clinical responsibilities) will not be granted leave. Typically a student will not 

be granted more than 3 days of leave during any major semester (Spring and Fall). 

A leave of absence must be requested in writing, and approved in writing, before any travel plans are 

finalized.

1/30/09 

Guidelines for the Initial Dental Radiographic Examination 

Child or Adolescent Orthodontic Patient (1-17 years of age) 

Condition Recommended Radiographs 

Regular dental 

No previous caries 

No obvious pathology 

History of fluoridation 

Previous caries 

Obvious caries 

Deep caries 

Periodontal disease 

Tooth trauma 

Impacted teeth 

TMJ disorders 

Cleft palate 

Syndromes 

Severe skeletal disorder 

Instructor prescription 

With previous or obvious caries 

With deep caries, trauma, or 

periodontal disease 

Panoramic film 

Cephalogram 


Bite-wings 

Cephalogram 


Bite-wings 

Periapical films (affected area only) 

Cephalogram 

Cone Beam CT 

Add bite-wings 

Add periapical films (affected area 

only) 

A clinical examination should be conducted before radiographs are taken. Subsequently, 

it is recommended that a panoramic film (or CBCT) be taken first so that that need for 

additional x-rays can be determined.

Guidelines for the Initial Dental Radiographic Examination 

Adult Orthodontic Patient (18 years of age or older) 

Condition Recommended Radiographs 

Regular dental 

No previous caries 

No obvious pathology 

History of fluoridation 

Previous caries 

Obvious caries 

Deep caries 

Periodontal disease 

Tooth trauma 

Impacted teeth 

TMJ disorders 

Cleft palate 

Syndromes 

Severe skeletal disorder 

Instructor prescription 

With previous or obvious caries 

With deep caries, trauma, or 

periodontal disease 


Bite-wings 

Cephalogram 


Bite-wings 

Periapical films (affected area only) 

Cephalogram 


Bite-wings 

Periapical films (full-mouth series) 

Cephalogram 

Cone Beam CT 

Add bite-wings (affected area only) 

Add periapical films (full-mouth 

series) 

A clinical examination should be conducted before radiographs are taken. Subsequently, 

it is recommended that a panoramic film (or CBCT) be taken first so that that need for 

additional x-rays can be determined.

Modified after: The selection of patients for x-ray examination: dental radiographic 

examination, HHS Pub FDA 88-8273, Rockville, MD, 1987, US Food and Health 

Administration, Center for Devices and Radiographic Health.

Commission on Dental Accreditation 

211 East Chicago Avenue 

Chicago, Illinois 60611 

Phone: 1-800-621-8099 

Policy on Complaints Directed at CODA-Accredited Educational Programs 

Students, faculty, constituent dental societies, state boards of dentistry, and other interested parties may submit an 

appropriate, signed complaint to the Commission on Dental Accreditation (CODA) regarding any CODA-accredited 

dental, allied dental or advanced dental education program, or a program that has an application for initial 

accreditation pending. An “appropriate” complaint is one that directly addresses a program’s compliance with the 

Commission’s standards, policies and procedures. The Commission is interested in the continued improvement and 

sustained quality of dental and dental-related education programs but does not intervene on behalf of individuals or 

act as a court of appeal for treatment received by patients or individuals in matters of admission, appointment, 

promotion or dismissal of faculty, staff or students. 

In accord with its responsibilities to determine compliance with accreditation standards and required policies, the 

Commission does not intervene in complaints as a mediator but maintains, at all times, an investigative role. This 

investigative approach to complaints does not require that the complainant be identified to the program. 

The Commission, upon request, will take every reasonable precaution to prevent the identity of the complainant 

from being revealed to the program; however, the Commission cannot guarantee the confidentiality of the 

complainant. 

Only written, signed complaints will be considered by the Commission; oral and unsigned complaints will not be 

considered. The Commission strongly encourages attempts at informal or formal resolution through the program's 

or sponsoring institution's internal processes prior to initiating a formal complaint with the Commission. The 

following procedures have been established to manage complaints: 

Inquiries: 

When an inquiry about filing a complaint is received by the Commission office, the inquirer is provided a copy of 

the Commission’s Evaluation Policies and Procedures (EPP) manual (includes the Complaint Policy) and the 

appropriate Accreditation Standards document. 

The initial screening is usually completed within thirty (30) days and is intended to ascertain that the potential 

complaint relates to a required accreditation procedure (i.e., one contained in Evaluation Policies and Procedures 

[EPP]) or to one or more accreditation standard(s) or portion of a standard which have been or can be specifically 

identified by the complainant. 

Written correspondence clearly outlines the options available to the individual. It is noted that the burden rests on 

the complainant to keep his/her identity confidential. If the complainant does not wish to reveal his/her identity to 

the accredited program, he/she must develop the complaint in such a manner as to prevent the identity from being 

evident. The complaint must be based on the accreditation standards or required accreditation procedures. 

Submission of documentation which supports the non-compliance is strongly encouraged. 

Written Complaints: 

When a complainant submits a written, signed statement describing the program’s non-compliance with specifically 

identified procedure(s) or standard(s), along with the appropriate documentation, the following procedure is 

followed: 

1. The materials submitted are entered in the Commission’s database and the program’s file and reviewed by staff. 

2. Legal counsel, the chair of the appropriate review committee, and the applicable review committee 

members may be consulted to assist in determining whether there is sufficient information to proceed.

a. If the complaint provides sufficient evidence of probable cause of non-compliance with the standards or 

required accreditation procedures, the complainant is so advised and the complaint is investigated using the 

procedures in the following section “formal complaints.” 

b. If the complaint does not provide sufficient evidence of probable cause of non-compliance with the 

standards or required accreditation procedures, the complainant is so advised. The complainant may elect: 

(1) to revise and submit sufficient information to pursue a formal complaint. 

(2) not to pursue the complaint. In that event, the decision will be so noted and no further action will 

be taken. 

c. Initial investigation of a complaint may reveal that the Commission is already aware of the program’s noncompliance 

and is monitoring the program’s progress to demonstrate compliance. In this case, the 

complainant is notified that the Commission is currently addressing the non-compliance issues noted in 

the complaint. The complainant is informed of the program’s accreditation status and how long the 

program has been given to demonstrate compliance with the Accreditation Standards. 

Formal Complaints: 

Formal complaints (as defined above) are investigated as follows: 

3. The complainant is informed in writing of the anticipated review schedule. 

4. The Commission informs the chief administrative officer (CAO) of the institution sponsoring the accredited 

program that the Commission has received information indicating that the program's compliance with specific 

required accreditation procedure(s) or designated standard(s) has been questioned. 

5. Program officials are asked to report on the program’s compliance with the required procedure(s) or standard(s) 

in question by a specific date, usually within thirty (30) days. 

a. For standard(s)-related complaints, the Commission uses the questions contained in the appropriate 

sections of the self-study to provide guidance on the compliance issues to be addressed in the report and on 

any documentation required to demonstrate compliance. 

b. For procedure(s)-related complaints, the Commission provides the program with the appropriate policy 

or procedural statement from EPP. Additional guidance on how to best demonstrate compliance will be 

provided to the program. The chair of the appropriate review committee and/or legal counsel may assist in 

developing this guidance. 

6. Receipt of the program’s written compliance report, including documentation, is acknowledged. 

7. The appropriate committee(s) and the Commission will investigate the issue(s) raised in the complaint and 

review the program’s written compliance report at the next regularly scheduled meeting. In the event that 

waiting until the next meeting would preclude a timely review, the appropriate committee(s) will review the 

compliance report in a telephone conference call(s). The action recommended by the committee(s) will be 

forwarded to the Commission for mail ballot approval in this later case. 

8. The Commission may act on the compliance question(s) raised by the complaint by: 

a. determining that the program continues to comply with the procedure(s) or standard(s) in question and that 

no further action is required.

. determining that the program may not continue to comply with the procedure(s) or standard(s) in question 

and going on to determine whether the corrective action the program would take to come into full 

compliance could be (i) documented and reported to the Commission in writing or (ii) would require an onsite 

review. 

i. If by written report: The Commission will describe the scope and nature of the problem and set a 

compliance deadline and submission date for the report and documentation of corrective action taken 

by the program. 

ii. If by on-site review: The Commission will describe the scope and nature of the problem and 

determine, based on the number and seriousness of the identified problem(s), whether the matter can 

be reviewed at the next regularly scheduled on-site review or whether a special on-site review will be 

conducted. 

(1) If a special on-site review is required, the visit will be scheduled and conducted in accord with the 

Commission's usual procedures for such site visits. 

c. (1) determining that a program does not comply with the procedure(s) or standards(s) in question and 

changing a fully-operational program’s accreditation status to “approval with reporting requirements” and 

(2) going on to determine whether the corrective action the program would take to come into full 

compliance could be (i) documented and reported to the Commission in writing or (ii) would require an onsite 

review. 

iii. If by written report: The Commission will describe the scope and nature of the problem and set a 

compliance deadline and submission date for the report and documentation of corrective action taken 

by the program. 

iv. If by on-site review: The Commission will describe the scope and nature of the problem and 

determine, based on the number and seriousness of the identified problem(s), whether the matter can 

be reviewed at the next regularly scheduled on-site review or whether a special on-site review will be 

conducted. 

(2) If a special on-site review is required, the visit will be scheduled and conducted in accord with the 

Commission's usual procedures for such site visits. 

9. Within two weeks of its action on the results of its investigation, the Commission will also: 

a. notify the program of the results of the investigation. 

b. notify the complainant of the results of the investigation. 

c. record the action. 

10. The compliance of programs applying for initial accreditation is assessed through a combination of written 

reports and on-site reviews. 

a. When the Commission receives a complaint regarding a program which has an application for initial 

accreditation pending, the Commission will satisfy itself about all issues of compliance addressed in the 

complaint as part of its process of granting initial accreditation to the applicant program. 

b. Complainants will be informed that the Commission does provide developing programs with a reasonable 

amount of time to come into full compliance with standards that are based on a certain amount of 

operational experience. 

(04/83; 12/89) (new policy: 01/95)(item 8 revised: 07/96) (Revised 07/00; 08/02; 07/06; 07/07)

BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS EXPOSURE 

COMMUNICABLE DISEASE WORK RESTRICTIONS 

JULY 2009 


Introduction 

The Center for Advanced Dental Education is committed to protecting the health and 

safety of the patients, staff, and faculty and support personnel in our workplace or any 

others who may be affected by our activities. This plan represents opinions of the 

American Dental Association (ADA), Centers for Disease Control (CDC), American 

Association of Dental Schools (AADS), Occupational Safety and Health Administration 

(OSHA), and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and is consistent with the 

policies of Saint Louis University Medical Center. Recommendations have been, in 

some cases, copied from aforementioned organizations and modified for adaptation to 

CADE. The intent is to comply with the Occupational Health and Safety Laws and 

Regulations, and where these were considered inadequate, more stringent standards 

were adapted. Accordingly, we will: 

1. Provide a safe and healthful workplace. 

2. Operate, maintain and inspect our facility to protect employees (including students, 

faculty and staff), service contractors and patients from injury and illness due to our 

activities. 

3. Train all employees and contractors in safe work practices relating to blood and 

blood products. 

4. Hold all employees (including students, faculty, and staff) accountable for 

performing safely. 

5. Comply with all recordkeeping, and audit our procedures to ensure continued 

compliance with existing laws and regulations. 

6. Require specific safety performance when selecting contracting firms. CADE 

requires that contractors meet the training needs of their employees and that they 

comply with all laws and regulations, and use safe work practices. As needed, CADE 

will provide specific information to assist the contractor in working in our laboratories 

and clinics. 

General Policy 

The purpose of this document is to inform you as an employee (including students, 

faculty and staff) that this Department is complying with the OSHA standard by 

implementing a written exposure control plan that contains the following: 

i. Exposure determination 

ii. Methods of Compliance 

1

iii. Personal Hygiene 

iv. Saint Louis University Employee Health Procedures on: 

I. Pre-placement Evaluations 

II. Immunizations 

III. Post-exposure Evaluation and Prophylaxis 

IV. Tuberculosis Policy 

V. Communicable Disease Work Restrictions 

VI. Work Related Illnesses/Injuries 

VII. Maintenance of Health Records 

The written exposure control plan is accessible to all employees and will be updated 

when changes in procedures require revision. The plan is kept in the office of the 

Executive Director and the office of the Clinic Director, Department of Orthodontics. 

Additional copies are distributed to appropriate personnel and are available for review 

in the departmental library. 

The Clinic Director and his/her designee are the compliance managers for CADE and 

will be responsible for implementing this plan. 

i. Position Exposure Determination 

Employees and others holding the indicated positions at CADE have occupational 

exposure: 

Faculty (clinic instruction) 

Residents 

Dental Assistant(s) 

Dental Hygienist(s) 

Some employees holding the indicated positions at CADE, or the University, have 

possible occupational exposure. That is, they are occasionally called upon to perform 

tasks that my result in occupational exposure: 

Clinic Supervisor 

Receptionist 

Technical Services Personnel 

Technology Coordinator 

Building and Grounds Maintenance Personnel 

Inventory Coordinator 

The remaining employees of CADE have no increased risk for occupational exposure to 

blood or other potentially infectious materials. 

ii. Methods of Compliance 

An effective infection control policy requires the cooperation of students, faculty and 

staff. This must be achieved through education, demonstration, monitoring and 

evaluation. Faculty has primary responsibility for infection control in the clinic. 

Since the student is the primary provider of care, the students’ actions will determine 

whether or not control of infection has been effective. It is the responsibility of all 

2

personnel to practice and enforce approved infection control procedures and to ensure 

that students and clinic personnel are conforming to these guidelines (Excerpted from 

the AADS, Journal of Dental Education, Vol. 55, ANO.0, 1991, 621-630). 

The Center has adopted the following concepts and procedures which are specifically 

required by OSHA. 

Universal Precautions 

Universal precautions are an approach to infection control. According to this concept, 

all human blood and certain other human body fluids are treated as if known to be 

infectious for HIV, HBV, or other blood borne pathogens. OSHA requires the use of 

universal precautions to prevent contact with blood and other potentially infectious 

materials. Other potentially infectious materials include saliva in dental procedures. 

Engineering and Work Practice Controls 

Engineering controls serve to reduce exposure in the work place by either removing 

the hazard or isolating the worker from it. Generally, this is achieved through the use 

of equipment designed for a particular purpose. An example of an engineering control 

is the sharps-disposal container that isolates the hazard from the employee by 

physical means. 

Work practice controls reduce the likelihood of exposure through changes in the way 

that tasks are performed. This provision reduces risk by requiring that tasks be 

performed in the safest manner possible, for example proper hand washing and the 

use of the rubber dam in general dental procedures will reduce the possibility of 

exposure. 

The following engineering and work practice controls will by followed by CADE and are 

specified in the OSHA Standard (29 CFR1010.1030). 

Hand Washing 

All employees must wash their hands before donning gloves and immediately or as 

soon as feasible after removal of gloves or other personal protective equipment. 

Employees must wash hands and any other skin with soap and water, or flush 

mucous membranes with water immediately or as soon as feasible following contact of 

such body areas with blood or other potentially infectious materials. 

Sharps 

Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps that include exposed ends of 

dental wires (including orthodontic arch wires, tie-wires, etc) must not be bent, 

recapped, sheared or removed except as noted below. Shearing or breaking of 

contaminated needles is prohibited. Contaminated dental anesthetic needles that 

need to be reused on the same patient, can only be recapped by an on-handed scoop 

technique or by the use of a mechanical device that protects the employee from 

potential needle-stick injuries. 

Likewise, blunt-tipped irrigating needles (non-sharp) may be recapped by a onehanded 

scoop technique or the use of a mechanical device as these needles are also 

designed for use during an operative procedure. 

3

After use, the disposable sharp or non-sharp needle assembly must be discarded as a 

single unit into a sharps container. 

Immediately or as soon as possible after use, contaminated sharps must be placed in 

a container until appropriately processed. These containers must be puncture 

resistant, labeled with a biohazard symbol, or color-coded in red, leak-proof on the 

sides and bottom, and handled as noted in the “housekeeping section that follows. 

Personal Habits and Eating 

OSHA prohibits eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm and 

handling contact lens in work areas (i.e., clinic treatment station)) where there is a 

reasonable likelihood of occupational exposure. 

Likewise the OSHA standard on blood borne pathogens also prohibits storage of food 

and drink in refrigerators, freezers, shelves, cabinets or other countertops or bench 

tops where blood or other potentially infectious materials are present. 

Minimizing Exposure 

All procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious materials must be 

performed in such a manner as to minimize splashing, spraying, spattering and 

generation of droplets of these substances. An example of a method that minimizes 

the aforementioned exposure would be high-volume dental evacuation. 

Mouth Pipetting 

Mouth pipetting/suctioning of blood or other potentially infectious materials is 

prohibited. 

Specimens 

Specimens of blood or other potentially infectious materials must be placed in a 

container that prevents leakage during collection, handling, processing, storage, 

transport or shipping. The container must be labeled with a biohazard symbol or 

color-coded in red and closed prior to being stored, transported or shipped. If outside 

contamination of the primary container occurs; it must be placed in a second 

container that prevents leakage and is labeled or color-coded according to the 

requirements of this standard. 

The primary container does not have to be labeled. If transported only within the 

facility, universal precautions are followed routinely and recognized as containing 

specimens. 

Equipment 

Equipment that becomes contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious 

materials must be examined prior to servicing or shipping and must be 

decontaminated as necessary, unless this is not feasible. A label must be attached to 

the equipment stating which portions remain contaminated. This information must be 

conveyed to all affected employees, the servicing representative, and/or the 

manufacturer prior to handling, servicing or shipping. 

4

Inspection schedule for engineering and work practice control. 

Item Inspected Responsible Party 

Sharps Containers monthly Inventory Coordinator 

Dental Assistant 

Waste Containers daily Dental Technician 

Custodial services 

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Provision 

When there is occupational exposure appropriate personal protective equipment will 

be provided at no cost to the employee. This includes gloves, gowns, jackets, masks 

and eye protection. For CPR, resuscitation bags, pocket masks, or other ventilation 

devices will be provided. PPEs will be considered “appropriate” only if they do not 

permit blood or other potentially infectious material to pass through to or reach the 

employee’s work clothes, street clothes, under garments, skin, eyes, mouth or other 

mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for the duration of time 

which the protective equipment will be used. 

Use 

Employees must use appropriate PPEs unless the employee temporarily and briefly 

declines to use the PPES when under rare and extraordinary circumstances, it was the 

employees professional judgment that in the specific instance it’s use would have 

prevented the delivery of health care or public safety services or would have posed an 

increased hazard to the worker or co-worker. This allowance must be a rare 

circumstance. When the employee makes this judgment, the circumstances will be 

investigated and documented in order to determine whether changes in the exposure 

plan can be instituted to prevent such occurrences in the future. The employment 

policy of the department is that personal protective equipment must be worn at all 

times exposure is anticipated and deviation from this Policy will result in investigation 

and documentation of the action. 

Some examples of “rare and extraordinary circumstances” include “a sudden change 

in patient status that puts the patient’s life in immediate jeopardy.” The OSHA 

introduction to this standard specifically states that providing dental care for children 

is not a rare and extraordinary circumstance that would justify removal of personal 

protective clothing and equipment. OSHA contends that children’s fears can be 

allayed by educating them about the use of barrier techniques. 

Accessibility 

Appropriate PPEs in a selection of sizes are readily available at the worksite. PPEs can 

only be worn at the worksite. They are not to be worn out of the designated worksite. 

This includes scrubs worn in the clinic without a lab coat over them. 

Repair, replacement, removal and storage 

PPEs will be repaired or replaced as needed at no cost to the employee. PPEs that are 

penetrated by blood or other potentially infectious materials must be removed 

immediately or as soon as feasible. All PPEs must be removed prior to leaving the 

5

work area. PPEs must remain on during the treatment, clean-up, and transport of 

contaminated items within the worksite. When PPEs are removed, they must be 

placed in an appropriately designated area or container for storage, washing, 

decontamination or disposal. 

Gloves 

Gloves must be worn when it can be reasonably anticipated that the employee might 

have contact with blood, other potentially infectious materials, mucous membrane and 

non-intact skin. Gloves must also be worn by the employee when performing vena 

picture or when handling or touching contaminated items or surfaces. 

Disposable single-use gloves such as surgical examination gloves must be replaced as 

soon as practical when contaminated or as soon as feasible if they are torn, 

punctured, or when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised. Disposable, 

single-use gloves cannot be washed or decontaminated for the purpose of being 

reused. Utility gloves may be decontaminated for re-use if the integrity of the glove is 

not compromised; however, they must be discarded if they show any signs that their 

effectiveness as a barrier is compromised. 

OSHA does not consider gloves to be regulated waste; therefore, they are to be 

discarded in designated “usual” waste containers at the operatory. 

Various kinds of gloves can be used in dentistry: vinyl, latex, rubber or nitrile, and 

plastic film. Latex or vinyl gloves are used for most treatment procedures. When 

extensive surgical procedures are anticipated, sterile latex or vinyl gloves are required. 

Nonsterile latex or vinyl treatment gloves are adequate for most procedures. Rubber 

utility or nitrile puncture-resistant gloves are used for housekeeping procedures such 

as cleaning instruments prior to sterilization or surface disinfection. Plastic film 

gloves may be used temporarily over a latex treatment glove when it is necessary to 

prevent contamination of an object such as a drawer handle or chart. 

Gloves must be changed between patients, whether they are worn for treatment or 

examination. They should not be washed for reuse. Disinfecting agents may cause 

deterioration of glove material, and minute tears or punctures in gloves may occur 

during treatment resulting in contamination of hands. If tears or punctures do 

appear, gloves must be removed and replaced. Hands should be washed before regloving. 

Utility gloves can be washed and reused. They should be replaced when they 

become cracked or worn. 

Masks, eye protection and face shields 

Masks in combination with eye protection devices such as goggles or glasses with solid 

side shields must be worn whenever splashes, spray spatter, or droplets of blood or 

other potentially infectious materials may be generated and eye, nose or mouth 

contamination can be reasonably anticipated. Chin length face shields replace 

protective eyewear and masks for purposes of OSHA, but for infection control 

purposes, a mask must still be worn in combination with a chin length face shield. 

The chin length face shield only replaces or serves in lieu of eyewear. 

The mask should be adjusted so that it fits snugly against the face so as not to allow 

spatter to enter around its edges. Beards and mustaches should be groomed so that 

6

the mask fits well. It should be removed as soon as the treatment is over. When 

removing the mask, handle it only by the elastic or cloth tie strings. The mask itself 

should not be touched. OSHA does not consider masks to be regulated waste; 

therefore, they are to be discarded in designated “usual’ waste containers at the 

operatory. Eyewear is not disposable. It should be disinfected when contaminated 

and before reuse. 

Gowns and other protective body clothing 

Appropriate protective clothing such as, but not limited to, lab coats, scrubs, and 

clinic jackets must be worn in occupational exposure situations. The type and 

characteristics will depend upon the task and degree of exposure anticipated. The 

apparel chosen must prevent blood or any other potentially infectious materials from 

reaching street clothes, work clothes or skin. The degree of coverage must be 

consistent with the anticipate degree of exposure. For example, the use of surgical 

caps or hoods and/or shoe covers is not required for routine dental procedures. 

Moisture impervious protective equipment would only be necessary if a large amount 

of blood or other potentially infectious materials would be reasonably anticipated to 

contact the gown, apron or other protective body clothing. This would not likely be the 

case for general dental procedures. The garment must be removed immediately or as 

soon as possible when penetrated by blood or other potentially infectious materials. 

Launderable apparel is to be removed when leaving the worksite. When contaminated, 

or at the end of each half-day session, they should be returned for laundering. 

Disposable apparel is to be discarded in designated containers at the operatory. 

Contaminated laundry is defined by OSHA as laundry that has been soiled with blood 

or other potentially infectious materials or may contain “sharps”. Contaminated 

laundry must be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation. 

Contaminated laundry includes launderable PPEs but not clothing under PPEs. 

Employees cannot take contaminated laundry home to be washed. Contaminated 

laundry will be washed or disposed of by the employer. 

It is not the responsibility of the employer to launder uniforms or clothing such as 

street clothes worn under the personal protective equipment. 

The employer will clean and launder all launderable PPEs at no cost to the employee. 

Employees who have contact with contaminated laundry must wear gloves and other 

appropriate personal protective equipment. 

The department requires gloves and eyewear to be worn by all personnel when 

examining or treating patients. The wearing of protective apparel (i.e., scrubs; clinic 

gowns, jackets) is required when providing patient treatment. The wearing of masks is 

required when performing those procedures that my generate spray, droplets, spatter, 

or aerosol and is recommended for all other treatment procedures. 

Housekeeping 

Definitions 

Sterilization: The complete elimination of microbial viability. Sterilization should be 

used for all dental items that can withstand the process. 

7

Disinfection: To render free of infection but a less lethal process than sterilization. 

Disinfection is only used when sterilization is not possible and sterilizable items are 

not available. 

Aseptic: Free from infection or septic material 

Surface disinfectant: A disinfectant chemical that is safe to use on environmental 

surfaces and dental units. 

Cold sterilization: Unacceptable term. Surface or environmental sterilization is not 

achievable. 

Chemical sterilization: Sterilization by a chemical rather than dry heat or moist heat. 

Immunity: Antibodies present as a result of vaccination or previous disease exposure. 

Cleaning, disinfection, and sterilization 

CADE will ensure that the laboratories and clinics are maintained in a clean and 

sanitary condition. The Center will determine an appropriate schedule for cleaning 

and the method of disinfection for the various surfaces, equipment, and rooms. All 

employees must wear gloves when cleaning and disinfecting surfaces or items 

contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious material. 

Disinfectants used for the above mentioned surfaces or items contaminated with blood 

or other potentially infectious materials include chemical germicides that are approved 

for use as hospital disinfectants and are tuberculocidal when used at the 

recommended dilutions and approved by the American Dental Association for such 

use. Blood spills or spills of other potentially infectious materials must be pre-cleaned 

and then disinfected with a solution of 5.25% sodium hypochlorite (household bleach) 

diluted between 1:10 and 1:100 with water. 

The Center has determined that: 

1. Dental operatory work surfaces and fixed equipment will be cleaned before each 

patient procedure that produces contamination. Work surfaces and fixed equipment 

do not require disinfection if non-contaminating patient interactions are accomplished. 

2. Sterilization and preparation of work area environmental surfaces will be cleaned 

and disinfected at the end of each half day or sooner if work at that site ceases prior to 

the end of a half-day. 

3. Dental/medical work surfaces will be cleaned and disinfected at the end of each 

half-day. 

All equipment as well as surfaces that could be contaminated must be properly 

cleaned and decontaminated after coming in contact with blood or other potentially 

infectious materials. 

Work surfaces should be decontaminated with a hospital and ADA approved 

disinfectant after procedures: 

1. When surfaces are overtly contaminated. 

2. Immediately after a spill of blood or other potentially infectious material. 

3. At the end of a work shift. 

8

Protective coverings such as plastic wrap, aluminum foil, or imperviously backed 

absorbent paper may be used to cover equipment and environmental surfaces. If 

used, these coverings should be removed and replaced after each patient visit. 

Equipment that may become contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious 

materials must be cleaned and decontaminated per the above schedule and cleaned 

and decontaminated prior to servicing and shipping. All bins, pails, cans, and similar 

receptacles designed for waste must be lined with a trash can liner that prevents 

potential contamination with blood or other potentially infectious materials. Routine 

non-contaminated trash does not require special handling. 

Contaminated regulated waste defined in the next section must be handled in 

accordance with regulated waste rules. 

Broken glassware that may be contaminated must not be picked up directly with the 

hands. It must be retrieved using mechanical means and placed in a sharps 

container. 

Reusable sharps contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials 

must be decontaminated prior to washing or reprocessing. These items cannot be 

stored in a manner that requires an employee to reach by hand into a container where 

the sharps have been placed. Baskets, such as those used in ultrasonic cleaning 

devices, may be used and the instruments “dumped’ because reaching into containers 

“blind” is not allowed. Another method would be for the employees to use a 

mechanical device such as tongs to remove instruments. 

Sterilization Procedures 

All personnel handling contaminated instruments must consider those instruments to 

be highly contagious for infectious diseases. The cleaning of these items must 

therefore be accomplished in a safe manner. The following outline must be used: 

1. Personnel cleaning instruments must wear heavy protective gloves to protect from 

inadvertent skin puncture and contamination. In addition, protective eyewear and a 

mask must be worn to guard against splatter of cleaning solutions. 

2. Clean all instruments and items to remove visible and invisible surface debris 

(“Bioburden”). These items must be free of blood, saliva, and protein before 

sterilization. Mechanical washing or ultrasonic cleaning is appropriate. Rinse after 

cleaning. 

3. Sort the instruments if appropriate. 

4. Individually or by set, “bag” the instruments in their sterilization/storage 

container. 

5. Place the items in the sterilizer (steam or dry heat) and sterilize by the appropriate 

method for that unit. Items for steam sterilization should be “bagged”. 

6. Instruments, hand pieces, impression tray, burst, etc. must be sterilized after each 

patient. 

9

7. Bulk disposal items, such as cements, should only be dispensed in anticipated use 

amounts. Unused amounts must be discarded and not returned to their bulk 

containers. Single use packaging should be used whenever possible. 

8. Any items not suitable for heat sterilization must be clinically disinfected in a 

manner designed to render it free of infection. 

a. Scrub with detergent and brush over sink to remove “Bioburden”. Rinse. 

b. Spray with a disinfectant and leave wet for 10 minutes. 

c. Rinse under water before use. 

9. Sterilized and disinfected items should be stored in a manner designed to maintain 

the initial degree of asepsis’. Individually closed packaging is desired. Bulk closed 

packaging is a secondary choice. Loose non-packaged items are not acceptable and 

must be considered contaminated and require re-sterilization before patient use. 

Clinic Protocol 

DO NOT WEAR GLOVES in hall, at dispensing window, in waiting room, meeting 

patients, on phone, making appointments. 

Washing Gloves 

Do not Wash Gloves for Infection Control Purposes or for reuse. 

NEW GLOVES MUST BE USED FOR EACH PATIENT. 

Set-up for the day 

1. Wash hands and put on gloves. 

2. Flush all waterlines for at least 3 minutes to reduce any microorganisms that may 

remain overnight. 

Preparing for the patient 

1. Flush all waterlines for 30 seconds between patients. 

2. If the operatory has not been prepared, clean and disinfect the unit with an EPA 

registered tuberculocidal disinfectant capable of killing both lipophilic and hydrophilic 

microorganisms at used dilution. Cleaning may also be accomplished by using soap 

and water prior to surface disinfection. 

3. The environment of the clinic must always be clean and neat. Cover surfaces that 

will be contaminated, but not cleaned and disinfected between patients, with approved 

barriers. 

Any surfaces (horizontal and vertical) within 3 feet of the patient’s mouth must be 

considered contaminated after providing treatment that produces spatter. Therefore 

cabinet doors and drawers must be closed during treatment. However, only surfaces 

that are touched must be cleaned and disinfected or have disposable covers changed 

between patients. 

10

4. Attach saliva ejector tip, sterilized hand piece and sterilized/disinfected three-way 

syringe when appropriate for the treatment procedure. 

5. Place a toothbrush and a cup of mouth-rinse where they will be accessible to the 

patient. 

6. Set up all items to be used during the delivery of care. 

Patient Treatment Protocol 

1. General 

a. Instruct the patient to brush their teeth and then rinse with mouthwash for 

one minute. 

b. Wash hands and wrists at the unit and glove. Once gloved, touch only the 

patient and barrier-covered areas or areas that have been cleaned and 

disinfected. 

2. Charting 

Do not touch the record with contaminated gloves. If an entry has to be 

made in the record during treatment, an appropriate barrier must be used on 

the pen and over the portion of the record that the contaminated glove will 

touch. As an alternate, delay making chart entries until the end of treatment. 

Another alternative is to us a sterile pencil and note paper, then recopy later. 

3. High-speed Evacuation System 

When applicable, a high-speed evacuation system should be used and all 

possible precautions should be taken when using the high-speed hand piece, 

water spray or ultrasonic scaler or during a procedure that could cause 

spatter. 

4. Three-way syringe 

The three-way syringe is hazardous because it produces spatter. Therefore, 

caution must be used when spraying teeth and the oral cavity. When used, a 

potential for spatter must always be considered and appropriate precautions 

taken (for example, use of barrier protection). The use of non-spatter producing 

methods of cleansing, such as the use of warm, moist cotton pellets or use of 

water before air, is recommended. 

5. Dropped instruments 

An instrument, arch wire, etc. that is dropped will not be picked up and reused. 

If the item is essential for the procedure, a sterilized replacement must be used, 

or, in the case of customized arch wires, the wire must be sterilized prior to 

replacement in the patient. 

6. Disposable items 

Used disposable items should be discarded immediately to avoid contamination 

of other items. Contaminated waste must be placed in the Biohazard labeled 

waste container. All other waste should be placed in the standard waste 

container. 

11

7. Storage and Transport of Contaminated Patient-related Items. 

Bite registrations, impressions, retainers, etc. become contaminated. These 

items should be cleaned and disinfected, as described later, prior to removal 

from the clinic area. 

8. Storage of Sterilized Items 

The shelf life of correctly packed sterilized instruments is 2 to 6 months as long 

as the packaging remains intact. Do not store instruments for intraoral use 

unwrapped. Instruments may be stored in their sterilization package 

(autoclave) or wrapped after sterilization (dry heat). Sterilizers must be 

routinely monitored using biological indicators to guarantee destruction of 

bacterial spores. 

Clean-up after Patient Treatment 

All surfaces that become visibly contaminated with blood must be cleaned immediately 

and disinfected using a solution of bleach or a liquid chemical germicide registered 

with the EPA as a tuberculocidal “hospital disinfectant.” These products are usually 

applied carefully, wiped off with a disposable wiper, reapplied, and left moist for the 

recommended time interval. Blood and saliva should be thoroughly and carefully 

cleaned from instruments and materials that have been used in the mouth. 

Properly dispose of regulated and non-regulated waste (gloves and masks). 

a. Remove gloves and wash hands immediately. 

b. Complete entries on all form and records relating to the treatment. Then reappoint 

and dismiss the patient. 

c. Put on utility gloves, or new gloves, before beginning the clean-up. 

d. Remove barriers from apparatus and items in the operatory. Clean and disinfect as 

necessary and return to appropriate storage location. 

e. Remove all disposables and discard. 

f. Discard all sharps that could puncture skin into a rigid Biohazard labeled sharps 

container. 

g. Disinfect all patient-contaminated items to be transported to the laboratory, such as 

impressions, bite registrations, etc. Remove all barriers from the unit and discard. 

Rinse and clean eyeglasses or face shield with detergent and water. 

h. Clean, package, label, and sterilize all unused orthodontic “trial” bands and then 

return them to the supply room. 

i. Clean, disinfect and prepare the unit or equipment for the next patient. Any area 

covered by a barrier may be recovered without cleaning and disinfecting if the barrier 

was not punctured. 

12

j. Any surface disinfectant solution is applied with a “spray-wipe-spray” technique. 

Spray the solution onto the surface to be cleaned. Wipe the surface clean using a 

paper towel or 4x4 gauze sponge and discard. 

*Respray the solution onto the surface and allow it to remain for the recommended 

time interval. Minimum 10 minutes. 

After all waste has been discarded, all handling of contaminated items and surfaces 

have been completed, and disinfection procedures completed, gloves can then be 

removed, discarded, and hands washed immediately. 

Regulated Waste 

OSHA defines regulated waste as: 

1. Liquid or semi-liquid blood or other potentially infectious materials (saliva). 

2. Contaminated items that would release blood or other potentially infectious 

materials in a liquid or semi-liquid state if compressed. 

3. Items that are caked with dried blood or other potentially infectious materials and 

are capable of releasing these materials during handling. 

4. Contaminated sharps, “any contaminated object that can penetrate the skin 

including but not limited to needles, scalpels, broken glass, and exposed ends of 

dental wires.” 

Pathological and microbiological waste containing blood or other potentially infectious 

materials. 

Contaminated Sharps, discarding and containment 

Immediately or as soon as feasibly possible, sharps must be disposed of in closable, 

puncture resistant disposable containers that are leak proof on the sides and bottom 

and labeled with the biohazard symbol or color-coded in red. Commercial sharps 

container receptacles are acceptable. For purposes of disposal, OSHA categorizes 

dental wires as sharps. Sharps containers shall be easily accessible to all employees 

and located in areas of immediate use. When moving, containers of contaminated 

sharps must be closed to the “event of spillage or protrusion of contents.” If leakage is 

possible, the initial container must be placed in a second container that has the same 

characteristics as the first. Reusable containers must not be opened, emptied, or 

cleaned manually or in any other manner that will expose employees to the risk of 

percutaneous injury. 

Other Regulated Waste Containment 

Regulated waste shall be placed in containers that are: 

1. Closable 

2. Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids on handling, 

storage, transport or shipping. 

13

3. Labeled or color-coded in accordance with the OSHA Standard. 

4. Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during 

handling, storage, transport or shipping. 

If outside contamination of the regulated wastecontainer occurs, it must be placed in a 

second container. The second container must have the same characteristics as the 

first. 

Disposal of all regulated waste will be in accordance with applicable regulations of the 

United States and the State of Missouri. It will also be in accordance with any other 

regulatory agency that may have jurisdiction in this geographic area. 

Disinfection of Prosthetic Devices and Impressions 

Disinfection vessels containing a liquid disinfectant is present at treatment operatories 

and in the technical laboratories. Any dental material or prosthesis (i.e. retainer) that 

has been in direct patient contact must be disinfected prior to use in the laboratory 

setting and these same items must be disinfected after laboratory procedures prior to 

patient contact. 

a. Rinse all objects thoroughly to remove all residual saliva and blood products. 

b. Immerse the object for a minimum of 10 minutes. Alginates and polyether should 

not be left significantly longer than 10 minutes. 

c. Remove the object from the vessel with gloved hands and rinse thoroughly. 

Inadequate rinsing might contaminate a model after the impression is poured. 

d. An alternate method for disinfecting impressions is to spray the impression and tray 

with the disinfectant solution. 

Infection Control Practices Radiology 

Operator Protection 

Protective gloves shall be worn during film and tube placement and during dental film 

stripping to minimize risks to the operator and patients. Do not glove until you have 

your instruments, film, and have seated your patient. 

Gloves removed after film processing and other refuse must be disposed of properly. 

Operators must wash their hands as they enter the clinic and after removing their 

gloves to handle processed radiographs, film mounts, and records. Do not handle film 

mounts or charts with gloves on. 

Patient Protection 

Supplies will be dispensed rather than stored where they could become contaminated. 

The appropriate number and type of films shall be obtained from supervising 

personnel. 

It is the operator’s responsibility to obtain the appropriate number and size of 

intraoral films. 

14

Supplies and film packets must be kept on a covered work surface. Charts and forms 

must be kept away from the work area. 

Film holders must be sterilized or disinfected. Disposable items should be used, when 

available. 

Exposure Procedure 

For intraoral radiography, obtain two clean paper cups and place the requested films 

inside. Separate the cups and leave them outside the operatory. Take film and make 

exposure. Place the exposed intraoral films in the second cup. For occlusal film, 

place the exposed film on a clean paper towel. When finished with the exposures 

remove and dispose of gloves. Wash hands. 

Hold cup with exposed films by the outside only. Enter the darkroom without gloves. 

Put on a new pair of vinyl gloves. Remove film from cup and strip from packet. When 

finished, remove gloves and dispose of packets and gloves in trash. For occlusal film 

carry the paper towel with the film to the darkroom. Put on a new pair of vinyl/latex 

gloves. Strip from packet and drop on a clean paper towel. Process film as usual. 

Disinfection Procedures 

Upon completion of x-ray exposure, seat patient in waiting area. Return to operatory 

and disinfect as per protocol before removing gloves. Spray with disinfectant all 

exposed environmental surfaces, including the tube head and positioning indicating 

device (cone), exposure button, exposure dial, chair headrest, table top work areas, 

ledge outside room and apron. 

Use a disinfectant soaked 2 x 2 gauze to wipe all the above areas. 

Spray all surfaces except x-ray tube head and control panel again and let air dry. 

While gloved, dispose of Styrofoam bite blocks and other disposable products in trash. 

Place autoclavable instruments in appropriate receptacle. Remove gloves and dispose 

of properly. Proceed to process films. 

Communication of Hazards 

Labels 

The required label is the biohazard symbol and the legend “Biohazard” that is 

fluorescent orange or orange-red with lettering or symbols in a contrasting color. 

Labels are affixed or attached as closely as possible to the container, so there is no 

possibility of loss. Alternatively, labels can be imprinted on the container or bag. Red 

bags or red containers may be substituted for labels. Regulated waste that has been 

decontaminated need not be labeled or placed in red bags, for example, autoclaved 

waste would not be labeled. 

Biohazard labels are to be placed on containers of regulated waste, e.g., sharps 

containers. Laundry contaminated with blood and other potentially infectious 

material must also be labeled or color-coded. 

15

iii. Personal Hygiene 

A. Hand Washing: Hands are washed before each patient contact, after each patient 

contact, before each procedure, after each procedure, before eating, after use of the 

bathroom, before putting on gloves, and after removing gloves. Friction is the most 

important part of washing hands. Jewelry should not be worn except for plain 

wedding bands. Bacteria can lodge in the sets or stones of rings. Fingernails should 

be kept short and clean. Contamination of the uniform by leaning against the sink is 

to be avoided. Hands should not touch the sink during or after the washing process. 

Equipment needed: approved liquid soap, running water, paper towels, and plasticlined 

wastebasket. 

Procedure: 

� Moisten hands well with running water. 

� Soap hands working up a lather using friction. 

� Wash the palm and back of each hand with rotary motion. 

� Wash fingers by interlacing fingers/thumbs and rotating back and forth. 

� Washing action should be a minimum of fifteen seconds. 

� Rinse well. Hold fingers down so water flows from wrist to fingers. 

� Dry hands gently with paper towel to avoid chapping. 

� Turn off faucets with a clean dry paper towel. 

� Dispose of towels in wastebasket. 

B. Eating/Drinking: Eating and drinking are prohibited in patient care areas where 

diagnosis, treatment, and handling of blood or body fluids occur. 

C. Contact Lenses: Contact lenses are not to be manipulated in areas where contact 

with blood or body fluids may occur. 

D. Makeup: Makeup and lip balm are not to be applied in areas where contact with 

blood or body fluids may occur. 

E. Food: Food is stored in refrigerators designed for this purpose only. These are 

cleaned on a regular basis. Any food stuffs to be discarded are to be bagged first to 

prevent insect/rodent problems. The refrigerator temperature is to be maintained at 

less than 40 degrees F. No food is to be stored in medication refrigerators. No 

medication is to be stores in food refrigerators. 

F. Microware Ovens: Microwave ovens installed in individual departments are placed 

in non-patient care areas only. Microwave ovens are to be cleaned on a regular basis. 

Any food stuffs left over are to be bagged and discarded to prevent insect/rodent 

problems. 

G. Smoking: Smoking is not permitted in Hospital/SLUCare facilities. 

16

Employee Health 

POLICY 

It is the policy of Saint Louis University that there will be an active Employee Health program developed by the 

Employee Health staff. The program is to be approved by the SLUHospital Infection Control Committee. SLUCare 

physicians are members of the committee. The SLUCare program is to be in accordance with Saint Louis University 

Hospital's (SLUH) approved program from the Infection Control Committee, the SLUHospital Medical Executive 

Committee, and Administration. 

In this manual, “health care worker” (HCW) is defined as any person with activities in a health care environment who is at 

risk for exposure to diseases or who may possibly transmit vaccine preventable diseases. These activities are not limited 

to contact with patients, blood, or other body fluids from patients. Other types of contact may include: contaminated 

medical supplies, contaminated medical equipment, contaminated environmental surfaces, or contaminated air. It is 

recognized that individuals can be subjected to substantial risks associated with exposures even during brief sporadic 

contact with patients and the health care environment. Personnel classifications may include: attending clinician, autopsy 

personnel, clerical staff, contractor, dental personnel, dietary worker, emergency medical service personnel, 

environmental services staff, maintenance worker, medical research lab worker, public safety worker, student, volunteer. 

It is the policy of Saint Louis University SLUCare that the Employee Health program will include all HCWs with 

activities at approved health care facilities. The determination of need for work-related health care services will be based 

on the nature of hazards in the health care environment, the intensity and frequency of health care worker exposure to 

these hazards, and overall risk assessment. These principles apply to Employee Health policies and procedures. These 

should not be applied to work related injuries and illnesses. In contrast to Employee Health issues, appropriate worker’s 

compensation procedures are determined by the employment status of an individual. 

PURPOSE 

1. To perform health assessments at the time of employment to ensure that the HCWs can perform essential functions of 

the job without undo risk to themselves, fellow HCWs, patients, or visitors. 

2. To screen for immunity and ensure appropriate immunizations of all HCWs. 

3. To provide evaluation after exposure to potentially infectious diseases and offer appropriate prophylaxis to HCWs 

who are exposed to infectious diseases or hazards. 

4. To provide HCWs with a tuberculosis control program in accordance with the guidelines of the Center for Disease 

Control, American Thoracic Society, American Lung Society, Public Health Department, and Occupational Safety 

and Health Administration. To identify HCWs at risk for tuberculosis disease. To investigate and manage 

tuberculosis infection or tuberculosis disease in HCWs on a routine basis and after exposures to tuberculosis source 

cases. To prevent transmission and development of tuberculosis disease in HCWs. 

5. To evaluate and provide work restrictions for HCWs with non-work related infectious diseases. 

6. To provide medical treatment and case management services to employees for work related illnesses or injuries. To 

provide appropriate work restrictions for work related illnesses or injuries. 

7. To maintain accurate Employee Health records. 

PROCEDURE 

I. Pre-placement Evaluations 


III. Post-exposure Evaluation and Prophylaxis 

IV. Tuberculosis Policy 

V. Communicable Disease Work Restrictions 

VI. Work Related Illnesses/Injuries 

VII. Maintenance of Health Records 

E-1

I. Pre-Placement Evaluation 

A. Medical history. 

B. Nurse exam. 

C. Physician review with further exam only as indicated by history or the job. 

D. Job description - review of essential functions of the job. 

E. Immunity to Varicella will be documented. 

F. Immunity to Rubella will be documented. 

G. Immunity to Measles will be documented. 

H. Immunity to Hepatitis B will be documented. 

I. Immunity to Tetanus will be documented. 

J. Absence of active pulmonary Tuberculosis will be documented. 

K. Respirator Fit Testing procedure will be done for all direct patient contact HCWs. 

L. Protective eye wear will be supplied to all direct patient contact HCWs. 

M. Education by use and demonstration of available needle-less systems and of available sharps with engineered 

sharps injury protection. 

N. Absence of artificial nails will documented for all direct patient contact HCWs. 

O. Education by use and demonstration of SLUCare approved hand hygiene program. 


A. Hepatitis B Vaccination: 

This procedure is written to comply with 1910.1030 Occupational Safety and Health Standard – Toxic 

and Hazardous Substances – Bloodborne Pathogens. One of #1 - #5 must be completed. 

1. HCW provides documentation of positive quantitative antibody to hepatitis B surface antigen. 

2. If the HCW is in the process of getting the three-shot series, the series will be completed as appropriate. 

3. If the HCW has completed the three-shot series, quantitative antibody to hepatitis B surface antigen will be 

obtained. 

4. If the HCW has not received the vaccine previously, the three-shot series is initiated. 

5. If the HCW does not wish to receive the vaccine, a Hepatitis B vaccination refusal must signed. 

6. Follow up appointments. 

a. One month and six month vaccinations will be scheduled at Employee Health. 

b. One month following the completion of the three-shot series, quantitative antibody to hepatitis B surface 

antigen will be scheduled at Employee Health. 

1) If quantitative antibody to hepatitis B surface antigen is positive, no further action needed. 

2) If quantitative antibody to hepatitis B surface antigen is negative, a second three-shot series is 

initiated. One month following the completion of the second three-shot series, quantitative 

antibody to hepatitis B surface antigen will be obtained. 

a) If quantitative antibody to hepatitis B surface antigen is positive, no further action 

needed. 

b) If quantitative antibody to hepatitis B surface antigen is negative, the HCW is considered 

a non-responder. The HCW will be counseled regarding precautions to prevent HBV 

infection and the procedure for post-exposure evaluation in case of exposure to blood or 

other potentially infectious material. 

7. Follow up testing for existing HCWs: 

Quantitative antibody to Hepatitis B surface antigen testing is done following blood borne pathogen 

exposures if not previously documented in the Employee Health HCW file. 

8. Records of screening and/or vaccination will be maintained in the Employee Health HCW file. 

E-2

B. Rubella - Measles: 

1. Rubella (German measles): One of a. - d. must be completed. 

a. Documents must be provided confirming laboratory evidence of immunity. 

b. Documents must be provided confirming physician diagnosed rubella. 

c. Documents must be provided confirming previous vaccination for rubella. Vaccination date must be on 

or after the first birthday. 

d. If none of the above are available, a rubella titer will be drawn: 

1.) If the rubella titer is positive, no further action needed. 

2.) If the rubella titer is negative, the HCW is required to be vaccinated with MMR at the time of 

employment unless contraindicated. 

e. If the MMR vaccine is not administered the HCW is cleared with restrictions. 

Restrictions: Non-immune HCW cannot care for patients with Rubella. 

2. Measles: One of a. - d. must be completed. 

a. Documents must be provided confirming laboratory evidence of immunity. 

b. Documents must be provided confirming physician diagnosed measles. 

c. Documents must be provided confirming previous vaccination for measles. Vaccination documents must 

be provided showing two live measles vaccinations after 15 months of age and at least one month apart. 

d. If none of the above are available, a measles titer will be drawn: 

1.) If the measles titer is positive, no further action needed. 

2.) If the measles titer is negative, the HCW is required to be vaccinated with MMR at the time of 

employment unless contraindicated. Follow up appointment for one month MMR vaccination will be 

scheduled at Employee Health. 

e. If the MMR vaccine is not administered the HCW is cleared with restrictions. 

Restrictions: Non-immune HCW cannot care for patients with measles. 

3. Contraindications for MMR Immunization: 

a. Persons with hypersensitivity to any component of the vaccine including gelatin. 

b. Pregnant women or women considering pregnancy in the next three months. 

c. Persons with febrile respiratory illnesses or other active febrile infections. 

d. Persons with active untreated tuberculosis. 

e. Persons with a history of anaphylactic reaction to neomycin. 

f. Persons with a history of anaphylactic reaction to eggs. 

g. Person receiving immunosuppressive therapy. This contraindication does not apply to persons who are 

receiving corticosteroid as replacement therapy (e.g. for Addison’s disease) 

h. Person with blood dyscrasias, leukemia, lymphomas of any type, or other malignant neoplasms affecting 

the bone marrow or lymphatic systems. 

i. Persons with primary and acquired immunodeficiency states, including persons who are 

immunosuppressed in association with AIDS or other clinical manifestations of infection with human 

immunodeficiency viruses; cellular immune deficiencies; and hypogammaglobulinemia and 

dysgammaglobulinemia states. 

j. Persons with a family history of congenital or hereditary immunodeficiency, until the immune 

competence of the potential vaccine recipient is demonstrated. 

4. Timing of MMR immunization and Mantoux skin tests (PPD): 

Mantoux skin tests (PPD) must be performed before or at the time of MMR vaccination. Immunization with 

MMR may temporarily suppress tuberculin reactivity. Further Mantoux skin tests (PPD) must be postponed 

for four to six weeks after MMR vaccination. 

5. Follow up for existing HCWs: None. 


E-3

C. Tetanus: One of #1 - #3 must be completed: 

1. Documentation of tetanus booster within the last 10 years. 

2. Tetanus diphtheria booster will be administered at the time of pre-placement exam unless contraindicated. 

3. If the HCW does not wish to receive the vaccine, a refusal must signed. HCW is cleared for patient care. 

4. Follow up for existing HCWs: A tetanus diphtheria booster is administered every 10 years or if indicated for 

a work related injury. 


D. Varicella Zoster: One of #1 - #2 must be completed: 

1. HCW will complete medical history question indicating a prior varicella zoster (chickenpox) disease history. 

2. If the HCW has no history of varicella zoster (chickenpox), a varicella titer will be drawn. 

a- If the varicella titer is positive, no further action needed. 

b- If the varicella titer is negative, the HCW is required to be vaccinated with varicella at the time of 

employment unless contraindicated. Follow up appointment for one month vaccination will be scheduled 

at Employee Health. 

3. If the varicella vaccine is not administered the HCW is cleared with restrictions. 

Restrictions: Non-immune HCW cannot care for patients with infectious varicella zoster-chickenpox or 

varicella zoster-shingles. 

4. Follow up for existing HCWs: None. 


III. Post-Exposure Evaluation and Prophylaxis 

A. Blood Borne Pathogen Exposure: An exposure is defined as a percutaneous injury, mucous membrane contact, 

or non-intact skin contact with of one of the following: amniotic fluid, blood, cerebrospinal fluid, pericardial 

fluid, peritoneal fluid, pleural fluid, semen, synovial fluid, tissue, vaginal secretions, or other body fluids 

containing visible blood. Any direct contact without barrier protection to concentrated HIV in a laboratory 

facility is considered an exposure. Prolonged contact of several minutes with contaminated blood, tissue, or body 

fluids involving a large area of intact skin is considered an exposure. Percutaneous injuries may include a 

needlestick or a cut with a sharp object. Non-intact skin is chapped, abraded or afflicted with dermatitis. Human 

bites and scratches may be included. In the absence of visible blood in the saliva, exposure to saliva from a 

person infected with HIV is not considered a risk for HIV transmission. Exposure to tears, sweat, non-bloody 

urine, or non-bloody feces does not require post-exposure follow up. 

1. HIV 

a. Immediate post-exposure measures: 

1) Percutaneous injury: 

a) Wash the wound with soap and water. 

b) Antiseptics are not contra-indicated. However, there is no evidence that use of antiseptics for 

wound care further reduces the risk of HIV transmission. 

c) There is no evidence that expressing fluid by squeezing the wound further reduces the risk of 

HIV transmission. 

d) The application of caustic agents such as bleach is not recommended. 

e) Injection of antiseptics or disinfectants into the wound is not recommended. 

2) Non-intact skin exposure 

a) Wash the area immediately with soap and water. 

b) Antiseptics are not contra-indicated. However, there is no evidence that use of antiseptics for 

wound care further reduces the risk of HIV transmission. 

c) The application of caustic agents such as bleach is not recommended. 

d) Injection of antiseptics or disinfectants into the wound is not recommended. 

3) Mucous membrane exposure: 

Irrigate copiously with tap water, sterile saline, or sterile water for 15 minutes. 

E-4

. HCW must notify the supervisor immediately. The Employee Report of Injury is completed by both the 

HCW and the supervisor. The original Employee Report of Injury is to be presented at Employee Health 

at the time of evaluation. It is not to be left with the staff in the emergency room when the initial 

evaluation is done in the emergency room. 

c. HCW must report immediately to Employee Health during office hours. If the exposure occurs after 

office hours, the HCW must report immediately to SLUCARE Emergency Room. If initial evaluation 

takes place in SLUHospital Emergency Room, the HCW must follow up at Employee Health on the next 

working day. 

d. Risk assessment 

Physician evaluation of specific exposure must take place. The risk assessment should 

be explained to the HCW so that it is understood. The circumstances of the exposure 

are recorded in the HCW’s confidential medical record. Relevant information includes: 

Date and time of exposure. 

Job duty being performed by the HCW at the time of exposure. 

Details of the exposure including: amount of fluid, type of fluid or material, severity of exposure. 

For a percutaneous injury include the depth of the injury and whether fluid was injected. 

For skin or mucous membrane exposure include the extent and duration of contact and condition of 

the skin (chapped, abraded, intact). 

Description of source of exposure including, if known, whether the source material contained HIV, 

HBV, or HCV. 

Factors which increase the risk for transmission of HIV from an individual with 

documented HIV infection: 

A deep injury to the HCW. 

Visible blood on the device causing the injury. 

A device previously placed in the source patient’s vein or artery. 

A source patient with end stage Acquired Immune Deficiency (AIDS) 

Direct contact with concentrated virus in a research lab. 

e. Post-exposure HIV prophylaxis (PEP) 

1) If PEP is being considered, rapid HIV testing of the source patient should be done if possible. Such 

testing is done through Employee Health ONLY. 

2) The physician must provide a risk assessment and information regarding current data on the efficacy 

and toxicity of post-exposure prophylaxis. 

3) The decision must be an informed decision 

4) The exposed HCW must decide to accept or refuse post-exposure HIV prophylaxis. 

5) The exposed HCW is informed of the option to decline the post-exposure prophylaxis. 

6) Baseline history and physical exam are performed. 

7) Prophylaxis should be started as soon as possible. In general, it is recommended that prophylaxis 

start within one to two hours after the exposure. 

8) If source patient is unknown at the time of exposure, consideration of prophylactic medication will 

begin after assessing the type and severity of exposure. The setting in which the exposure took place 

needs to be taken into account. 

9) Medication must be available for immediate administration at the site of initial evaluation. 

10) For women of child bearing age, a urine pregnancy test will be performed prior to initiation of postexposure 

prophylaxis medications. 

11) ALL baseline laboratory studies are to be drawn in Employee Health. If the initial evaluation is done 

in the Emergency Room, the exposed HCW must report to Employee Health on the next working day 

so that baseline laboratory testing can be obtained in a confidential manner. 

12) The HCW must sign a consent or refusal regarding post-exposure prophylaxis. 

13) Two prophylactic regimes are recommended: a basic two drug regime for most HIV exposures and 

E-5

an “expanded” three drug regime for increased risks for transmission. Three drugs are intended for a 

higher risk exposure. 

f. Baseline testing for HIV: 

1) Employee Health will provide pre-test counseling. 

2) Informed consent for baseline HIV testing will be obtained. 

3) Results will be reported to the HCW. 

4) Employee Health will provide post-test counseling. 

Reference: CDC. Updated U.S. Public Health Service Guidelines for the Management of Occupational Exposures to 

HBV, HCV, and HIV and Recommendations for Postexposure Prophylaxis. MMWR 2001;50(no. RR11):1-42. 

E-6

g. Evaluation of source patient 

1) Employee Health Staff Nurse will provide pre-test counseling. 

2) Informed consent for HIV testing will be obtained from the source patient or proxy if the source 

patient is unable to give consent. The consent shall include consent to disclose the results to the 

exposed HCW. 

3) If PEP is being considered, rapid HIV testing of the source patient should be done if possible. Such 

testing is done through Employee Health ONLY. 

4) If the source patient refuses to give consent for HIV testing the attending physician will be notified by 

Employee Health. If the source patient refuses to give consent for HIV testing after discussing the 

issue with the attending physician, the Infection Control Officer will be notified by Employee Health. 

5) Employee Health will notify the source patient’s attending physician that laboratory testing for HIV 

antibody is being pursued. The attending physician will advise Employee Health of any known risks. 

The attending physicians are encouraged to discuss testing with the source patient. 

6) Employee Health physician will evaluate the risk of the source patient by HCW’s history of the 

source patient, review of available patient history, and any report from the source patient’s 

physicians. 

7) The physicians providing care for the source patient will be informed of any positive results from the 

source patient laboratory tests. 

8) Employee Health staff will provide HIV antibody results with post-test counseling to the source 

patient or proxy. 

9) Exposed HCW is notified of the source patient results. 

E-7

h. Six week follow up: Appointment will be scheduled at Employee Health. After informed consent, HIV 

testing will be performed. Employee Health will provide pre-test counseling. Results will be reported to 

the HCW and post-test counseling will be provided. Appointment compliance is monitored by Employee 

Health only if the source patient has known HIV infection. 

i. Three month follow up: Appointment will be scheduled at Employee Health. After informed consent, 

HIV testing will be performed. Employee Health will provide pre-test counseling. Results will be 

reported to the HCW and post-test counseling will be provided. Appointment compliance is monitored 

by Employee Health only if the source patient has known HIV infection. 

j. Six month follow up: Appointment will be scheduled at Employee Health. After informed consent, HIV 


the HCW and post-test counseling will be provided. Appointment compliance is monitored by Employee 

Health only if the source patient is known to have HIV infection. 

k. 12 month follow up: Appointment will be scheduled at Employee Health. After informed consent, HIV 


the HCW and post-test counseling will be provided. 

l. All HCW results are confidential 

m. As required by law all positive HIV results will be reported to the Missouri Department of Health. 

n. All evaluation, treatment, and testing are at no cost to the HCW or the source patient. 

o. All exposed HCWs are counseled regarding reducing the transmission of HIV during the twelve months 

of follow up. This includes: 

1. Avoiding blood, semen, or organ donations. 

2. Adopting safer sex practices. 

3. Deferring pregnancy. 

p. All exposed HCWs are advised of Employee Assistance Program services. These support services are 

available at the request of the HCW. 

q. Records of the exposure will be maintained in the Employee Health HCW files for duration of 

employment plus 30 years. 

2. Hepatitis B Virus 

a. Risk assessment -- High risk source patients for Hepatitis B are patients with suspected acute hepatitis, 

known chronic hepatitis, hematology-oncology patients, dialysis patients, hemophiliacs and patients with 

other coagulopathy disorders, those who use illicit intravenous drugs, and other patients based on clinical 

judgment. 

b. Baseline testing for hepatitis B surface antigen screen will be obtained at the time of the post-exposure 

evaluation. Quantitative antibody to hepatitis B surface antigen testing will be obtained if not previously 

documented. 

c. Evaluation of the source patient 

1) Employee Health staff nurse will provide counseling regarding hepatitis B surface antigen screen 

testing. 

2) Hepatitis B surface antigen screen will be obtained. 

3) Attending physician will be notified of pending lab results on the source patient. 


source patient, review of available source patient history, and report from attending physician. 



6) Exposed HCW will be notified of the source patient results. 

E-8

d. Post-Exposure Prophylaxis -- The hepatitis B vaccination status and the vaccine-response status (if 

known) of the exposed HCW should be reviewed. A summary of prophylaxis recommendations follows: 

e. All HCW results are confidential. 

f. All evaluation, treatment, and testing are done at no cost to the HCW or the source patient. 

g. All exposed HCWs are counseled regarding reducing the transmission of hepatitis B virus. 

h. Records of the exposure will be maintained in the Employee Health HCW files. 

E-9

3. Hepatitis C Virus 

a. Risk assessment -- High risk source patients for Hepatitis C are patients with suspected acute hepatitis, 

known chronic hepatitis, hematology-oncology patients, dialysis patients, hemophiliacs and patients with 

other coagulopathy disorders, those who use illicit intravenous drugs, patient with blood products 

administration before 1993, and other patients based on clinical judgment. 

b. Baseline testing for antibody to hepatitis C virus will be obtained at the time of post-exposure evaluation. 

c. Evaluation of the source patient: 

1) Employee Health Nurse will provide counseling regarding Hepatitis C testing. 

2) Antibody to Hepatitis C virus will be obtained. 

3) Attending physician will be notified of pending labs on the source patient. 


source patient, review of available source patient history, and report from attending physician. 



6) Exposed HCW will be notified of the source patient’s results. 

d. If the source patient antibody to Hepatitis C virus is positive: 

1) Six weeks post-exposure follow up: 

a) PCR HCV RNA qualitative 

b) ALT 

c) If the HCW has a positive PCR HCV RNA, the patient is referred to Gastroenterology- 

Hepatology service for evaluation and possible treatment. 

2) Three months post-exposure follow up: 

a) ALT 

b) PCR HCV RNA qualitative (if indicated) 

3) Six month post-exposure follow up: Antibody to Hepatitis C virus 

4) 12 month post-exposure follow up: Antibody to Hepatitis C virus 

e. All HCW results are confidential. 

f. All evaluation, treatment and testing are done at no cost to the HCW or the source patient. 

g. All exposed HCWs are counseled regarding reducing the transmission of hepatitis C virus. 

h. Records of the exposure will be maintained in the Employee Health HCW files. 

B. Cytomegalovirus (CMV) 

1. Definition of exposure: Intimate or close contact with mucosal membranes, infected tissues, blood, vaginal 

secretions, semen, urine, or breast milk of infected patient. 

2. Symptomatic susceptible exposed HCWs are evaluated at Employee Health. 

C. Conjunctivitis 

1. Definition of exposure: Direct contact with ocular secretions. 

2. Asymptomatic exposed HCWs need no intervention. 

3. Symptomatic exposed HCWs are evaluated and treated at Employee Health. 

D. Diarrhea 

1. Definition of exposure: Disease is transmitted via the fecal/oral route. 



E-10

E. Hepatitis A 

1. Definition of exposure: Disease is transmitted via the fecal oral route. Fecal oral exposures should not occur 

if standard Infection Control policies and procedures are followed. Because of this, Hepatitis A vaccine is not 

routinely offered to healthcare workers. Healthcare workers requesting Hepatitis A vaccination are referred to 

the private medical care provider. 

2. Asymptomatic exposed HCWs should receive passive immunization with immune globulin. IG 0.02 ml/kg is 

given IM as soon as possible after the exposure but within two weeks of exposure. 


F. Herpes 

1. Definition of exposure: Direct contact with mucous membrane lesions or virus-containing secretions. 



G. Measles 

1. Definition of exposure: Airborne by droplet spread. Direct contact with nasal or throat secretions. This can 

also include direct contact with articles freshly soiled with nose or throat secretions. 

2. Susceptible HCWs include those who have not had the disease, those with a negative measles titer, or those 

who have not been successfully immunized with two doses of live measles vaccine on or after their first 

birthday and at least one month apart. 

3. Asymptomatic susceptible exposed HCWs are evaluated with a Measles titer. 

a. If the measles titer is positive, HCWs need no intervention. 

b. If the measles titer is negative or pending, asymptomatic susceptible exposed HCWs are unable to work 

from the fifth through the 21st day after exposure. Asymptomatic susceptible exposed HCWs may 

receive MMR vaccine within 72 hours of exposure at Employee Health. This may provide protection. 

Immune globulin (IG) may be used within 6 days of exposure for pregnant HCWs or HCWs for whom 

measles vaccination is contraindicated. IG 0.25 ml/kg up to a maximum of 15 ml. Immune globulin (IG) 

may be used within 6 days of exposure for immunocompromised HCWs. IG 0.5 ml/kg up to a maximum 

of 15 ml. 

4. Symptomatic susceptible exposed HCWs are evaluated and treated at Employee Health. 

H. Meningococcal Disease including meningitis 

1. Definition of exposure: Direct contact with respiratory droplets from nose and mouth. 

2. Asymptomatic exposed HCWs are treated with an appropriate antimicrobial agent as prophylaxis. 

Prophylaxis should be administered as soon as possible after exposure. Prophylaxis administered later than 

14 days after exposure is of limited or no value. If an exposure occurs when the Employee Health office is 

closed, the exposed employees are evaluated and treated in SLUHospital Emergency Room. 

3. Symptomatic exposed HCWs should report immediately for evaluation to Employee Health or to 

SLUHospital Emergency Room if it is after hours. Symptoms include: intense headache, fever, nausea, stiff 

neck, or petechial rash. 

I. Mumps 

1. Definition of exposure: Direct contact with the saliva and respiratory droplets from the nose and mouth. 

2. Susceptible HCWs include those who have not had the disease or who have not been successfully immunized 

with one dose of live mumps vaccine on or after the first birthday. 

3. Asymptomatic susceptible exposed HCWs are unable to work from the 12th through the 25th day after 

exposure. 


E-11

J. Pediculosis (Lice) 

1. Definition of exposure: Direct contact with an infected person and objects used by them. Body lice can be 

transmitted by indirect contact with personal belongings especially clothing and head gear. Pubic lice are 

most frequently transmitted through intimate physical or sexual contact. 



K. Pertussis 

1. Definition of exposure: Direct prolonged intensive contact with respiratory secretions or respiratory droplets. 

2. Asymptomatic exposed HCWs are treated with erythromycin 500 mg PO four times daily for 14 days as 

prophylaxis. 


L. Rubella - German Measles 

1. Definition of exposure: Direct contact with nasopharyngeal droplets. 

2. Susceptible HCWs include those with negative rubella titer or those not successfully immunized with one 

dose of live rubella vaccine on or after their first birthday. 

3. Asymptomatic susceptible exposed HCWs are evaluated with a rubella titer. 

a. If the rubella titer is positive, HCWs need no intervention. 

b. If the rubella titer is negative or pending, asymptomatic susceptible exposed HCWs are unable to work 

from the seventh through the 21st day after exposure. MMR vaccination is provided at Employee Health. 


M. Scabies 

1. Definition of exposure: Direct skin to skin contact. 

2. Asymptomatic exposed HCWs in outbreak situations may be treated with prophylaxis. Prophylaxis is 

permethrin 5% single application correctly used. 

3. Symptomatic exposed HCWs will be referred for Dermatology consult. HCW is unable to work until treated 

by Dermatology and cleared by Employee Health. 

N. Staphylococcal aureus Infections 

1. Definition of exposure: Direct contact with colonized or infected body sites. 

2. Asymptomatic exposed HCWs need no intervention. Culture surveys may be indicated if HCWs are 

epidemiologically linked to nosocomial infections. HCWs who are colonized are not restricted from work 

unless implicated in S. Aureus transmission within the hospital or facility. 


O. Streptococcal-Group A (GAS) Infections 

1. Definition of exposure: Direct contact with infected secretions. 

2. Asymptomatic exposed HCWs require no intervention. Culture surveys may be indicated if HCWs are 

epidemiologically linked to nosocomial infections. HCWs who are colonized are not restricted from work 

unless implicated in GAS transmission within the SLUCare. 


P. Tuberculosis: See Tuberculosis Policy - Section V. 

E-12

Q. Varicella - Zoster (VZV): 

1. Definition of exposure: Airborne by droplet spread. Direct contact with infected lesions. 

2. Susceptible HCWs include those with no prior history of chickenpox, those not known to be immune by 

varicella titer, and those not successfully immunized with two doses of live attenuated varicella vaccine 1 to 2 

months apart. 

3. Asymptomatic susceptible exposed HCWs are evaluated at Employee Health; varicella titer is drawn at the 

time of post-exposure evaluation. 

a. If the varicella titer is positive, HCWs need no intervention. 

b. If the varicella titer is negative or pending, asymptomatic susceptible exposed HCWs are unable to work 

from the eighth through the 21st day after exposure. Varicella vaccination is provided at Employee 

Health. When given after exposure the vaccine may not provide protection. However, if exposure did not 

result in infection, immunization should protect against subsequent infections. VZV immune globulin 

(VZIG) may be considered for pregnant HCWs who are not immune and immunocompromised HCWs. 

V. Tuberculosis Program 

A. Pre-placement Tuberculosis Screening 

1. Pre-placement PPD skin testing is required for each HCW who is PPD status negative or PPD status 

unknown. Medical history/screening is performed. The pre-placement PPD test must have been completed 

within the 12 months prior to placement into the new job. 

2. PPD (Mantoux) tests can be administered and read 48 to 72 hours later at Employee Health. 

3. HCW can provide PPD skin test documentation. This must include the date the test was given, the date it was 

read, the result (in millimeters of induration), and a sign off of who read it. The HCW can not read their own 

test. Tine tests are NOT acceptable. 

4. For HCWs who have not had two negative PPD test results within a 12 month period, pre-placement PPD 

testing will be the two-step method. This is OSHA required to detect boosting phenomena that might be 

misinterpreted as a skin test conversion on subsequent annual Tb screening. 

5. If the pre-placement PPD result is negative, HCW is cleared for patient care/work and second step PPD is 

scheduled to be completed 2 to 3 weeks later. 

6. If a pre-placement or 2-step PPD result is positive, a chest x-ray is provided by Employee Health. 

(a) If the chest x-ray and medical screening are negative, the HCW is cleared for patient care/work. 

The HCW is referred to the appropriate public health department for evaluation for possible 

preventative therapy. 

(b) If the chest x-ray and/or medical screening are positive, the HCW is referred to the appropriate 

public health department for treatment. The HCW is cleared for patient care/work when the 

infectious status is known to be non-communicable. 

E-13

5. HCWs who are PPD status positive will have medical history performed including questions for Tuberculosis 

symptomatology. The HCW must provide documentation of the positive PPD including the result (in 

millimeters of induration), documentation of evaluation for preventative therapy, any preventative treatment 

documents, and a negative chest x-ray report from within one year 

a. If the HCW is asymptomatic, HCW is cleared for patient care/work. 

b. If the HCW is symptomatic or does not have a negative chest x-ray report from within one year, a chest xray 

is provided by Employee Health. 

1) If the chest x-ray and medical screening are negative, the HCW is cleared for patient care/work. 

2) If the chest x-ray and/or medical screening are positive, the HCW is referred to the appropriate public 

health department for treatment. Alternatively, the HCW may consult their private medical 

physician. Documents must be provided for review. The HCW is cleared for patient care/work when 

the infectious status is known to be non-communicable. 

B. Annual Tuberculosis Screening 

Each individual HCW (as defined under POLICY section p.1) will be screened annually. Screenings will occur 

every six months. In February of each year, HCWs with last names starting M-Z will be screened. In August of 

each year, HCWs with last names starting A-L will be screened. 

1. PPD status negative: PPD (Mantoux) test is administered and read 48 to 72 hours after administration. 

a. If the PPD result is negative, HCW is cleared to continue patient care/work. 

b. If the PPD result is positive, a chest x-ray is provided by Employee Health. HCW is evaluated at 

Employee Health. 

1) If the chest x-ray and medical screening are negative, the HCW is cleared to continue patient 

care/work. Evaluation for preventative therapy is provided at Employee Health. 

2) If the chest x-ray and/or medical screening are positive, the HCW is evaluated and treated through 

Employee Health. The HCW is cleared to continue patient care/work when the infectious status is 

known to be non-communicable. 

2. PPD status positive: Medical health screening including Tuberculosis screening questionnaire is 

administered. 

a. If the HCW is asymptomatic, the HCW is cleared to continue patient care/work. 

b. If the HCW is symptomatic, evaluation and chest x-ray are provided by Employee Health. 

1) If the chest x-ray and medical screening are negative, the HCW is cleared to continue patient 

care/work when the infectious status is known to be non-communicable. 

2) If the chest x-ray and/or medical screening are positive, the HCW is evaluated and treated through 

Employee Health. The HCW is cleared to continue patient care/work when the infectious status is 

known to be non-communicable. 

C. HCW groups at increased risk HCWs in selected departments at increased risk for TB exposure are tested and 

assessed every six months. The departments included are: Anatomic Pathology, Clinical Microbiology, 

Emergency Department, Pulmonary Medicine, Diagnostic Radiology, Respiratory Care. 

D. Contracted Services HCW Tuberculosis Screening Annual Tb screening will include all contracted service 

HCWs: Environmental Services, Dietary, Building Services. In the event that a positive PPD result is obtained, a 

chest x-ray will be provided by Employee Health. Otherwise, the contracted service HCW will be followed up in 

accordance with the procedures of the specific contracted service company. Documentation of follow up for 

contracted service HCWs with a positive PPD must be submitted to Employee Health. 

E-14

E. HCWs with previous BCG vaccination Tuberculin reactivity caused by BCG vaccination wanes with the 

passage of time and is unlikely to persist greater than 10 years after vaccination in the absence of M. tuberculosis 

exposure and infection. Tuberculin skin testing is not contraindicated for persons who have been vaccinated with 

BCG. The diagnosis of M. tuberculosis infection and the use of preventative therapy will be considered for any 

BCG vaccinated persons with greater than 10 millimeters induration, especially if: there is a contact with 

infectious tuberculosis, particularly if the infectious person has transmitted M. Tuberculosis to others, the 

vaccinated person was born or has resided in a country with high prevalence of tuberculosis, or the vaccinated 

person is continually exposed to population in which prevalence of tuberculosis is high. 

REFERENCE: CDC. The Role of BCG Vaccine in the Prevention and Control of Tuberculosis in the United 

States, MMWR 1996;45:8-10. 

F. Evaluation for Tuberculosis infection in HCWs exposed to infectious tuberculosis case 

HCWs are evaluated after confirmed exposure to a source case with infectious M. tuberculosis. A source case is 

defined as a patient with sputum, tissue, or fluid smear positive for acid fast bacilli and/or sputum, tissue, or fluid 

culture positive for M. tuberculosis, has chest x-ray findings which are highly suggestive of active tuberculosis, 

and has clinical signs and symptoms suggestive of active respiratory Tb. These findings may include new apical 

infiltrates and/or cavitation. Evaluation is not necessary if the sputum specimen from the source case is 

indicative of non-Tuberculosis mycobacteria. A HCW who insists on being evaluated after being advised that 

there is a low risk of exposure, may do so at Employee Health. Anyone who has had potential exposure to 

active tuberculosis at Saint Louis University/SLUCare/SLUHospital may receive follow up testing. 

1. Definition of exposure: Close prolonged contact with the patient before patient was placed on isolation. 

2. Infection Control will send the Infection Control Memo confirming the exposure to the supervisors of 

involved departments. 

3. Supervisors MUST send a list to Employee Health of all exposed HCWs as defined in the Infection Control 

Memo. Supervisors must respond to Employee Health even if no HCW exposures occurred within the 

department. 

4. Post-exposure Evaluation Process 

a. PPD status negative or PPD status unknown: 

1) Baseline PPD testing -- The HCW should have a baseline PPD test within in six months prior to 

exposure. 

2) Post-exposure testing – The HCW should have a 10 weeks post-exposure PPD (Mantoux) test. 

b. PPD status positive: Tuberculosis screening questionnaire is administered. 

1) If the HCW is asymptomatic, the HCW is cleared to continue patient care/work. 

2) If the HCW is symptomatic, a chest x-ray is provided by Employee Health. HCW is evaluated at 

Employee Health. 

a) If the chest x-ray is negative, the HCW is cleared to continue patient care/work. 

b) If the chest x-ray is positive, the HCW is evaluated and treated through Employee Health. The 

HCW is cleared to continue patient care/work when the infectious status is known to be 

non-communicable. 

c. If follow up is done elsewhere, documentation of the HCW’s infectious status and supporting evidence is 

to be sent to Employee Health. 

G. Positive PPD recent converter HCW follow up 

A recent converter in a HCW is defined as a > 10 mm increase in size of induration within a 2 year period. 

Follow up evaluation is available at Employee Health. This includes an evaluation for tuberculosis disease, 

information on risk of contracting tuberculosis disease, signs/symptoms of disease, and anti-tuberculosis 

prophylaxis. Evaluation and preventative therapy are offered at no expense to the HCW if they are evaluated and 

followed at Employee Health. Positive PPD test results are reported to the Health Department. HCWs may have 

follow up done elsewhere. Documentation of the follow up must be sent to Employee Health for review. 

E-15

H. HCWs with active tuberculosis disease HCWs are unable to work until they are non-infectious. Documentation 

must be provided showing two weeks of effective therapy for active pulmonary tuberculosis are complete with a 

good clinical response. The HCW is cleared to continue patient care/work when the infectious status is known to 

be non-communicable. 

I. HCW NON-COMPLIANCE HCW compliance with Tuberculosis Screening programs is mandatory. This 

includes: pre-placement tuberculosis screenings and 2 step PPD testing, annual tuberculosis screening, increased 

risk department semi-annual tuberculosis screening, and post-exposure tuberculosis screening. 

1. Employee Health manager or physician will notify Human Resources or the department director that the 

HCW is not compliant. Human Resources or the department director will proceed according to individual 

company policy to resolve the non-compliance issues. Depending on company policy the HCW may be 

relieved from duty until the compliance issue is resolved. 

2. The Employee Health manager or physician will notify Human Resources when the HCW is compliant. 

J. Guidelines for interpreting a tuberculin skin test 

1. A tuberculin reaction of five millimeters or greater of induration is classified as positive in the following 

groups: 

a. HIV-infected persons 

b. Recent contacts of TB case 

c. Persons with fibrotic changes on chest radiograph consistent with old healed TB 

d. Patients with organ transplants and other immunosuppressed patients (receiving the equivalent of > 15 

mg/day of prednisone for > 1 month). 

2. A tuberculin reaction of 10 millimeters or greater of induration is classified as positive in persons who do not 

meet the preceding criteria but who have other risk factors for Tuberculosis. These include: 

a. Recent arrivals to the U.S. (< 5 years) from high-prevalence countries 

b. Injection drug users 

c. Residents and employees of high risk congregate settings (correctional facilities, nursing homes, homeless 

shelters, SLUCares, residential facilities) 

d. Mycobacteriology laboratory personnel 

e. Persons with medical conditions that place them at high risk (HIV infection; substance abuse; recent 

infection with M. tuberculosis; chest radiograph findings suggestive of previous TB; diabetes mellitus; 

silicosis; prolonged corticosteroid therapy and other immunosuppressive therapy; cancer of the head and 

neck; hematologic and reticuloendothelial diseases; end-stage renal disease; intestinal bypass or 

gastrectomy; chronic malabsorption syndromes; or low body weight) 

f. Children < 4 years of age 

g. Children and adolescents exposed to adults in high-risk categories 

3. A tuberculin reaction of 15 millimeters or greater of induration is classified as positive in persons with no 

known risk factors for TB. 

REFERENCE: Core Curriculum on Tuberculosis, 4th Edition, 2000, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public 

Health Service, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 

“November 2001 – The Internet (HTML) version of the Core Curriculum on Tuberculosis is updated periodically. Therefore, the Internet 

version may differ from the print version.” 

Retrieved 12-09-04 

E-16

VI. Communicable Disease Work Restrictions 

Standard precautions and proper handwashing should be practiced at all times. 

A. Conjunctivitis: Clinical exam is performed by the Employee Health physician. All treatment is on a private 

basis. The HCW is unable to work due to contagious nature of the disease. Prompt initiation of treatment 

reduces out of work time. Employee Health may refer to Ophthalmology for one time evaluation to facilitate this. 

1. Allergic (eosinophils, bilateral involvement): HCW is cleared for direct patient contact. 

2. Bacterial (polymorphonuclear leukocytes, organisms, unilateral involvement): HCW is relieved from direct 

patient contact and the patient’s environment until discharge ceases. 

3. Viral (epithelial cells, inclusion bodies, bilateral involvement).: HCW is relieved from direct patient contact 

and the patient’s environment for duration of the disease; approximately 14 days. 

B. Cytomegalovirus Infections: HCW is cleared for direct patient contact. 

C. Diarrhea: 

1. Acute Stage (diarrhea with other symptoms): HCW is relieved from direct patient contact and the patient’s 

environment until symptoms resolve and/or Salmonella/Shigella are ruled out. 

2. Convalescent Stage Salmonella (non-typhoidal): HCW is cleared for direct patient contact with restriction. 

Restriction: HCW can not take care of immune compromised patients until stool is free of the infecting 

organism on two consecutive cultures not less than 24 hours apart. 

D. Enteroviral Infections: HCW is cleared for direct patient contact with restriction. 

Restriction: HCW cannot care for infants, neonates, or immunocompromised patients and is restricted from the 

patient’s environment until symptoms resolve. 

E. Hepatitis A: HCW is relieved from direct patient contact, the patient’s environment, and food handling until 

seven days after onset of jaundice. 

F. Hepatitis B: 

1. Acute: HCW is cleared for direct patient contact with restriction. 

Restriction: Each HCW case should be reviewed by the ad hoc Committee on HIV/HBV/HCV infection. 

HCW should not perform exposure-prone invasive procedures until antigenemia resolves. Such 

procedures involve trauma to tissues or contact with mucous membranes or non-intact skin. 

2. Chronic Antigenemia: HCW is cleared for direct patient contact with restriction. 

Restriction: Each HCW case should be reviewed by the ad hoc Committee on HIV/HBV/HCV infection. 

HCW should not perform exposure-prone invasive procedures until antigenemia resolves. Such 

procedures involve trauma to tissues or contact with mucous membranes or non-intact skin. 

G. Hepatitis C: HCW is cleared for direct patient contact with restriction. 

Restriction: Each HCW case should be reviewed by the ad hoc Committee on HIV/HBV/HCV infection. HCW 

must wear gloves for procedures that involve trauma to tissues or contact with mucous membranes or non-intact 

skin. 

H. Herpes: 

1. Genital: HCW is cleared for direct patient contact. 

2. Hands (herpetic whitlow): HCW is relieved from direct patient contact and the patient’s environment until 

lesions have resolved. 

3. Orofacial: HCW is cleared for direct patient contact with restriction. 

Restriction: HCW cannot take care of neonates, patients with severe malnutrition, severe burn patients, 

severe eczema patients, or immune compromised patients until lesions have resolved. 

I. HIV: Each HCW case should be reviewed by the ad hoc Committee on HIV/HBV/HCV infection. 

J. Measles: HCW is relieved from direct patient contact and the patient’s environment until seven days 

after the rash appears. 

K. Mumps: HCW is relieved from direct patient contact and the patient’s environment until nine days after the 

onset of parotitis. 

E-17

L. Pertussis: HCW is relieved from direct patient contact and the patient’s environment from the beginning of the 

catarrhal stage through the third week after onset of paroxysms or until five days after the start of effective 

therapy. 

M. Rubella - German Measles: HCW is relieved from direct patient contact and the patient’s environment until 

five days after the rash appears. 

N. Scabies: HCW is relieved from direct patient contact and the patient’s environment until initial treatment is 

complete and are found to be free of adult or immature lice. 

O. Staphylococcus Aureus (Skin Lesions): HCW is relieved from direct patient contact, the patient’s 

environment, and food handling until the HCW has received appropriate therapy and lesions have resolved. 

P. Streptococcal (Group A) Infections: HCW is relieved from direct patient contact, the patient’s environment 

and food handling until 24 hours after the HCW has started adequate therapy. 

Q. Upper Respiratory Infections (rhinovirus): HCW is relieved from duty if febrile. 

R. Varicella Zoster: HCW is relieved from the patient care environment until all lesions are dry and crusted. 

VII. Work Related Illnesses/Injuries 

Employee Health is the designated provider of medical care for work related injuries for Saint Louis University, 

SLUCare, and SLUHospital HCWs. The injured employee, employee’s supervisor, Employee Health, Risk 

Management and Human Resources will proceed according to specific company Worker’s Compensation Policy. 

A. Immediately after an injury: 

1. The employee reports immediately to the supervisor. Together the supervisor and the injured employee 

complete an Employee’s Report of Injury. 

2. If treatment is needed and/or requested by the employee, the employee is sent to Employee Health (1310 1221 

South Grand). 

3. If the injury is severe, the employee is sent directly to SLUHospital Emergency Room. 

4. If the injury occurs after normal business hours, the employee is sent to SLUHospital Emergency Room. 

5. If initial treatment is done in SLUHospital Emergency Room, the employee must follow up at Employee 

Health on the next business day. 

B. Employee Health will perform evaluation and treatment. 

C. Employee Health will provide a Certificate of Fitness outlining the return to work status. The employee is given a 

copy for personal records and is directed to take the second copy to the supervisor. 

D. Return to work status: 

1. The employee immediately reports back to the supervisor (unless the injury is severe) with the Certificate of 

Fitness. 

2. The supervisor notes the duty status on the certificate of fitness. 

3. Questions regarding temporary alternative duty restrictions are to be directed to Employee Health by the 

injured employee or by the supervisor. 

4. Questions regarding implementation of temporary alternative duty restrictions are to be addressed to the 

supervisor. If the supervisor is not able to address the employee’s concerns, the Department of Human 

Resources will assist in temporary alternative duty placement. 

E. The injured employee must comply with all prescribed treatment. 

F. Worker’s compensation benefits are managed through the third party administrator. 

E-18

VIII. Maintenance of Health Care Records 

HCW health records are maintained at Employee Health. A HCW may request access to their health records through 

Employee Health. Employee Health will assure that access is provided in a reasonable time, place and manner. 

(OSHA 1910.20) 

A. Report and follow up for potential HCW exposures 

1. SLUHospital -- Infection Control will send a memo to Employee Health and all departments involved in a 

potential exposure. Department supervisors are obligated to: 

a. review the Infection Control Memo with attention to the dates of possible exposure and the definition of 

exposure 

b. notify all HCWs being supervised of the possible exposure including the dates of possible exposure and 

the definition of exposure 

c. provide a list to Employee Health of HCW exposures. The supervisor must notify Employee Health if no 

HCW exposures occurred. 

2. Contracted Services HCWs NOT supervised by SLUCARE personnel -- 

These HCWs will be directed to the contracted services supervisor for reporting and for initiation of health 

care services for work related injury/exposure according to the specific contracted services company policy. 

3. Contracted Service employees supervised by SLUCARE personnel -- 

These HCWs will be directed to complete a SLUCARE Employee Report of Injury so that required incident 

recording processes can be completed at SLUCARE. Emergency care for severe injuries will be provided. 

These HCWs will then be directed to the contracted services company representative for initiation of health 

care services for work related injury/exposure according to the specific contracted services company policy. 

4. First responders or Good Samaritan -- 

a. If it is determined during an Infection Control case review that a potential exposure may have occurred, a 

Communicable Disease Exposure Report form will be completed by Infection Control or Employee 

Health and sent to the appropriate healthcare facility. 

b. A Communicable Disease Exposure Report form can be forwarded to Infection Control when completed 

by a Good Samaritan, first responder, a designated officer for the employer of the first responder, or a 

medical provider providing health care services to the first responder on behalf of the employer. Once 

received, Infection Control will perform the case review and complete the response portion of the 

Communicable Disease Exposure Report form. This is returned to the inquiring party. 

c. If the exposure is a potential blood borne pathogen exposure, Infection Control will forward the 

Communicable Disease Exposure Report form to Employee Health for initiation of source patient testing. 

This testing will follow standard approved post-exposure evaluation procedures for potential blood borne 

pathogen exposures. Employee Health will then complete the response portion of the Communicable 

Disease Exposure Report form and return it to the inquiring party. 

5. Mortuary personnel will be notified by Infection Control of any potential exposure to a communicable disease 

determined before and/or after a body has been released to them. 

6. Notifications will remain confidential and will be released only to authorized personnel. 

7. The Employee Health Nurse will schedule appropriate follow up with department heads and supervisors. 

8. The Employee Health Nurse will send a memo summarizing the follow up and its results to Infection Control 

upon completion of the follow up. 

9. The Employee Health Nurse will notify Infection Control if a potential exposure/hazard is discovered during 

an interview or an examination of any HCW. 

B. Compliance of routine HCW health screenings: Employee Health will report compliance of routine HCW 

health screenings to appropriate departments. For contract HCWs involved in screenings, the Employee Health 

Department will report compliance to the responsible administrator. 

E-19

C. Employee Health Department Reports. 

1. SLUHospital Infection Control Committee 

Employee Health will be represented on the SLUHospital Infection Control Committee. The Employee 

Health Nurse will submit a monthly written report including: 

a. Summary of HCW exposures. This is to include the disease involved, the number of HCWs exposed, the 

number and results of post-exposure evaluations. 

b. Cases of HCWs diagnosed with contagious infections or diseases, work location, and date of diagnosis. 

c. Annual PPD conversions and the number of HCWs tested. 

d. Other pertinent Employee Health findings or issues 

D. Maintenance of policies and procedures: 

Employee Health will revise and submit all policies and procedures for annual review and approval. All new 

and/or revised policies and procedures will be approved by the SLUHospital Infection Control Committee before 

being instituted. 

E-20

�� Employee Health �� 

♦ Work related injuries 

o Report the incident to supervisor and fill out Saint Louis University Employee Report of Injury (light blue) form. 

o Do NOT use SLUHospital form (purple form). 

o Primary treatment is through SLU Employee Health. 

o If after office hours, treatment is done at SLUHospital ER. 

o ALL follow up is done through SLU Employee Health. 

o Original Employee Report of Injury is turned into SLU Employee Health. 

o Specialty MD referrals require SLU Risk Management authorization through Employee Health. Do not bypass SLU 

Employee Health: the bills become your responsibility. 

♦ Blood /Body Fluid Exposures 

o Follow the procedure for work related injuries above. 

o Report the incident IMMEDIATELY: at least call it in to SLU Employee Health. Putting it off can make getting blood 

work on the source patient impossible. 

o Do NOT order HIV, HBV, or HCV bloodwork through the patient's chart if you are exposed to blood or body 

fluids!! All blood work for exposed employee and for the patient is done through Employee Health. This is to maintain 

confidentiality & to avoid billing source patient/insurance for expenses related to employee work exposures. 

o If the exposure occurs during office hours at SLUH/Cardinal Glennon, report to SLU Employee Health for evaluation. 

o If the exposure occurs after hours at SLUH or Cardinal Glennon, report to SLUHospital ER for evaluation. 

o If the exposure occurs during office hours at an off site location, report the exposure to Employee Health at the off site 

location so that the source patient testing can get underway as soon as possible. You will still need to present to SLU 

Employee Health for evaluation. DO NOT LET THE OFF SITE LOCATION Employee Health department DRAW 

YOUR LABS!! The bills become your responsibility. St. Mary’s-768-8343. Cardinal Glennon-577-5600 ext. 1157. 

o If the exposure occurs after hours at an off site location, report to the off site location ER for evaluation. DO NOT LET 

THE OFF SITE LOCATION Emergency Room DRAW YOUR LABS!! The bills become your responsibility. The 

only acute decision that needs to be made at the off site location ER is whether or not to start post-exposure HIV 

prophylaxis medications. On the next working day, present to SLU Employee Health for your labs. 

♦ Tuberculosis screenings 

o If Tb is in the differential diagnosis for your patient, you need to order AIRBORNE PRECAUTIONS ISOLATION on the 

patient first while you are ruling out Tb. ISOLATION comes first: then do your AFB smears & cultures, PPD skin 

testing, bronchoscopy, etc. This protects you and other healthcare workers. Contact Infection Control if you have 

questions about a specific case: page through hospital operator. 

o Annual Tb screenings are required by OSHA. These screenings are done each February and each August. Notices are 

distributed. For healthcare workers with a history of previous positive PPD, Tb screening for symptoms is done via interoffice 

mail. If the healthcare worker is not symptomatic, there is no need for annual routine chest x-rays. 

o PPDs are done at Employee Health - MON, TUES, WED, FRI (with holiday exceptions) 8am to 11am OR 1pm to 4pm. 

o ALL employees MUST RETURN for the PPD reading in 48 to 72 hours after the test is administered. We realize that 

medical personnel are capable of reading PPD skin tests. However, for OSHA compliance purposes, THERE ARE NO 

EXCEPTIONS. 

♦ Respirator Fit Testing 

o Before you enter a room to care for a patient with active or suspected Tb, you need to be fit tested. It is an OSHA 

requirement. At SLUHospital, the orange N95 “duck bill” Tecnol respirator mask is used. At Cardinal Glennon, a blue 

3M respirator mask is used. Fit testing has to be performed with these specific masks. This testing is done at orientation 

and every Thursday at Employee Health from 8am to 11am OR 1pm to 3pm. 

o Facial hair of even 2 days growth between the face and respirator seal makes the respirator ineffective and puts you at 

increased risk to get Tb. 

�� Employee Health �� 

providing work related healthcare services for employees of Saint Louis University, Saint Louis University Hospital, and Abbott Ambulance 

1221 South Grand 


phone – 314-268-5499 

fax – 314-268-5537



GRADUATE PROGRAM IN ORTHODONTICS 

Students, faculty and support staff are encouraged to be immunized against and/or tested 

for infectious diseases, such as mumps, measles, rubella and hepatitis B, prior to contact 

with patients and/or infectious objects or materials. 

I have read the above statement. 

__________________________________________________________ 

Signature Date

Infection Control Training: 

Compliance Checklist 

for all persons who are involved in patient treatment 

Universal Precautions: 

training in and compliance with barrier techniques: 

disposable gloves 

masks and protective eyewear 

protective clothing 

training in and compliance with sterilization and disinfection: 

training in and compliance with waste disposal 

contaminated wastes 

sharp items 

training in and compliance with sanitation 

Emergency Procedures: 

Certifications 

training in patient medical emergency management 

emergency procedures 

emergency cart 

training in disaster preparedness 

training in cardiopulmonary resuscitation 

Immunizations 

evidence of immunity or immunization against hepatitis B virus 

evidence of a negative TB reaction

Legal Issues 

adequacy of clinical records 

patient medical history 

drugs dispensed 

training in HIPPA guidelines 

training in radiation hygiene 

AHA antibiotic coverage guidelines 

training in sexual harassment awareness 

training in drug abuse for the dental professional

April 1, 2009 

Memorandum 

To: The Class of 2011 

Nicole Kaunitz (University of Sydney - Australia) 

Mary Ellen Helmkamp (The Ohio State University) 

Luiz Barbosa (Un Ribeirao Preto - Brazil) 

Anita Bhavnani (Case Western Reserve University) 

Konstantinos Kazanis (University of Athens - Greece) 

Julianne Ruppel (University of Illinois) 

Avrum Goldberg (Dalhousie University - Canada) 

Nicholas Azar (University of Nevada Las Vegas) 

Ryan Hinckley (Baylor College of Dentistry) 

Michael McEwan (University of Iowa) 

Shereen Azizollahi (University of Southern California) 

Utumporn Laowansiri (Chulalongkorn University - Thailand) 

Bryan Wirtz (The Ohio State University) 

Hiroshi Ueno (Tohoku University - Japan) 

From: Dr. Rolf G. Behrents 

Program Director and Professor of Orthodontics 

First of all, congratulations on your being accepted into the graduate program in orthodontics at the 

Center for Advanced Dental Education (CADE) at Saint Louis University (SLU). In preparation for 

your formal introduction to a career in orthodontics, there are many details we should share with you; 

you will have many new and exciting things to think about. 

1. Your introduction to SLU orthodontics will begin on Monday, June 22, 2009 at 8:00 a.m. On 

that day, you will attend an orientation at the Center designed to welcome and prepare you for 

the subsequent 30 months. During that time you will also confirm your registration and pay 

any fees that are due, and obtain parking passes and identification cards. You will also be 

1

getting your picture taken that first day, so please dress appropriately. If there is time, you 

will also receive a short orientation to the program and "move into" the Kesling Clinic. 

2. We suspect that the present students will throw a party for you during the first month of the 

program. There will also be a Center picnic in the fall. 

3. We strongly encourage you to seek information about financial aid. You should call Student 

Financial Aid at Saint Louis University (314-977-2350) and ask for the forms (they are not 

sent automatically). Even if you do not feel that you will be eligible for a financial award, 

you should fill out the forms and send them back. Several special scholarships are provided 

through this mechanism and seem to show up by surprise. But, if you do not apply, you will 

definitely not receive anything. 

4. On a related front, during the second year of the program, students are offered fellowship 

opportunities that vary, but are generally for a total of $1,200 for the year. Generally, there 

are no other fellowships available through the Center or Orthodontic Program. 

5. Enclosed is a copy of CADE policy regarding outside employment. To avoid 

misunderstanding, please read, sign, and return the accompanying agreement as soon as 

possible. 

6. The new listings pertaining to your equipment and books are attached. It is expected that you 

will obtain all equipment and materials so that you have them in your possession by the first 

day of the program. You will be given a short orientation regarding the use of all the items. 

Instruments and supplies should be ordered directly from the orthodontic supply companies. 

We have negotiated discounts with some of the manufacturers so, when you place your order, 

please remind each company that you are a new incoming student at Saint Louis University. 

Books should be purchased from the publisher. Let us know if you have trouble obtaining 

any of the items you need. If you have any questions concerning the instruments, please 

contact us. There is an important change this year regarding computers: since you are going 

to be using and manipulating 3-D patient information, you will need a powerful computer set 

up to interact with the system at CADE. After considerable discussion, the faculty have 

determined that it is best that a new laptop computer be included on the instrument list. In 

this regard CADE will be ordering and receiving the new laptop, configuring it to work with 

our system, and then giving it to you when you arrive. We anticipate that the laptop will cost 

you $1,750, payable upon your arrival. I am sure that this expense is not welcome news, but 

given the technological advances at CADE, we really do not feel there is an alternative. 

7. Since most of you have not yet graduated from dental school, you should be aware that you 

are responsible to insure that copies of your final transcripts and national board scores (U.S. 

students only) are sent to the Office of Admissions at the Graduate School before registration. 

If you do not provide these items, a “hold” will be placed on your registration. You should be 

maintaining the level of performance that was indicated on the materials used during the 

deliberations that resulted in your being offered a place in the graduate program in 

Orthodontics at SLU (keep up the good work!). 

2

8. You will find that the Center requires that all students be certified in CPR, immunized against 

hepatitis, and tested for tuberculosis. If you have not completed these items at this time, we 

suggest that you wait until you arrive in Saint Louis. A compliance course will be conducted 

early in the program and you will all be attending. 

9. Although the beginning of your program is a few months away, if you have not already done 

so, you should give some preliminary thought to obtaining a place to stay in St. Louis while 

you are in the program. Present SLU students can provide a wealth of opinion in this regard; 

you should feel free to contact our present students if you want advice or if you have 

questions. In addition, please mail us your St. Louis address and phone number when it is 

established. 

10. In order to facilitate your transition to St. Louis and our program, we have assigned a second 

year student as your big brother/sister. We have enclosed a list of these relationships. It is 

suggested that you contact your big brother/sister by calling them at the clinic to exchange 

addresses and home phone numbers. They can also tell you a great deal about the program, 

housing, St. Louis, etc. 

11. The Center requires solid color scrubs for use during patient care. Please arrange for the 

purchase of these prior to your arrival so that you have enough for five clinic days each week. 

Information on acquiring the scrubs can be found on an attached document. The Program 

provides cloth and disposable white covering gowns that are worn over the scrubs while 

providing patient care. 

12. Early in the program you will be introduced to the Orthodontic Education and Research 

Foundation (OERF). This organization was created in 1958 by alumni of the program to 

provide continuing education, advance the specialty, and support orthodontic education, 

particularly at Saint Louis University. Today, besides SLU orthodontic alumni, the 

organization is also composed of graduates from other schools. It continues to hold an annual 

meeting and to support the SLU orthodontic program. Your first formal introduction to 

OERF will take the form of a dinner sometime in the fall welcoming you to SLU orthodontics 

and student membership in OERF. Please understand that this is a great group of dedicated 

orthodontists that are tremendous supporters of the program; we are sure you will benefit 

from this association. 

13. You will also come to learn that the SLU Orthodontic Alumni Organization is becoming 

active again. You will see evidence of this in the early fall when the Charles Henry Tweed 

Memorial Lecture is held. Over a two-day period there will be a mixture of educational 

opportunities, alumni business meetings, and fun-filled activities. You will receive more on 

this event in the future. 

14. In August you will be attending the GORP (Graduate Orthodontic Residents Program) 

meeting; this year’s meeting will be held in Minneapolis, Minnesota at the University of 

Minnesota. It is usually a great meeting and a wonderful opportunity to meet your future 

colleagues in orthodontics. You will receive more information on this event when you arrive. 

You might want to discuss GORP with your big brother/sister. 

3

Much activity is taking place in the Department to prepare for your arrival and the commencement of 

your graduate education. Many important alterations are occurring which will impact your training 

and maximize the educational experience. The curriculum is being restructured and the schedule 

portrays an exciting, complete, educational experience. The transitions that are occurring are 

important but our strength remains…the many talented people that are involved are its strength…they 

are dedicated to their work—your education. The Department has never been stronger than it is right 

now, but it will be even better during your time as a student. 

In closing, let me tell you that the faculty, staff, and students are looking forward to working with you 

over the next few years to help you realize your aspirations. It should be an exciting and rewarding 

time for all involved. Your class has top students and a strong performance by all is anticipated. If 

need be, we will be in touch with you later in the Spring to give you more details...for now, we wish 

you continued success. 

4

BIG BROTHER-SISTER/ LITTLE BROTHER-SISTER ASSIGNMENTS 

CLASS OF 2009 CLASS OF 2010 Class of 2011 

Asha Madhavji Keri Horner Avrum Goldberg 

Jessica Cox Genevieve Lange Shereen Azizollahi 

Collin Tsai Cameron Rasool Nicole Kaunitz 

Catherine Miller Hillarie Hudson Julianne Ruppel 

Derid Ure Nathan Mellion Bryan Wirtz 

Nicholas Ising Matthew Milliner Utomporn Laowansiri 

Courtland Drake Daniel Lovell Ryan Hinckley 

Michael Larson Anas Athar Konstantinos Kazanis 

Robert Marshall Nathan Bartschi Nicholas Azar 

Chad Rowan Craig Minich Mary Ellen Helmkamp 

Robert Patterson Joseph Parker Hiroshi Ueno 

David Cameron Lance Miller Mike McEwan 

Mallory Groves Larrissa Cali Anita Bhavnani 

Raphael Separzadeh Ankit Shah Luiz Barbosa

ORTHODONTIC INSTRUMENT LIST 2009 

The following is a list of instruments necessary for clinical and laboratory procedures. You may 

need additional instruments at a later time during your tenure at SLU. Instruments on this list 

will be checked the first week of school. Each resident must have his/her own pliers. Please note 

that all instruments should be purchased WITHOUT PLASTIC HANDLE COVERS for dry 

heat sterilization (except hard wire cutter). It is suggested that you leave newly purchased 

instruments in their packages until they are checked to facilitate returns should there be an error. 

The instruments may be ordered directly from the suggested company or from the company's 

area representative. Be sure to inform the company that you are a beginning orthodontic resident 

in order to obtain the full student discount. 

All the instruments listed below must be in your hands for use the first day of the course. The 

companies shown have been selected because we believe they offer good quality instruments at a 

reasonable price. 

Brasseler 

Burs: Bring whatever you have from dental school. 

(1) Acrylic bur 

DCA 

(1) Buchin cephalometric tracing template (DCA #1171) or the template from Dental School 

(1) Spring bow divider (#8281) 

Dentronix 

(1) Shear & hold distal end cutter (Dentronix #200 - DS or DSE) 

(2) Pin and ligature cutter/hard wire (Dentronix #201 - DS or DSE 201 HA) 

(1) Light wire plier (Dentronix #205-G) 

(1) Optical plier (Dentronix #208 - DS or DSE or Orthopli 044) 

(2) Tweed arch-bending pliers (Dentronix #210) 

(1) Tweed loop/omega plier (Dentronix #236 - DS or DSE) 

(2) Bird beak (Dentronix #139 – DS or DSE) 

Dynaflex 

(2) Bite sticks with round, star or square tip- NOT triangular 

(Dynaflex square #1425-03) 

(2) Napkin chains (Dynaflex will give 2 per resident for free) 

1

GAC 

(1) Palatal arch plier (GAC ODG 159) 

(1) Lingual arch-forming plier (GAC ODG 410) 

(3) Distal end cutter/flush cut, safety- hold (GAC ODG 1016) 

Great Lakes 

(1) Model holder for lab work & soldering (Great Lakes #175-106) 

(1) Blazer ES-1000 micro torch (Great Lakes #080-006) & butane refills (#080-009) 

(1) Three-prong pliers (clasp adjusting pliers-Great Lakes “Lab 3-prong” 220-008) 

(1) Serrated wire bending “lab bird beak” (Great Lakes 220-020) 

(1) (package) Standard mandrels (Great Lakes 085-019) 

(1) (package) Heatless stones (Great Lakes 086-012) 

(1) (package) Rubber wheels (Great Lakes 086-017) 

(1) (package) Flexies (Great Lakes 086-032) 

Hardware store 

(1) Dremmel Moto-Tool (cordless/rechargeable or with power cord) 

Extra-fine grit sand paper; 600 grit 

(1) Hard wire cutter; beefiest you can find to cut .060“wire 

Henry Schein 

(10) Explorers: (3) single-ended #23E (Henry Schein 822-2331) 

(2) single-ended #23E & with perio probe 

(5) double-ended #23/#6 

Hu-Friedy 

(1) Weingart Utility Pliers (HuFriedy #678-201) 

(1) Slim Weingart Utility Pliers (HuFriedy #678-202) 

(1) How Pliers Straight (HuFriedy #678-203) 

(1) Band Seating Pliers (HuFriedy #678-205) 

(1) Adhesive removing plier (HuFriedy #678-206) 

(1) Posterior band removing plier - long length beak (HuFriedy #678-207) 

(1) Posterior band removing plier - short length beak (HuFriedy #678-208) 

MASEL 

(2) Stainless steel band pusher/seater (Masel #4150-976) 

(1) Module Separating plier (Masel #4150-953) 

(2) Micro miniature pin & ligature cutter (Masel #4150-603) 

ORMCO 

(1) Loop forming plier (AEZ/Ormco #803-1404) 

(1) Ligature tying plier; coon style (Ormco #800-2503) 

2

(1) Tweed hollow chop plier with Tweed (wide) handles (AEZ/Ormco #803-0122) 

(1) Wick stick; stainless steel .018 slot (ORMCO #02L51) 

Orthoclub 

(2) Buffalo plaster knife (Orthoclub) 

Orthopli 

(1) Boley gauge (Orthopli #0132-P) or Digital Caliper (Orthopli #0400EP with ortho tip) 

(1) Bird beak (Orthopli #036) 

(1) Bayonet bending or detailing plier 1/2 mm (Orthopli #069-1/2) 

(1) Bayonet bending or detailing plier 3/4 mm (Orthopli #069-3/4) 

(1) Anterior torquing plier set - Orthopli may give one free for each resident (Orthopli #066) 

(1) adult & (1) child Dry-field system: (NOLA from Orthopli) 

(1) Occlusal photographic mirror; 1 adult/child or similar (Orthopli #PM3R) 

(1) Stop bending plier/Nickel titanium-V bent plier- narrow (Orthopli #058) 

(6) Elastic remover & band pusher instrument 

(4) Ligature director & tucking instrument 

(1) Crown & bridge scissors for trimming Essix & IDB set up 

(1) Boone Guage (Orthopli #BBG4-PN) 

Ortho Technology 

(1 set of each) Lip retractors for photography (Ortho Technology #600-302- #84516 & #DT- 

155) 

(2) Bracket placement tweezers for anterior teeth (OrthoTech OT-204) 

(1) Bracket placement tweezers for posterior teeth-straight thin tip (OrthoTech #OT-209) 

TP 

(1) Light wire pliers without grooves for Tip Edge (TP #100-130p) 

(2 sets)Extended orthodontic impression trays: (1) Full set (TP 125-100) 

(1) Mini set (TP #125-800) 

(2 sets)Rubber base formers deep (TP 100-806, X-large, style”P”) 

(1) Crimpable hook plier (TP 100192) 

3M Unitek 

(1) Bracket removing plier (3M Unitek #444-761) 

(1) Closed 3-jaw wire bending plier (3M Unitek #900-729) 

(1) Buccal tube convertible cap removing plier (3M Unitek #805-035) 

(1) Ortholux LED Curing Light 

From any company: 

(4) Mathieu ligating plier 

(2) Large mixing bowl (rubber) 

3

(4) Plaster/alginate spatulas (2 of each) 

(1) Face mirror for brushing and other instructions 

(6) Mouth mirrors 

(2) Cotton pliers 

(1) #7 wax spatula instrument 

(1) PSR perio probe 

(3) Gracey curettes and scalers: (1) universal curette & (2) sickle scalers 

(1) High-speed hand piece (these may be least expensive available-consider push button) 

(1) Low-speed hand piece 

(1) Screw head mandrel 

(2) Heatless stones and any metal polishing stones/wheels you may have 

(1 bx) Burlew wheels 

Color-coded instrument rings (Order them after you get here) 

LAPTOP COMPUTER 

We will be ordering a computer for you and you will pay for the computer when you enter the 

program. The estimated cost is $1,750.00. Should you have any questions about computers or 

software, please direct them to Dan Kilfoy at 314-977-8376. 

4

FIRST YEAR GRADUATE ORTHODONTIC RESIDENT EXPENSES 

SUMMER 2009 

The following are being purchased for you and will be provided upon your arrival: 

Laptop computer $1,750 

Metal teeth, wax forms, & typodont rental for Tweed Course $100 

Manual for the Tweed Typodont Course $100 

Alexander Book $110 

Vac-U-Spat Container & Hose $200 

Copy Fee ($50 for the thirty-month program) $ 50 

Key Deposit (paid separately) $ 10 

5 

Total $2340 

Surgical scrubs will be ordered by our Inventory Coordinator to assure uniformity and quality. The 

cost of these will be determined by the number you order and will be charged at $7.65 for each top 

and $7.25 for each bottom (sizes XS-L) and $8.50 for each XL top or bottom. 

(Please provide your size and the quantity that you would like ordered by contacting Laura Wiley 

at 314-977-8395 or email her at wileyla@slu.edu by June 1. 

The above fees are estimated to assist you in planning; actual totals may vary somewhat from those 

shown. These items will be paid for during the first day of the program.

AMERICAN ORTHODONTICS 

1714 Cambridge Avenue 

Sheboygan, WI 53081 

(414) 457-5051 

(800) 558-7687, X208 

Local Rep: Brian Horn 

bpatrickhorn@hotmail.com 

BRASSELER USA 

One Brasseler Blvd. 

Savannah, GA 31419 

(800) 841-4522 

Local Rep: Douglas Taips 

douglastaips@brasselerusa.com 

E.A. BECK 

657 West 19th 

Costa Mesa, CA 92627 

(714) 645-4072 

Dentsply CAULK COMPANY 

P.O. Box 359 

38 W. Clark Ave. 

Milford, DE 19963 

(800) 532-2855 x609 

(636) 861-7558 (Fax) 

Local Rep: Linda Zack 

CLASS ONE 

5064 50 th Street 

Lubbock, TX 79414 

(800) 343-5291 

Rep: Tony Scanio 

Tscanio@classoneortho.com 

DARBY DENTAL COMPANY 

300 Jericho Quadrangle, 

Suite 220 

Jericho, NY 11753 

(800) 645-2310 x4101 

Rep: Joe DiBella 

joe.dibella@darbygroup.com 

ORTHODONTIC SUPPLIERS 

DENTAL CORP. OF AMERICA (DCA) 

889 South Matlack Street 

West Chester, PA 19382 

(800) 638-6684 

Lynn Cairus Kinka 

DENTRONIX (ORTHO. 

INSTRUMENTS) 

235 Ascot Parkway 

Cuyahoga Falls, OH 44223 

(800) 523-5944 

DYNAFLEX 

10403 International Plaza Drive 

St. Ann, MO 63074 

(866) 346-5665 

(314) 426-4020 

Rep: Kurt Gonce 

kurtg@dynaflex.com 

FORESTADENT 

2301 Weldon Parkway 


(314) 878-5985 ext. 24 

(800) 721-4940 

Local Rep: Doug Hurford 

dough@forestadentusa.com 

G.A.C. INTERNATIONAL 

3555 Knickerbocker Ave. 

Bohemia, NY 11716 

(800) 422-3513 X1457 

Rep: Theodore L. Reed 

treed1@gacintl.com 

GREAT LAKES 

ORTHODONTICS,LTD. 

200 Cooper Avenue 

Tonawanda, NY 14151-5111 

(800) 828-7626

HENRY SCHEIN, INC. 

5 Harbor Park Drive 

Port Washington, NY 11050 

(800) 372-4346 

Rep: Sally Browne 

Sally.Browne@henryschein.com 

HU-FRIEDY COMPANY 

3232 N. Rockwell Street 

Chicago, IL 60618 

(773) 975-6100 

(800) 483-7433 

Rep: Jill Walker 

jwalker@hu-friedy.com 

MASEL ORTHODONTICS 

2701 Bartram Rd. 

Bristol, PA 19007 

(800) 423-8227 X 8044 

Rep: Stephen Arbakov 

stephen_arbakov@masel.net 

ORMCO COMPANY 

1717 West Collins Avenue 

Orange, CA 92867 

(800) 854-1741 or (714)516-7400 Ext. 208 

Local Rep: Tim McAuley 

tim.mcauley@sybrondental.com 

ORTHO CLUB 

P.O. Box 549 

480 E. Water St. 

Urbana, OH 43078 

(800) 679-6793 

(937) 653-5534 (Fax) 

Rep: Vince Gonzalez 

ORTHO ORGANIZERS 

P.O. Box 253 

(800) 323-0970 

(312) 742-1115 

ORTHO TECHNOLOGY 

17401 Commerce Park Blvd. 

Tampa, FL 33647 

(800) 999-3161 

ORTHOPLI CORPORATION 

10061 Sandmeyer Avenue 

Philadelphia, PA 19116 

(800) 237-3737 

Rep. Bill Tippy 

OSCAR, INC. 

8025 Castleway Drive 

Indianapolis, IN 46250 

(317) 849-2618 

(800) 428-5333 

PATTERSON DENTAL SUPPLY 

4810 Park 370 Blvd. 


(800) 325-3184 

(314) 739-1911 (Fax) 

Local Rep: Matthew Crumpley 

matthew.crumpley@pattersondental.com 

RELIANCE ORTHODONTIC 

PROD.INC. 

P.O. Box 678 

Itaska, IL 60143 

(800) 323-4348 

SUMMIT ORTHODONTIC SERVICES 

P.O. Box 218 

Monroe Falls, OH 44262 

(800) 321-9124 

T.P. ORTHODONTICS, INC. 

P.O. Box 73 

LaPorte, IN 46350 

(800) 348-8856, Ext. 3209 

Rep. Jessie Janiga 

Justina.janiga@tportho.com 

THE ORTHODONTIC STORE 

P.O. Box 209 

Gaithersburg, MD 20877 

(800) 553-2166

UNITEK CORPORATION 

2724 South Peck Road 

Monrovia, CA 91016 

(636) 699-3628 

(800) 852-1990 Ext. 6135 

Local Rep: Kevin Harrison 

Krharrison@mmm.com


GRADUATE ORTHODONTIC PROGRAM 

BOOK LIST 

2009 

The first five books are required for your classes. In the mandatory section, Proffit & Graber texts 

should be in your possession before classes begin. The other three required texts will be purchased 

after you arrive at SLU. The others will be available for your use in the Department or furnished 

from other sources. These books will be used in several classes and also serve as a valuable nucleus 

for your developing orthodontic library. 

****************************************************************************** 

MANDATORY - PURCHASE BEFORE ARRIVAL: 

1. Proffit WR, Fields HW, Sarver D: Contemporary Orthodontics, 4th ed., St. Louis, 2006, 

Elsevier. ($125.00) ISBN #9780323040464 (you do not need the electronic version) 

2. Graber TM, Vanarsdall RL, Vig KD: Orthodontics Current Principles and Techniques, 4th 

ed., St. Louis, 2005, Elsevier Mosby, Inc. ($211.00) ISBN #0323026214 

MANDATORY - PURCHASE AT SLU AFTER ARRIVING: 

3. Norman GR, Streiner DL: Biostatistics: The bare essentials, 2 nd ed., 2000, BC Decker, Inc. 

($42.95) ISBN #1550091239 

4. Cronk BC: How to Use SPSS; PYRCZAK Publishing; 4th ed., 2006, ISBN#188458568X 

($36.50) 

5. Dr. Taeger’s Tweed Manual - $100.00 (To be purchased from the department) 

6. Alexander, R.G. "Wick": The 20 Principles of the Alexander Discipline, Volume 1. 

Quintessence Publishing (The price of $138.00 will be discounted by 20% 

ISBN Number 978-0-86715-467-2 

******************************************************************************* 

HIGHLY RECOMMENDED: 

1. Bishara SE: Textbook of Orthodontics, Philadelphia, 2001, W.B. Saunders Company 

($94.00) ISBN #0721682898 

2. Mulligan T: Common Sense Mechanics in Everyday Orthodontics (order directly from Dr. 

Mulligan) ($159.00)

3. Jacobson A, Jacobson RL: Radiographic Cephalometry: From Basics to 3-D Imaging , 

2006, 2nd Edition. Quintessence Publishing Company ($110.00) ISBN #0867154616 

4. Proffit WR, White RP: Contemporary Treatment of Dentofacial Deformity, 2002 ($215.00) 

ISBN #0323016979 

5. Okeson JP: Management of Temporomandibular Disorders and Occlusion, 6th Edition 2007 

($99.00) ISBN #0323014771 

RECOMMENDED: 

1. White, SC and Pharoah, MJ, editors: Oral radiology, Principles and Interpretation, 5 th ed. 

2004, St. Louis, Elsevier. ($109.00) (Previous edition or similar text acceptable – You may 

have this from dental school.). 

AVAILABLE IN DEPARTMENT: 

1. Nikolai RJ: Bioengineering analysis of orthodontic mechanics, Philadelphia, 1985, Lea and 

Febiger. ($30.00) (out of print - rent from the Orthodontic Department; $10.00 refunded 

when book is returned) 

2. Kesling PC: Tip-edge guide and the differential straight-arch technique, 2 nd ed., rev 2, 

LaPorte, 1992, 2-Swan Advertising Agency (no cost - will be provided by TP Orthodontics, 

Inc.) 

3. Tweed CH: Clinical Orthodontics, vol 1 and 2, St. Louis, 1966, The C.V. Mosby Company 

(no cost - out of print - reference copies are available in the department) 

4. Begg PR, Kesling PC: Begg orthodontic theory and technique, 3 rd ed., Philadelphia 1971, 

W.B. Saunders Company (no cost - out of print - reference copies are available in the 

department)



OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Initial Outside Employment Agreement 

Outside employment and its related responsibilities and problems can demand a great deal of 

attention and time. As a result, outside employment can produce a serious distraction contrary to 

the best interests of the academic, clinical, and research responsibilities of the graduate student. 

The demands of each graduate program in all of these areas are so great that any distraction must 

be avoided. With this thought in mind, plus past experience, we ask you to carefully read the 

attached policy relative to outside employment, sign the agreement, and return it to the Executive 

Director of the Center for Advanced Dental Education within ten days. 

Rolf G. Behrents, DDS, MS, PhD 

Executive Director 

I have read, understand and agree to comply with the attached policy statement relative to 

outside employment. 

__________________________________________ 

Printed Name 

__________________________________________ ___________________ 

Signature Date




Policy Statement 

Permission for outside employment while enrolled in any of the Graduate Programs in the Center 

for Advanced Dental Education at Saint Louis University will be granted to those residents 

needing employment and capable of demonstrating their ability to uphold the standards and 

requirements of their program while employed. The following regulations will govern such 

employment: 

1. Upon successful completion of the first semester of the first academic year in the 

program, a resident may request permission to work outside the institution. 

2. Upon being granted permission to accept employment, the resident is required to present 

a typed and signed letter to the Program Director giving the name of the doctor or 

organization with whom he/she would be employed, the address and the telephone 

number. 

3. The employed resident will provide a copy of this policy statement to his/her employer. 

4. Residents shall be allowed to work on weekend days only when no lectures or seminars 

have been scheduled. 

5. Under no circumstances will an employed resident be excused from any program or 

institutional function or event as a result of his or her employment, regardless of when the 

function or event may be scheduled. 

6. Under no circumstances will a resident contract or undertake any form or type of 

specialty practice outside of the Saint Louis University Center for Advanced Dental 

Education clinics. By act, association, or implication, it is not appropriate that a resident 

hold himself/herself as anything other than a general practitioner. 

7. The Board of Directors, as an advisory group to the Executive Director, has the authority 

to review the status of the resident at any time and may recommend that the privilege of 

outside employment be granted and rescinded. The Executive Director will make the 

final decision.




Request for Employment 

Please fill out the top portion of this form and submit it to your Program Director. He will 

present your request to the Board of Directors. You will be notified of their decision following a 

review of your request. 

Upon employment, you are required to present a typed, signed letter to the Program Director 

giving the name of the doctor or the organization for whom you will be employed, the address 

and telephone number. 

If approved, I will seek employment outside of the Center for Advanced Dental Education during 

the remainder of my graduate program. I am aware that my outside employment will consist of 

general practice only and that I agree to follow all policies that exist or may be enacted regarding 

outside employment. 

___________________________________________ 

Printed Name 

___________________________________________ ________________ 

Signature Date 

........................................................................................................................................................... 

Approved or Not Approved: 

_________________________________________ __________________ 

Program Director Date 

_________________________________________ __________________ 

Executive Director Date 

........................................................................................................................................................... 

To be filled in by the Administrative Office: 

Name of Employer ____________________________________________ 

Address_____________________________________________________ 

Phone_______________________________

SAINT LOUIS 

UNIVERSITY 

June 15,2009 

Ms. Terry Schrenk 

American Association of Orthodontists 

401 North Lindbergh Blvd. 

St. Louis, MO 63141-7816 

Dear Ms. Schrenk: 

3320 Rutger St. 

St. Louis, 1110 63104-1122 

Phone 314-977-8363 

Fax 314-977-8617 

www.slu.edu 

We recommend the following First Year Residents in the Graduate Orthodontic Program 

at Saint Louis University Center for Advanced Dental Education for student membership 

in the American Association of Orthodontists: 

Nicholas Azar 

Shereen Azizollahi 

Luiz Alexandre Barbosa 

Anita Bhavnani 

A vrum Goldberg 

Mary Ellen Helmkamp 

Ryan Hinckley 

Nicole Kaunitz 

Konstantinos Kazanis 

Utumpom Laowansiri 

Michael McEwan 

Julianne Ruppel 

Hiroshi Ueno 

Bryan \Virtz 

If you should require any additional infomlation, please don't hesitate to contact me. 

Sincerely, 

Rf 

Rolf G. Behrents, DDS, MS, PhD 

Executive Director/Orthodontic Program Director 

Center for Advanced Dental Education

Application for American Association of Orthodontists Membership 

American Association of 

OrlhodonHsls 

I, _______________________________ , hereby apply for the following (mark only one box below) 

o Active o Affiliate o Service o Student o International Student o International o Academic (foreign-trained) 

(see reverse for a list of qualifications for each member classification) 

membership in the American Association of Orthodontists and agree to comply ",rith its Bylaws and to adhere to its pledge 

which I have read and signed on the reverse side of this application. 

Date ___________ _ Signature _____________________ ______ _________ _ 

Main office or teaching facility 

Adill·ess ___ _____________________ _____________________ ______ _ 

City _ _ __________ _ StatelProvince _______ _ ZiplPostal Code ______ _ Country ____ ___ _ 

Phone ___________ _ ___ Fax _ ____ _______________ __ E-mail _ _________________________ ________ _ 

Effective date for this address ________ _ _ _____ ___ Please send AJOIDO and correspondence to: o Home 0 Office 

Home 

Address _____________________________ _ Spouse's Name _ _ ___________________ __ ___ 

City ____________ _ StatelProvince __________ _ Zip/Postal Code ______ _ Country _ _ ______ _ 

Phone _____ _______ _ Fax ____________________ _ E-mail ____________________ _ 

Satellite office 

Address ________________ ____ _____ ___ __________________ _____ _ 

City ____________ _ StatelProvince ____________ _ ZiplPostal Code ______ _ Country ____________ _ 

Phone _______ _____ _ Fax ______ ______ _____ __ 

Date and place of birth _____________________ ___ _ Gender: 0 Male 0 Female 

Dental school ______________________________ _ Degree ______ _ Date of completion _ _ _______ _ 

Orthodontic education received at _ _ _ _ ___ ___ __ _ Degree _ ____ _ _ Date of completion ___ _ _ _ _ _ 

(Copy of degree or certificate verifying completion of orthodontic program must accompany application. If you are currently a .tudent, list your expected date of 

completion and send n letter from your school verifYing your full·time student status.) 

Military service (service applicants only) 

o Army o Navy o Air Force o Marine Corps o Coast Guard o US Public H ealth Service o Veterans Administration 

Rank _____ ____________ _ Datesofservice _ _____________________________________ _ _ _ 

Other 

Are you a member of the American Dental Association? (ADA membership is required if permanent U.S. resident) DYes 0 No 

ADA member # ______________________________________________________ (please enclose a copy of your ADA membership card) 

If you are a student who is a permanent resident of Canada, check here 0 for a free membership in the Canadian Association of Orthodontists. 

Are you a member of the World Federation of Orthodontists (international applicants only)? 0 Yes 0 No WFO # ___ ______ __ 

Has your dental license ever been suspended? 0 Yes 0 No 

Have you ever been convicted of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude? DYes 0 No 

Have you ever been found guilty, either by conviction or admission, of any offense involving the illegal distL'ibution of narcotics? 0 Yes 0 No 

PLEASE NOTE: A copy of your ADA membership card (if you are a permanent U.S. resident .. ), a copy of your orthodontic degree or certificate (or a letter 

from yom department chair verifYing full-time student status), and membership application fee or first year's dues must accompany this appucat.ion. We 

cannot process incomplete applications. Incomplete applications will be returned to the applicant. 

If you wish to pay your application fee and/or dues with credit card, please complete the credit card information on the back of application. 

Please see reverse side of oppli:cation {or pledge and requirements for membership in the American Association of Orthodontists. 

(over) 6/07

RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR AAO LIBRARY VISITORS 

o The AAO Library is open to AAO Members Monday-Friday, 

8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. An appointment with the Librarian is required. 

o Visitors to the Library are requested to restrict their activity to the first 

floor library area. 

• Periodicals, theses, and rare books are not available for loan. There is 

no charge for borrowing books. Borrowers are expected to pay for 

books which are lost or damaged while in circulation.

The American Board of Orthodontics 

INITIAL CERTIFICATION EXAMINATION 

This 'Clinical Examination is offered to orthodontists following 

completion of their orthodontic education. The orthodontist must be a 

graduate of a CODA (Commission on Dental Accreditation) accredited 

orthodontic program and have the ABO Written Exam. 

The examinee must for this examination within thirty-six (36) 

months following graduation. 

This permits three (3) exams. To encourage 

prompt examination 

time-limited certificate 

will expire ten (10) years from the date of the first available Initial 

Certification Exam. 

1. Patient Source 

Cases may be have been entirely treated, 

from appliance appliance removal, by the 

examinee under direct sion of a clinical instructor 

in an ADA accredited orthodontic program. Active treatment 

ends when the same resident removes the appliances and 

the retention. In cases of multi-phased 

treatment, the of full treatment (appliance 

placement to removal) administered by a single 

resident is A Confirmation of Resident Treated 

Cases (pdf) Director and/or Chairperson is 

assure that the cases presented meet these 

2. Components of the Initial Certification Exam 

Board Case Oral Examination (BCOE) 

Case Examination (CRE) 

Case Oral Examination (CROE) 

3. 

for the Initial Certification Exam 

Examination component requires six (6) Case 

of three (3) cases with a DI of 

(3) cases with a DI of ten (10) or 

The six case presentations must contain: 

• at least one (1) non-surgical case treated with four 

(4) extractions that demonstrate effective 

space closure (identified as UExtraction Case") .

at least one (1) non-surgical case with bilateral 

end-to-end or Class II molar relationship 

present at the time of appliance . A 

unilateral Class II molar relationship is 

also . The final treatment result should 

exhibit a Class I molar and canine relationship 

(identified as "Class II Case"). 

• no more than one (1) case treated with orthognathic 

surgery as "Surgical Case"). Note that a 

surgical case is not required. surgical case 

needs interim (pre-surgical) records.

Maps Directions I HSC Library I Saint Louis University 

Reference 

shelves 

Computer 

Computer 

TVNCR 

Periodicals 

Shelve:s 

Fllmitllre 

copier 

Librarian's Desk 

D 

Private Office 

Page 2 of2 

The Anheuser-Busch Institute Branch Library facility is located on the third floor of 

the Anheuser-Busch Institute Building, at the corner of Grand and Shaw 

Boulevards, and includes the Library's collections on ophthalmology and 

dermatology. 

All faculty, students and staff at Saint Louis University can use the Medical Center 

Library; this is your Library! The Library is open to the public, but some services 

are limited to Saint Louis University personnel. 

rome: Coqtact Us ; 

2008 SAINT LOUIS 

1-800SLU-FOR-U 

http://www . slu. edullibraries/hsc/libinfo/flrplans.html 6/1512009

ALEXANDER, Dr. Cliff 

Asst. Clinic. Prof. 

5500 Preston Rd. Ste. 360 

Dallas, TX 75205 

0: 972-393-5550 

214-528-3384 

healthyhappysmiles@yahoo.com 

ANDREWS, Dr. Adam 

Asst. Clinc. Prof. 

1000 W. Nifong Blvd., 

Bldg. 4, Ste 100 

Columbia, MO 65203 

0 : 573-443-0466 

drandrews@drandrews.com 

ARAUJO, Dr. Eustaquio 

Professor 

1140 Vinetta Dr. 


C: 314-239-4193 

H: 314-821-0082 

araujoea@slu. edu 

ARONSON, Dr. I. Leon 

Adj. Asst. Prof. 

P.O. Box 996 

Savannah, GA 31402-0996 

H: 91 2 -44 7 -5141 

912-786-4785 

ilabga@aol.com 

BAUER, Dr. Joachim O. 

Assoc. Clinic Prof. 

15 Estates Lane Dr., North 

Glen Carbon, IL 62034 

H: 618-656-4488 

Office: 

23A Glen-Ed Prof., Pk. 

Glen Carbon, IL 62034 

0: 618-931-3700 

Edw: 618-692-1044 (1061) 

F: 618-692-9809 

jobauer1 @mac.com 



ORTHODONTIC FACULTY ROSTER 

M 2009 2010 

BEHRENTS, Dr. Rolf 

Executive Director CADE & 

Ortho Program Director 

1119 Mississippi Ave., #310 


C: 314-614-7885 

behrents@slu.edu 

BOWMAN, Dr. S. Jay 

Adj. Assoc. Prof. 

1314 West Milham Ave. 

Portage, MI 49024-1267 

0: 269-344-2460 

F: 269-344-2282 

drjwyred@aol.com 

BOYCE, Mr. John R. 

Clinic Prof. 

P.O. Box 220226 

Kirkwood, MO 63122 

0: 314-966-5275 

F: 314-966-3488 

johnrboycepc@att.net 

BROWN, Dr. Randall K. 

Asst. Clinic Prof. 

1330 First Ave. 

Evansville, IN 47710 

0: 812-423-6111 

F: 812-423-5259 

receptionist@bracesbybrown.com 

BUSCHANG, Dr. Peter H. 

Adjunct Prof. 

Baylor College of Dentistry 

3302 Gaston Ave. 

Dallas, TX 75246 

0: 214-828-8122 

F: 214-874-4569 

phbuschanq@bcd.tamhsc.edu 

CUPPS, Dr. Jeffry L. 


928 Brookwood Center 

Fenton, MO 63026 

0: 636-349-4970 

jeffcupps@hotmail.com 

6/16/2009

DEMKO, Dr. Richard 


16407 Wilson Creek ct. 

Chesterfield, MO 63005 

H: 636-532-0316 

rmdemko@swbell.net 

ELlTT, Dr. Donald G. 

Asst. Clinic. Prof. 

1000 Woodfield Estates Dr. 

Manchester, MO 63011 

H: 314-469-0107 

Office: 

4585 Washington St., C-1 

Florissant, MO 63033 

0 : 314-837-4800 

314-391-9220 

selitt@aol.com 

FOLEY, Dr. Patrick F. 

Asst. Cline. Prof. 

325 N. Rand Rd. 

Suite A 

Lake Zurich, IL 60047 

0: 847-438-8899 

H: 847-438-6396 

foleyortho@aol.com 

GANDINI Jr., Dr. Luiz 

Visiting Professor 

Av. Casemiro Perez NO.560 

Araquara, Sao Paulo 

Brazil 14802-600 

luizqandini@uol.com.br 

GRAMES, Lynn Marty 

Adjunct Instructor 

39 Club Grounds N. 


H: 314-838-7069 

0 : 314-454-2443 

F: 314-454-2380 

Iynnmq@bjc.org 




2009-2010 

GULMEN, Dr. SUleyman 


5 Elks Trail 

St. Charles, MO 63303 

H: 636-724-7717 

Office: 

3837 Vaile 


0: 314-831-9399 

HARRISON, Dr. Steven D. 


507 E. Tenth St. 

Rolla, MO 65401 

0: 573-364-0700 

F: 573-364-2775 

Harrison65401@yahoo.com 

HAYES, Dr. Eugene 


#3 Glenkirk Ln. 

Glendale, MO 63122 

H: 314-961 -6678 

Office: 

485 Wildwood Pkwy. 

Ballwin, MO 63011 

0: 636-394-2726 

ghayesortho@prodigy.net 

HUDSON, Dr. J. Michael 


2 N. Country Club Rd . 

Decatur, IL 62521 

H: 217-429-7070 

teamortho@comcast.net 

JOHNSTON Jr., Dr. Lysle E. 

Prof. Emeritus 

12305 Third St. 

P.O. Box 595 

Eastport, MI 49627-0595 

H: 231-599-2672 

lejjr@umich.edu 

611612009

KESLING, Dr. Chris 


Office: Kesling Rocke Orthodontics 

1266 S. U.S. Hwy 421 

Westville, IN 4639 1 

0: 219-785-2566 

F: 219-785-2568 

chriskes@aol.com 

KESLING, Dr. Peter C. 

Clinic Prof 

Museum Building, Ste 2. 

2405 Indiana Ave 

LaPorte, IN 46350 

0 : 219-326-1337 

kesassociates@verizon.net 

KIM, Dr. Ki Beom 

Asst. Prof. 

5 Dartford Ave 

Clayton, MO 63105 

0 : 314-977-8367 

H: 314-862-1699 

kkim8@slu.edu 

KLARSCH, Dr. James G. 


1901 Gray Dr. 

Des Peres, MO 631 31 

H: 314-822-4420 

Office: 

2821 N. Ballas Rd., #210 

Town & Country MO 63131 

0 : 314-993-2483 

South County: 314-842-5177 

F: 314-842-9935 

klarschj@slu.edu 

KLEIN, Dr. Christopher 


4210 Lincolnshire 

Mt. Vernon, IL 62864 

ckklein@midwest.net 

H: 618-244-4142 

0: 618-244-7747 




2009·2010 

LASAGABASTER, Dr. Teresa 

Adj. Asst. Prof. 

64 Portal De Castilla 

Apt. 1 sl B 

Vitoria 01007 

Spain 

H: 011-34-945-232326 

0: 011-34-94-442-4617 

F: 011-34-94-442-4617 

tlasagabaster@hotmail.com 

LONG, Dr. Jerry M. 

Clinic Prof. 

1642 E. Catalpa St. 

Springfield, MO 65804 

0: 417-866-7732 

C: 417-827-4399 

jlonq1217@sbcqlobal.net 

MASTORAKOS, Dr. Bill L. 


Office: 

10115 Manchester Rd. 

St.Louis,MO 63122 

0: 314-966-4117 

Chesterfield: 636-532-7854 

F: 314-966-8630 

drbill@moastlouis.com 

McCray, Dr. Julie F. 


7171 Delmar Blvd. 


H: 314-725-6690 

0: 314-721-5551 

F: 314-721-0123 

jUliemccray@sbcqlobal.net 

MELNIK, Dr. Paul A. 


144 Royal Gate Dr. 


H: 314-576-7447 

0: 636-887-3731 

0: 636-300-4999 

pmelnik@charter.net 

6/16/2009

MILLER, Dr. Jackie 

1015 G Washington Square 

Washington, MO 63090 

0 : 636-239-4004 

smyldr@yahoo.com 

MIYAJIMA, Dr. Kuniaki 

Clinic Prof. 

11-11 Tamanoi-Cho 

Atsuta-Ku 456-0025 

Nagoya,Japan 

81 (52) 681-6439 

miya@naa.atLne.JP 

NIKOLAI, Dr. Robert J. 

Prof. Emeritus 

9422 Green Park Valley Dr. 

SL Louis, MO 63123 

H: 314-894-2457 

nikolairj@slu.edu 

OLIVER, Dr. Donald R. 

Asst. Prof. 

919 W. Adams 


oliverdr@slu.edu 

H: 314-966-2215 

0 : 314-977-8604 

PURCELL, Dr. Michael V. 

Clinic Prof. 

79 Meadowbrook Country 

Club Estates 

Ballwin, MO 63011 

H: 636-230-0429 

Office: 

2821 N. Ballas Rd ., #210 

Town & Country MO 63131 

0 : 314-991-2017 

F: 314-991-1450 

Box 537,6315 Lorens Ln . 

Cedar Hill, MO 63016 

0 : 636-285-2648 

docmvtp@qmail.com 




2009·2010 

ROEHM, Dr. Stephen 


5006 N. University st. 

Peoria, IL 61614 

0: 309-691-9665 

F: 309-691-9680 

0 : 309-699-0911 E.Peoria 

neuqrin@aol.com 

ROSENSTEIN, Dr. Sheldon W. 

Clinic Prof. 

105 Ronan Rd. 

Highwood, IL 60042-2064 

Srosen7@ juno.com 

Dr. Rosenstein Office: 

4801 W. Peterson, #515 

Chicago, IL 60646 

0: 773-539-3534 

srosen@juno.com 

ROWAN, Dr. Kenneth B. 


430 Virginia Trail 

Jefferson City, MO 65109 

H: 573-893-5439 

Office: 

1312 Southwest Blvd . 

Jefferson City, MO 65101 

0: 573-634-2694 

drken@drkenrowan.com 

SATROM, Dr. Kirk 

Adj. Assoc. Prof 

741 W. State St., #2 

O'Fallon, IL 62269 

0: 618-624-0800 

satromortho@aol .com 

SOTIROPOULOS, Dr. Gus 

Professor 

Clinic Director 

#5 Archview Dr. 

Belleville, IL 62221 

H: 618-632-8449 

6/16/2009

SOTIROPOULOS, Dr. Pete 

Professor Emeritus 

1613 10 th Fairway Dr. 

Belleville, IL 62220 

sotiropg@slu.edu 

H: 618-234-2306 

SRISURO, Dr. Suthanya 


Office: 

3011 Godfrey Rd. 

Godfrey, IL 62035 

0 : 618-466-7966 

srisuros@sbcglobal .net 

TAEGER, Dr. Ernst M. 

Adj. Clinic Prof. 

16431 Saddle Creek Rd. 


H: 636-532-7705 

Office: 

4137 North Hwy 67, #A 


St. Genevieve Office: 

0 : 314-653-1333 

F: 314-653-1197 

0 : 573-883-7135 

Ernie1203@charter.net 

THORNTON, Dr. Charles 

Adj. Clinic Prof. 

1827 Sparks Ct. 

Wildwood, MO 63011-1784 

H: 636-458-1827 

SIU : 618-474-7119 

thorntoncb@aol.com 

TOMAZIC, Dr. Terry 

Prof. of Research 

Methodology 

Office: 

Research Methodology 

McGannon Hall Rm 230 

0 : 314-977-2533 




2009-2010 

tomazictj@slu.edu 

WALDE, Dr. Kevin C. 


4540 Dubois Creek Ln. 


H: 636-239-6304 

Office: 

1507 Heritage Hills Dr. 


0: 636-239-5151 

F: 636-239-7339 

kwalde@sbcglobal.net 

611612009



ENDODONTIC, PERIODONTIC ROSTER 2008 

SCHREIBER, Dr. Harold Clinical Professor H: 636-537-1817 

14627 Mallard Lake Dr. Periodontics 


Office: 0: 314-725-4221 

University Club Tower 

1034 S. Brentwood 

St. Louis, MO 63117

ADMINISTRA TIVE 

Anderson, Mary C. 

Business Manager 

58 Wilshire Terrace 

Webster Groves, MO 63119 

(314) 962-1299 

mander45@slu.edu 

Jackson, Kathy 

Administrative Assistant 

921 Dover Place 


(314) 832-6553 

jacksokl@slu.edu 

Kilfoy, Daniel 

Teclmology Center Specialist 

1610 Langdon 

Alton, 1L 62002 

(618) 462-6188 

kilfoydj@slu.edu 

Moscal, Becky 

Special Asst. to the 


9618 Colony Drive 


(314) 869-4538 

moscalb@slu.edu 

Oppern1ann, Dee 

Administrative Assistant II 

1301 Piedras Parkway 

Fenton, MO 63026 

C: (314) 920-9957 

oppel111dm@slu.edu 

SAINT LOUIS UNNERSITY 

CENTER. FOR. ADY ANCED DENTAL EDUCATION 

STAFF R.OSTER. 

2009-2010 

ORTHODONTIC 

CLINIC ADMJN 

Giltinan-Kniep, Celia 

Library Asst. 

1023 Diversey Dr. 


(314) 962-9048 

giltince@slu.edu 

Johnston, Michael 

Dental Lab Technician 

4001 Fairview Apt. A 


Cell: 314-920-8751 

mjolms91@slu.edu 

Kujawa, Brianna 

Radiology Tech 

112 Bradford Dr. 

Aviston, 1L 62216 

(618) 228-9016 

Bkuj awa2@slu.edu 

Turner, Marlene 

Patient Coordinator 

4450A Castleman 


(314) 772-3940 

nmicho18@slu.edu 

Wiley, Laura 

Sr. Inventory Coordinator 

4166 Ashland Ave. 


(314) 531-7838 

wileyla@slu.edu 

ENDO-PERIOCLINIC 

ADMIN 

Mattingly, Sharon 

Clinic Supervisor 

5710 N. Ronnie Dr. 

Waterloo, 1L 62298 

(618)939-0540 

Cell: (314) 651-2825 

ma ttinsk@slu.edu 

Ruhmann, Sandi 

Patient Coordinator 

1040 N. Jefferson 


(314) 839-4285 

ruhmanns@slu.edu 

ENDO/PERIO/ORTHO 

CLINIC 

Callier, Diane 

Dental Hygienist 

3417 Sublette 


(314) 752-4566 

dcallier@slu.edu 

Fete, Karen 


7 Potomac Ct. 

St. Charles, MO 63303 

(636) 441-5976 

fetekr2@slu.edu 

Logan, Lisa 


18 Dunn Drive 

Belleville, 1L 62223 

(618) 538-5712 

loganlk@slu.edu 

1

Mathina. Donna 

4704 Candace Dr. 


314-631-6189 

dmathina@,slu.edu 

Millaway, Christine 


5115 Lakewood 


(314) 752-1782 

cmillaw l@slu.edu 

Signorino, Mary 

Dental Hygienist 

13040 Thornhill Dr. 


(314) 835-1366 

mseyerssi@slu.edu 

vVhite, Canie 


7036 Mitchell Ave. 


(314) 645-3876 

c\:vhite33@slu.edu 

SAINT LOUIS UNNERSITY 

CENTER. FOR. ADVANCED DENTAL EDUCATION 

S1 AFF R.OSTER. 

2009·2010 

2

'--' 

DR. J. MILLER 

DR. PURCELL i DR. ROEHM 

July 22 a.m. July 1, 15, & 22 a.m. I July 16 all day 

August 26 a.m. August 5 & 26 a.m. August 13 all day 

September 23 a.m. . September 2, 16 & 23 a.m. September 24 all day 

October 28 a.m. . October 7, 21 & 28 a.m. October 15 all day 

November 25 a.m. November 4,18 & 25 a.m. November 19 all day 

: December 16 a.m. : December 2 & 16 a.m. December 10 all day 

DR. ROSENSTEIN DR. ROWAN DR. SRISURO 

July 7 all day July 10 all day July 9 & 23 p.m. 

August 4 all day August 14 all day August 6 & 27 p.m. 

: September 22 all day September 18 all day September 10 & 24 p.m. 

October 13. all day ! October 16 all day October 8 & 22 p.m. 

November 2 & 30 all day November 13 all day November 5 & 19 p.m. 

: December 11 all day December 3 & 17 p.m. 

DR. WALDE 

July 10 all day 

August 7 all day 

September 11 all day 

October 9 all day 

. November 13 all day 

: December 4 all day 

DR. ARAUJO 

i i 

Every Tuesday afternoon and Wednesday and Thursday all day 

DR. HAYES 

Every Tuesday morning and every Wednesday afternoon 

DR. KIM 

Every Tuesday all day and Thursday a.m. 

DR. MASTORAKOS 

EvelY Friday morning; all day when Dr. Brown is here 

DR. OLIVER 

Every Wednesday all day from June 22-July 22: Every Tuesday and Wednesday afternoon from August 10-December 18. 

DR. SOTIROP01JLOS 

Every Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday all day, 

THIS IS A TENATIVE SCHEDULE FOR JULY-DECEMBER FOR THE CLINIC INSTRUCTORS. AS 

ALWAYS, IT IS SUBJECT TO LAST -MINUTE CHANGES. 

I 

I 

I 

6115/2009

REGISTRATION 

You will be for three semesters each year - summer, fall, and spring, usually 

during the pre-registration period. There is no charge for summer tuition but you must 

make financial by the date specified for fall and spring or your registration 

will be canceled. You should receive a bill the week of July 10, 2009 and your 

payment will be due in August.

FINANCIAL AIDfDEFERMENTS 

Any questions regarding financial aid should be directed through Saint Louis 

University's Financial Aid Department in DuBourg Hall, Room 121 (977-2350). If you 

need to process defeTI11ents, please fill out all your personal information and give the 

fonn to Dee to fill out the University infoTI11ation and have Dr. Behrents sign. If you 

need the school seal, Dee will send it to North Campus to be stamped.

Dear Orthodontic Residents: 

I am pleased to inform you that registration is underway for the twenty-first annual Graduate Orthodontic 

Residents Program (GORP)! This year's event will be held July 31-August 2,2009, in the exciting city of 

Minneapolis, on the campus of the University of Minnesota. 

The Minnesota residents have been working hard to plan both an educational and entertaining program for 

this year's event. We are privileged to have as lecturers Dr. Brent Larson, Dr. Geny Samson, LeeAnn 

Peniche and Dr. Bjorn Zachrisson, who will be traveling from Norway to present one of his fmallectures 

before his retirement at the end of this year. We also have a number of sponsors traveling to our campus to 

present various products and services at our large exhibitor's fair. 

Events also include the option of playing in the annual golf tournament or taking a beautiful luncheon 

cruise along the Mississippi river, comedy entertainment, a resident party, and more! 

Please visit our website, WWW.golpoltho.com. to register before June 29, 2009. As always, resident 

registration and housing is provided by the generosity of our sponsors. 

The residents of the University of Minnesota look forward to hosting an unforgettable GORP, and we hope 

to see as many of you there as possible! 

If you have any questions, please to do not hesitate to contact us. More information can be found on the 

website. 

\Ve look forward to seeing you in Milmeapolis! 

Sincerely, 

Jacquelyn R. Schieck, DDS 

GORP Chair 2009

Orthodontics 

Class Of 2011 

BANNER ID USERNAME EMAIL ADDRESS 

Azar, Nicholas 000253977 nazar nazar@slu.edu 

Azizollahi, Shereen 000232951 sazizoll sazizoll@slu.edu 

Barbosa, Luiz Alexandre 000864079 Ibarbosa Ibarbosa@slu.edu 

Bhavnani, Anita 000224969 abhavnan abhavnan@slu.edu 

Goldberg, Avrum 000230524 agoldbe4 agoldbe4@slu .edu 

Helmkamp, Mary Ellen 000225124 mhelmkam mhelmkam@slu.edu 

Hinckley, Ryan 000230525 rhinckle rhinckle@slu .edu 

Kaunitz, Nicole 000225121 nkaunitz nkaunitz@slu.edu 

Kazanis, Konstantinos 000226364 kkazanis kkazanis@slu.edu 

Laowansiri, Utumporn 000919638 ulaowans ulaowans@slu.edu 

McEwan, Michael 000227364 mmcewan mmcewan@slu.edu 

Ruppel, Julianne 000226366 jruppel jruQQel@slu.edu 

Ueno, Hiroshi 000226055 hueno hueno@slu.edu 

Wirtz, Bryan 000226949 bwirtz bwirtz@slu.edu

MEMO 

To: New Residents 

From: Kathy Jackson 

Date: June 22, 2009 

Re: New Business Cards 

Please fill out the form below for your new business cards. 

You can use up to 12 lines including blanks. 

Name: 

Title: 

Orthodontic Resident 

Address: Center for Advanced Dental Education 




Phone: 314-977-8363 

Voicemail Ext.: 

Fax: 314-977-7782 

E-Mail, Cell Phone, or Pager:

STUDENT HEALTH INSURANCE 

All Graduate Students must carry health insurance. You may attain insurance through 

Saint Louis University or the provider of your choice. For more information about 

attaining Student Health Insurance through Saint Louis University please call (314) 977- 

7168 or visit the Student Health Center in Marchetti Towers East at 3520 Laclede Ave.



EMERGENCY CONTACTS FORM 

Resident Class Year 2011 

Name: ----------------------------- 

Spouse: _________ ______________ __ 

St. Louis Address: 

Street #: ---------------------------- P.O.Box#: __________ _ 

City: __________________________ __ Zip Code: _____ _ 

Parent/Friend Address: 

Parent/Friend Name: ---------------------------------- 

Street #: _______________ _ P.O. Box #: ______ _ 

City: _____________________ __ StatelProvince: ------- 

Postal Code: -------- Country (if not USA): ________ _ 

Phone#: ------------------------ 

Phone Numbers: 

Home: ---------------- 

Your Cell: --------------- Spouse's Cell: ________ _ 

Pager# ___________ __ 

6115/2009

NAME 

David Cameron 

10237 Reavis Gardens Dr. 


• dcamerol@slu.edu 

Jessica Holt Cox 

525 Forest Green 

Webster Groves, MO 63119 

Courtland Drake 

7414 Stanford Ave. 

i 115 East Monroe Ave. Apt. 300 


Nicholas S. Ising 

1273 Woodland Trails 


nising@slu.edu 

Michael Larson 

4210 Vista Ave. 


mlarson2@slu.edu 




Class of 2009 

SPOUSE TELEPHONE 

Katie C: (702) 856-6578 

H: (314) 631-1202 

Wynne • C: (901) 239-5868 

Jennifer H: (314) 448-1159 

C: (402) 880-1948 

C: (314) 707-9363 

i C: (502) 608-1728 

C: (314) 662-3050

Asha Madhavji 

1005 Mississippi Ave. Unit C 

St. MO 63104 

Ro bert Marshall 

29 Deerfield Lane 


Catherine (Catie) Miller 

4400 Lindell Blvd. Apt. 9D 


Rob Patterson 

5788 Flaming Leaf Ct. 


Raphael Separzadeh 

4555 Forest Par Ave. #516 


Collin Tsai 

4 Delcrest Ct. #202 

University City, MO 63124 

Neel Varma 

Angie 

Christy 

Rachel 

H: (314) 260-7794 

C: (612) 616-6123 

C: (702) 371-5990 

C: (804) 380-2062 

C: (310) 625-3013 

C: (818) 523-6337 

H: (314) 558-6450 

C: (415) 794-4279 

(314) 352-0191 

C: (415) 318-6433

NAME 

• AnasAthar 

• 6646 Lansdowne Ave. 


aathar@slu.edu 

Nathan Bartschi 

· 2840 Dalton Avenue 


nbartsch@slu.edu 

Larrissa Cali 

1520 S. Grand Blvd Apt. 102 

• St. Louis, MO 63104 

Horner 

1215 MacKay PI. 


khorner5@slu.edu 

• Hillarie Ryann Hudson 

• 1505 Vail PI. 


hhudson1@slu.edu 




Class of 2010 

SPOUSE TELEPHONE 

Samia C: (913) 406-2463 

H: 

Lucas 

c: (702) 354-9849 

H: 

C: (216) 406-2736 

c: (605) 376-8191 

H: (314) 773-0123 

i C: (217) 855-4249 

H: (314) 256-1958 

C: 666-4486

i 

Dan Lovell 

1415 Dorothy Ave. 

Alton, IL 62002 

dlove1l3@slu.edu 

Nathan Mellion 

9126 Eager Rd. 


nmellion@slu.edu 

Lance Miller 

5547 Genesta Walk 


I hmlle43®Slu.edu 

Matt Milliner 

I 12408 Summerhouse Dr. Apt 2 

• St. Louis, MO 63146 

i mmilline@slu.edu 

Craig Minich 

597 Meadowridge Dr. 

i St. Louis, MO 63122 

Joe Parker 

12038 Bridal Shire Ct. 


iparke33@slu.edu 

Cameron J. Rasool 

1107 Mississippi Ave., #503 


crasool@slu.edu 

Ankit Shah 

! 3301 Park Ave., Apt 303 

. St. MO 63106 

Megan 

Tana Park 

Lori 

Jan 

Amee Pathak 

H: (618) 304-3482 

C: (330) 844-0467 

635-5035 

C: (859) 396-6894 

C: (513) 658-1123 

(314) 984-9909 

C: 

(314) 395-1158 

C: (319) 621-0168 

H: 

C: (213) 344-8603 

I

PARKING AND IDENTIFICATION CARD SERVICES 

You can obtain parking for the Hickory East Garage on the Medical Center (and 

the Compton Garage on north campus) as well as an Identification Badge at Parking and 

Card Services in the Salus Center at Grand and Lafayette (314-977-8656) or in DuBourg 

Hall, Room 33 (314-977-2957). Your summer parking is $50.00 (prorated from the 

full fee of$100.00). Fall and Spring semester parking is currently $200.00 each. 

The Banner number on your ID card will be your student ID number that is used 

for registrations, reimbursements, etc. Your ID card will be programmed for use in the 

card reader at the front door to enable you to gain entry to Dreiling-Marshall Hall before 

and after hours as well as on weekends.

LONG DISTANCE CODE 

You will need to a long distance code from Kathy for calling patients out of 

the area. Please keep your code in a safe place until you memorize it. You will be 

charged for long distance calls other than those used for calling your patients. Listed 

below is infonnation on how to use your long distance code: 

9 1 - Area Code - Phone Number - Long Distance Code

SAINT LOIJIS UNIVERSITY 

Department of Orthodontics 

MEMORANDUM 

To: All Residents Date: 22 June 2009 

From: Laura Wiley Re: Laboratory Cleaning 

Cc: Dr. Behrents, Dr. Oliver 

Dr. Gus, Dr. Araujo 

In order to ensure that the plaster laboratory is usable throughout the year it is necessary that clean-up 

details be assigned. 

Procedure: 

Should be cleaned every day!!!! 

1. change paper on counter tops 

2. empty plaster sediment pans into waste receptacles 

3. remove (scrape) plaster, wax, alginate, etc. 

4. clean exterior of cabinetry 

5. if water has overflowed onto floor, mop with clean water to avoid "tracking" 

6. make certain sink drains are clear 

7. turn off equipment when finished 

8. Shake Dust Collector foot pedal (Daily) 

9. Check Dust Collector (weekly) 

REMLNDER TO USERS: when trimming models, keep faucet water running into the sink (outside of 

the plaster sediment pan) to flush any plaster through the drains. Always cover the plaster vibrators with 

plastic prior to use and turn them off them when you are finished. Clean up after yourselves. 

PattersonlParkerlUeno 

CameronIMiller/McEwan 

Groves/CalilBhavnani 

Separzadeh/Shah/Barbosa 

Madha vj ilHorner/Goldberg 

Cox/Langel Azizollahi 

TsaiIRasoollKaunitz 

MillerlHudsonIRuppel 

Ure/MellionlWirtz 

Ising/Milliner/Laowansiri 

Drake/Lovell/Hinckley 

Larson! AthariKazanis 

MarshalllBartschi/ Azar 

Rowan/Minich/Helnikarnp 

ASSIGNMENT SCHEDULE 

6/22 6/26 

6/29 7/3 

7/6 - 7/10 

7/13-7/17 

7/20 7/24 

7/27 7/31 

8/3 - 817 

8/10 8/14 

8/24 - 8/28 

8/31 9/4 

917 9111 

9/14 - 9/18 

9/21 - 9/25 

9/28 -10/2 

10/5 - 10/9 

10/12 - 10116 

10/19 10/23 

10/26 10/30 

11/2 - 1116 

11/9 -11/13 

11116 - 11/20 

11/23 - 11127 

11/30 - 12/4 

1217 - 12111 

12114 - 12/18


Department of Orthodontics 

MEMORANDUM 

To: All Residents Date: 22 June 2009 

From: Laura Wiley Re: Library Cleaning 

Cc: Dr. Behrents, Dr. Oliver 

Dr. Gus, Dr. Araujo 

LIBRARY CLEANING ASSIGNMENTS 

Groves/CalilBhavnani 6/22 - 6/26 10/5 - 10/9 

SeparzadehiShahiBarbosa 6/29 -7/3 10/12 -10/16 

Madha vj ilHomer/Goldberg 7/6-7/10 10/19 - 10/23 

Cox/Langel Azizollahi 7/13-7/17 10/26 - 10/30 

TsailRasool/Kaunitz 7/20 -7/24 11/2 - 11/6 

MillerlHudsoniRuppel 7/27 -7/31 11/9 - 11/13 

UrelMellionlWirtz 8/3 - 817 11/16 - 11/20 

Ising/Milliner/Laowansiri 8/10 - 8/14 11/23 - 11/27 

Drake/LovelllHinckley 8/24 - 8/28 11/30 - 12/4 

Larsonl Athar/Kazanis 8/31-9/4 1217 - 12/11 

MarshalllBartschi/ Azar 917 - 9/11 12/14 12/18 

RowaniMinichiHelmkamp 9/14 - 9/18 

PattersoniParkerlU eno 9/21 - 9/25 

CameroniMiller/McEwan 9/28 -10/2 

To make sure the Library is ready for each resident to use, PLEASE CLEAN DAIL Y 

Make sure: 

1. All books are placed back in the correct location. 

2. All paper is removed from the tables and the copier area. 

3. All debris is removed from computer area. 

THAI'{£( YOU

SAINT LOUIS UNIVERSrTY 

Sl-:PPL Y ROOM HANDOUT 

The following points are a few of the many things that fall under the responsibility ofthe 

Supply Room that you should be aware of. 

o PLASTER LAB - Cleaning the plaster lab after each use is the responsibility of 

each resident. To help maintain a clean lab; teams of2-3 residents are assigned 

each week for extra cleaning. To assist them with this task, a cleaning checklist is 

attached highlighting all the areas to be cleaned. The way to make this job easy 

on the team responsible for cleaning is to CLEAN UP AS WE WORK! ! 

o STERlLIZA nON ROOM - You are responsible for cleaning and sterilizing your 

own instruments. Your instruments should be bagged and labeled with your 

name. Instruments are then placed into the steam autoclaves. Any bagged items 

removed from the steam autoclave should be sorted into the correct bin located 

above the steam autoclaves. You are required to load the steam autoclave with 

any waiting instruments, not just your own. Bagged instruments on top of the 

steam autoclaves are waiting for a machine. When using the Ultrasonic, place 

your instruments in the solution for the allotted time, remove, rinse and place in 

the dry autoclave. Please don't leave your instruments in the ultrasonic or sink 

indefinitely. 

o LAB COATS - Lab coats with the department and university patch are required 

to be worn by each resident seeing a patient. The coats are located on the lower 

level in the closet marked Lab Coats. There are enough lab coats for you to 

change weekly. Please put all lab coats in the laundry bag before you leave on 

Friday. Lab Coats are not to be wom in the plaster lab. There are lab coats 

available specifically for this area and they are located in the lab. 

o BRACKETS - Can not leave the supply room. Brackets are valuable and it 

takes time to replenish the stock, we must be careful and wise when using. 

Brackets must never leave the supply room to avoid misplacement or an 

unfortunate mishap. Ifby chance you drop the box or shuffle the brackets, please 

let me know immediately so that we can fix the problem quickly. 

o BANDS - Must be signed out before leaving the supply room and returned at the 

end of the day. This makes them easier to locate if another resident needs the 

same bands. When sterilizing bands, please rinse in ultrasonic before bagging 

and put the box number on the bag, not the instructor's name. Some instructors 

have 10 different band boxes, so a name is not helpful. 

SUPPL VROOM HANDOUT Page 1 6/1612009

o ARTICULATORS Al\l) FACEBOWS - These will be checked out when needed. 

Articulators must be cleaned prior to returning them. All facebows should be 

returned after initial use, because there are only five available for use. Each 

articulator and facebow box contains certain items when you receive it and should 

contain them when returned. A list of the items in each box will be given to you 

when checked out. Articulators and all the components are costly, so please be 

careful. Once it's checked out, you are responsible for all the parts. 

o CHECKING ITEMS OUT - The supply room has several items available for use. 

A list of various instruments, burs, and other items is attached. Some items will 

be signed out to you and must be returned, while others will be used in the supply 

room only. Again, you are responsible for each item your posseSSIOn. 

o PATIENT KlTS - Patient kits are available for initial bracketing and debonding 

of your patient. Bracket kits contain toothbrush, toothpaste, super floss, wax and 

spiral brushes. Debonding kits contain toothbrush, toothpaste and floss. To have 

your patient brush during a visit, prepasted disposable toothbrushes are available 

on the counter outside the supply room. 

Any other questions that have not been answered here, please feel free to ask; I'll be 

glad to help. Thank You 

SUPPLY ROOM HANDOUT Page 2 611612009

I 

i 

I 

I 

! 

i 

PLASTER LAB CLEANING CHECKLIST 

Change paper and wipe/clean counter tops 

ElTlpty plaster sediment pans into waste receptacles 

Remove (scrape) plaster, waste, alginate, etc. i 

.- 

Clean exterior of cabinetry 

Mop/Sweep excess on floor 

Make certain sink drains are cleari 

Turn off equipment when finished i 

Fill plaster containers (die stone, Lab, Ortho) 

Clean around plaster bins 

Clean around model trimmers 

Check/empty dust collector and shake handle 

The above areas should be cleaned daily to ensure a clean plaster lab. THANK 

YOU 

SlJPPL Y ROOM HA.NDOUT Page 3 6/16/2009 

i 

I

American Vision LP Instrument 

MISCALLENOUS INSTRUMENTS 

Buccal Tubc Convertible Cap Removing Pliers 

Crimpable Hook Pliers 

3M Unitek Debracketing Instrument 

3M Unitek Bracket Positioning Gauge 

Band Forming Pliers 

Niti Fonning Pliers 

In-Ovation Brackets Engage-R Tool 

Damon III Bracket Instrument 

3M Unitek Smart Clip Hand Instrument (Engage & Disengage) 

Timewise Bracket Instrument 

F orestadent Bracket Instlument 

Debonding Bur Blocks (3) 

Polishing Kit 

Lingual Arch forming Plier 

Palatal Arch Plier 

Headgear Plier 

Laser System 

ESSIX FORMING INSTRUMENTS 

Undercut Enhancing Thermo Plier 

Maxillary Tooth moving Thermo Plier 

Mandibular Tooth moving Thermo Plier 

Bite Plane Thenno Plier 

Micro Ramp Thermo Plier 

Elastic Hook Forming Thermo Plier 

Elastic Hook Notching Thermo Plier 

SUPPLY ROOM HANDOUT Page 4 6/16/2009

The Center for Advanced Dental Educuation 



st. Louis, Missouri 63104 

Category: Students Category Number: 4 

Subject: Outside Employment for Graduate Students 

Divisions: All Divisions 

Policy: 

Approvals: Effective Date: 

Executive Director January 27, 2004 

Associate Director 

Board of Directors 

I 

Page 30 

Date Printed 4/15/2008 

Policy Number: 4-2004-02 

Review Dates: Revised Dates: 

It is the policy of the Center for Advanced Dental Education to require that students are not permitted to 

work outside CADE in dentistry without permission. 

Purpose: 

Given the rigors of the graduate programs, the Program Directors will determine if and when an individual 

student may employment in dentistry outside of CADE. 

Guidelines: 

Outside employment and its related responsibilities and problems can demand a great deal of attention and 

time. As a result, outside employment can produce a serious distraction contrary to the best interests of 

the academic, clinical, and research responsibilities of the graduate student. The demands of each graduate 

program in all of these areas are so great that any distraction must be avoided. With this thought in mind, 

plus past experience, residents are asked to carefully read the attached policy relative to outside 

employment, sign an agreement, and retum it to the Executive Director of the Center Advanced Dental 

Education within a specified time. 

Policy Statement 

Permission for outside employment while enrolled in any of the Graduate Programs in The Center for 

Advanced Dental Education at Saint Louis University will be granted to those residents needing 

employment and capable of demonstrating their ability to uphold the standards and requirements of their 

program while employed. The following regulations will govem such employment: 

1. Upon successful completion of the first semester of the first academic year in the program, a resident 

may request penmssion to work outside the institution using a form provided. 

2. Upon being granted pemrission to accept employment, the resident is required to present a typed and 

signed letter to the Program Director giving the name of the doctor or organization with whom he/she 

would be employed, the address, and the telephone number. 

3. The employed resident will provide a copy of this policy statement to his/her employer. 

4. Residents shall be allowed to work on weekend days only when no lectures or seminars have been 

scheduled. 

5. Under no circumstances will an employed resident be excused from any program or institutional




St. Louis, Missouri 63104 

Page 31 


function or event as a result of his or her employment, regardless of when function or event may be 

scheduled. 

6. Under no circumstances will a resident contract or undertake any form or type of specialty practice 

outside of the Saint Louis University Center for Advanced Dental Education clinics. By act, 

association, or implication, it is not appropriate that a resident hold himself/herself as anything other 

than a general practitioner. 

7. The Board of Directors, as an advisory group to the Executive Director, has the authority to review the 

status of the resident at any and may recommend that the privilege of outside employment be 

granted andlor rescinded. The Executive Director will make the fInal decision.

I 





Category: Students Category Number: 4 

Subject: Students Professional Appearance Guidelines 

Page 32 


Divisions: All Divisions Policy Number: 4-2005-03 

Approvals: 

Effective Date: Review Dates: Revised Dates: 




Students 

I 

March 1, 2005 

Policy: 

It is the philosophy of The Center for Advanced Dental Education at Saint Louis University that an 

individual's dress, grooming, and personal hygiene directly affects patients, visitors, students, staff, 

faculty, and the profession of dentistry and its specialties. It is the policy of the Center for Advanced 

Dental Education of Saint Louis University that all residents will present with a neat, clean, professional 

appearance in accordance with established guidelines. 

Purpose: 

Residents are expected to be well-dressed and meticulously groomed when they are at CADE or are 

representing CADE. To clarify expectations, the CADE Board of Directors has established the following 

general dress and grooming guidelines: 

Guidelines: 

All Residents: 

1. Must wear clean, non-wrinkled surgical scrubs (matching top and bottom) in clinics and laboratories. 

These scrubs may be any solid color as long as the top and bottom match. Each specialty program may 

choose the color of the scrubs they wear. The scrub sleeves should be approximately elbow length. 

Clinic or laboratory jackets may be worn over the scrubs. The sleeve length of the jacket must cover 

the wrist. 

2. May wear a white undergarment with surgical scrubs. 

3. Must wear socks with clean athletic shoes or shoes when wearing scrubs. Shoes should be clean 

and appropriate for the activity. No open-toed shoes or sandals may be worn. 

4. Must wear identification affixed on or near the breast pocket of clinic jacket or scrub top. 

5. Denim jeans (of any color), shorts, fleece sweatpants (or other athletic clothes), and T-shirts are not 

acceptable except for certain social events and "casual days." These events will be announced by the 

Program Directors at their discretion. 

6. No visible piercings (except for earrings) or tattoos are allowed. 

7. No caps or hats may be worn in the building. 

Male Residents: 

1. May wear pants, slacks, collared shirts, sweaters or other professional attire when not required to wear 

surgical scrubs. Additional guidance may be given for meetings and guest lectures. 

2. Should keep hair well groomed and in keeping with a professional image.





Page 33 


3. May wear a clean, neatly trimmed mustache and/or beard. Those who elect to wear beards are required 

to wear full coverage masks during patient care. 

Female Residents: 

1. May wear dresses, skirts, blouses, sweaters, dress slacks, pantsuits or other professional attire when 

not required to wear surgical scrubs. Additional guidance may be given for meetings and guest lectures. 

2. Should wear hair well-groomed and in keeping a professional image. When the clinic, hair which 

is not cut short enough to remain close to the head and out of the way clinical procedures must be 

worn up or restrained. 

CADE reserves the right to determine, on an individual basis, the appropriateness of any 

form of dress, grooming, and personal hygiene. Residents failing to adhere to these 

guidelines are subject to suspeusion or dismissal.

i 

Category: Students 

Subject: Student Exit Checklist 





Page 29 


Category Number: 4 


Policy: 

Approvals: Effective Date: Review Dates: Revised Dates: 

Executive Director January 1, 2004 



It is the policy of CADE that all students must fulfill all academic, clinical, and fInancial obligations prior 

to graduation. 

Purpose: 

The purpose of this policy is to establish a procedure that assures that students have fulfilled all 

obligations ofthe program and CADE. 

Procedure: 

1. All students must undergo an exit process using forms provided by the program director. 

2. The exit must be approved by the Executive Director.


Dreiling-Marshall RaIl 



rotego'J Category Number: 4 

Subject: Student Disciplinary Procedure 

Page 34 



Policy: 

Approvals: Effective Date: Review Dates: Revised Dates: 

Executive Director April 14, 2005 



I I 

It is the policy of Center for Advanced Dental Education to hold residents accountable for the policies 

and procedures set forth in the Code of Professional Conduct, the CADE Policy Manual, and individual 

clinic program manuals. These documents describe standards for attendance, dress, absenteeism, integrity 

and behavior among others. 

Purpose: 

To describe procedures involved in the disciplinary process and the possible consequences of violation. 

Procedure: 

1. Copies of CADE policy and clinic manuals shall be made available to each resident, faculty or staff 

member. 

2. Any violation must be reported to the Program Director by staff, faculty, resident or patient of CADE. 

3. If a violation is reported, a private conversation with the appropriate Program Director will take place 

and a written notification will be sent to the resident as appropriate. 

4. Repeated violations must be reported to the Executive Director and such may subject the resident to 

suspension from the Program. 

5. A recommendation for suspension or dismissal is made by the Program Director to the CADE 

Executive Director. 

6. If suspension or dismissal is recommended, the Executive Director notifies the Dean of the Graduate 

School who is responsible for the final decision. 

7. Appeal of any decision is made through the Graduate SchooL





Category: Teaching and Education Category Number: 6 

Subject: Continuing Education Course Costs for Students, Staff, and Faculty 

Divisions: All Divisions 

Policy: 

Approvals: 




Staff 

Faculty 

Students 

Page 45 

Date Printed 4/1512008 

Policy Number: 6-2005-01 

Effective Date: Review Dates: Revised Dates: 

November 1, 2004 

II 

It is the policy of the Center for Advanced Dental Education of Saint Louis University to make continuing 

educational programs conducted at CADE available to students, staff, and faculty at no, or little, cost. 

Purpose: 

The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines that determine the consideration of course costs for 

continuing education for CADE personnel. Such policies may be transmitted to groups conducting courses 

at CADE. 

Guidelines: 

For courses sponsored by The Center for Advanced Dental Education 

Students, staff, and faculty (full and part-time) will not pay for attendance and all opportunities afforded 

other participants (food, handouts, etc.) will be provided to the students, staff, and faculty free-of-charge. 

Unless otherwise arranged, students, staff, and faculty will pay for all social events at the same rate as 

normal participants (e.g., sporting events, receptions, special dinners, etc.). 

For courses at CADE that are sponsored by other institutions, and various organizations, groups, 

or companies. 

Students will not pay for attendance and all opportunities afforded other participants (food, handouts, etc) 

will be provided to the students free-of-charge. Unless otherwise arranged, students will pay for all social 

events at the same rate as normal participants (e.g., sporting events, receptions, special dinners, etc). 

Regarding courses for staff and faculty (full and part-time), CADE will attempt to negotiate a rate for staff 

and faculty regarding attendance (i.e., registration fee). Staff and Faculty should anticipate that they will 

be required to pay some fee for such courses, at a minimum to cover the cost of food and course materials. 

Unless otherwise arranged, staff and faculty will pay for all social events at the same rate as normal 

participants (e.g., sporting events, receptions, special dim1ers, etc).

• 




. St. Louis, Missouri 63104 

Category: Patient Care Management Category Number: 5 

Subject: Patient Registration 

Page 38 



Approvals: ! Effective Date: 




Staff 

Faculty 

Students 

February 21, 2005 

Policy: 

I 

I 

Review Dates: Revised Dates: 

It is the policy of the Center for Advanced Dental Education of Saint Louis University that persons 

receiving treatment in its clinics be registered as patients. 

Purpose: 

For a number of reasons (malpractice, legal, etc.) all persons being treated the various clinics at CADE 

must establish a formal doctor/patient relationship with CADE. 

Guidelines: 

1. Regardless of relationship to CADE, all persons receiving treatment must be registered. This applies to 

CADE students, staff, and faculty. In addition, this policy applies to relatives of CADE students, 

staff, and faculty, and all forms of their friends and acquaintances. 

2. No person may be treated in the clinic before registration and related required activities (assignment of 

resident and instructor, determination offee, examination, collection of diagnostic information, 

executing informed consent, etc.). 

3. Treatment in the CADE clinics will only be performed during n0D11al clinic hours and under supervision 

by faculty. No treatment will be perfoD11ed "after hours," except on an emergency basis. 

4. Patients being treated in CADE without being registered will be dismissed as patients. Such persons 

must transfer to outside practitioner and will not be accepted for treatment at CADE in the future. 

5. Residents, faculty, or staff who violate this policy (or participate violations this policy) will be 

suspended or dismissed according the judgment of the Executive Director.





Page 40 


8. No discounts are available to any form of "friend" of faculty members, staff, or residents regardless of 

the logic and the passion of the argument provided. does not qualify an individual to be 

considered a 

9. Regardless all persons receiving treatment in any clinic must be registered as patients. 

10. Only the l-

July 1, 2009 

Dear Colleague: 

1402 South Grand Blvd. 


Phone : 314-977-9801 

Fax : 314-977-9899 


School of Medicine 

Office of the Dean 

Attached is your copy of the Saint Louis University Health Professional Letter of Indemnity. 

This document sets forth the terms, conditions and limits of medical professional liability 

coverage provided to you under the University’s program. 

I urge you to take the time to read this document. It details the coverage afforded you and 

describes your responsibilities in the event of an incident, claim or lawsuit. 

Please note that the University retains responsibility for $1,000,000 in coverage for each and 

every occurrence, so it is extremely important that all adverse outcomes be reported to the 

General Counsel’s Medical Center Office immediately. 

Please note that coverage only applies while you are acting within the scope and course of your 

University employment or normal student responsibilities. Any extension of coverage beyond 

this must be approved in advance and in writing by me. Extension requests should begin with the 

appropriate Department Chairperson and then be forwarded to me. 

For the 2009-2010 fiscal year, the Associate General Counsel’s Medical Center Office will again 

be using a Web-based procedure for accessing, reading and acknowledging the Health 

Professional Letter of Indemnity. Please follow the instructions in the attached email for 

accessing the Professional Liability Insurance Information Web Page. 

If questions arise concerning this document, please feel free to contact Camille Bruton Reinhold, 

Claims Coordinator for Saint Louis University Medical Center at 977-5767 (brutoncm@slu.edu). 

Should you need a certificate of insurance/evidence of insurance or claims history for an outside 

organization, please direct your request to Susan Dragon, Paralegal for the General Counsel’s 

Office at 977-5959 (sdragon@slu.edu ). 

Sincerely, 

Philip O. Alderson, M.D. 

Dean, School of Medicine


HEALTH PROFESSIONAL LETTER OF INDEMNITY 

July 1, 2009 – June 30, 2010 

1. NATURE AND EXTENT OF PROTECTION 

a. This protection is a voluntary undertaking by Saint Louis University, 

subject to the terms and limits set forth herein, to pay on behalf of those 

protected, all sums those protected may become legally obligated to pay as 

compensatory damages because of injury or death to any person arising 

out of the rendering of, or failure to render, health care services. The 

“sums” referred to in the preceding sentence shall include payment of 

judgments, settlements, attorneys’ fees, investigative fees, witness fees 

and other similar litigation expenses. 

b. Health professional liability protection is afforded to Saint Louis 

University employees and duly registered students of Saint Louis 

University at the Saint Louis University Medical Center for occurrences 

during the performance of health care related duties for, or under the 

auspices or direction of Saint Louis University, or during the performance 

by them of other health care activities with the permission or approval of 

Saint Louis University by and through the Dean of the School of Medicine 

or his/her designee. 

i. As used herein, the term “employee” refers to full-time and parttime 

salaried faculty members of the various departments and 

schools of the Saint Louis University Medical Center, voluntary 

faculty members when serving under the direction and 

authorization of the appropriate dean, and any other person 

employed by Saint Louis University to render or assist in health 

care. 

ii. As used herein, the term “student” means students at the Saint 

Louis University Medical Center and includes residents, interns, 

medical students, graduate students, fellows, undergraduate 

students or any other person in student status as designated in 

writing by the Dean of the School of Medicine of Saint Louis 

University or his/her designee. 

iii. The sole person authorized to grant the “permission or approval” 

referred to in Paragraph b is the Dean of the School of Medicine of 

Saint Louis University or his/her designee and the “permission or 

approval” shall be stated in writing except when the health care 

services of the employee or student are those customarily or 

regularly engaged in by persons employed or enrolled in Saint 

Louis University at the Saint Louis University Medical Center. 

Page 2 of 7

c. Protection is afforded to each protected individual for professional 

services rendered as emergency aid in a “Good Samaritan” capacity. 

d. Protection is provided under this agreement to any person performing 

volunteer health services without remuneration, on or off the University’s 

premises, only if their participation has been approved in advance and in 

writing by the Dean of the School of Medicine of Saint Louis University, 

or his/her designee, upon recommendation of the appropriate Department 

Chairperson. 

e. Full-time faculty members on sabbatical or other leave shall be covered 

only if they are receiving University salary during the period of leave, and 

only if their participation in providing health services has been approved 

in advance and in writing by the Dean of the School of Medicine of Saint 

Louis University, or his/her designee, and only if no remuneration other 

than salary from Saint Louis University is received by the faculty member 

for the performance of health care services. 

f. The protection provided hereunder shall be applicable only with respect to 

health care services rendered by the person seeking protection while such 

person is acting as an employee, student or protected person within the 

meaning of this document and during the time this document is effective, 

and only to the extent provided by this document. If these conditions are 

met, the protection here rendered is effective regardless of the status of the 

person seeking protection at the time a claim is asserted or any loss is 

settled or paid. 

g. Persons covered under this agreement may carry, or be entitled to the 

benefit of, other liability coverage. When there is other indemnity or 

insurance covering professional liability which would be available to the 

person seeking to be protected hereunder if this document and its 

protection did not exist, then the protection provided hereunder, including 

the defense of claims and suits against protected employees or students, 

shall be limited to the excess over and above such other indemnity or 

insurance and shall be void and inapplicable to the extent of such other 

indemnity protection or insurance. This is true regardless of any “other 

insurance” or similar language in such other indemnity or insurance 

agreements. For the protection of this document to be applicable as excess 

protection, the person covered by other indemnity or policy of insurance 

shall take all necessary measures to enforce the coverage provided by such 

other sources. If for any reason the protection here provided be deemed or 

held to be on a contributing basis with other indemnity, protection or 

insurance, such contribution shall be on an equal basis with such other 

protection, and shall in no event be based on any ratio involving policy, 

coverage or indemnity limits. 

Page 3 of 7

2. EXCLUSIONS 

This protection does not apply: 

a. To bodily injury and psychological injury to any employee of Saint Louis 

University arising out of and in the course and scope of his/her 

employment by Saint Louis University; 

b. To any obligation for which Saint Louis University or any insurance 

company as insurer of the person affected may be held liable under any 

Workers’ Compensation unemployment compensation or disability 

benefits law, or under any similar law; 

c. To injury or damage resulting from the acts or omissions of an employee 

or student while intoxicated, under the improper influence of drugs or 

narcotics, or engaged in a criminal act, or to harm willfully or 

intentionally caused, provided that this exclusion shall not be a bar to 

protection for any other employee or student against whom a claim is 

made as the result of such acts or omissions, unless said other employee or 

student participating in the providing of health services knew or should 

reasonably have been expected to know that the services performed, or to 

be performed, by another person providing services, were subject to the 

terms of this exclusion; 

d. To property damage to property owned, occupied or used by, rented to, or 

in the care, custody or control of, or over which physical control is being 

exercised for any purpose by Saint Louis University, its employees or 

students; 

e. To any employment relationship with an employer other than Saint Louis 

University or any self-employment situation furnishing health care 

services, unless the protection of this document has been extended in 

writing, in advance, by the Dean of the School of Medicine of Saint Louis 

University or his/her designee; 

f. To any injury, claim, expense, demand, settlement, suit, judgment or 

damages involving undue familiarity, sexual intimacy, sexual misconduct 

or assault concomitant therewith; 

g. To statutory or other fines; 

h. To injury or damage resulting from acts or omissions of any employee or 

student that are contrary to law; 

i. To injury or damage resulting from acts or omissions of any employee or 

student that exceed or go beyond the scope of the written permission or 

approval previously granted by the Dean of the School of Medicine of 

Saint Louis University, or his/her designee, unless such acts or omissions 

Page 4 of 7

occur during the providing of emergency aid in a “Good Samaritan” 

capacity. 

j. To claims or suits that are not promptly disclosed and reported in the 

manner provided in Section 3 of this document; 

k. To any claim, suit, liability, expenses, demands, settlements or judgments 

for which coverage has been contractually assumed by another insurance 

plan or an entity other than Saint Louis University. 

3. PROTECTED PERSONS’ DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE, 

CLAIM OR SUIT 

a. Upon becoming aware of any actual or alleged injury or incident with the 

potential for later giving rise to a claim, or upon receipt of a notice of a 

claim or suit to which this protection applies, the involved employee or 

student must notify the Associate General Counsel of the actual or alleged 

injury or incident, including particulars sufficient to identify the protected 

person and any reasonably obtainable information with respect to the time, 

place and circumstances thereof, and the names and addresses of the 

injured person and of any available witnesses. These notices may be 

provided either by accessing the online incident reporting link at 

slucareincident.slu.edu, by calling in to the incident reporting line at 314- 

977-8778, or by hand-delivering said notification to the Associate General 

Counsel in the General Counsel’s Medical Center Office at 3556 Caroline 

Mall, Caroline Building, Room C-130. Such notices shall be made or 

delivered within 48 hours of the involved employee or student becoming 

aware of the incident, injury or claim. These notices are prepared in 

anticipation of defense, for the use of our attorneys, and are intended to be 

privileged attorney-client communication prepared for the purpose of 

seeking legal advice. If any other policy of insurance or other 

indemnification is applicable to any of the persons providing health care 

who were involved in the reported incident, the report should indicate the 

name of the provider of other coverage, their address and the amount of 

coverage. 

4. ASSIGNMENT OF PROTECTION 

a. The interest hereunder of a protected person is not assignable. If the 

protected person should die or be adjudged incompetent, this coverage 

will inure to the benefit of the protected person’s legal representative with 

respect to liability previously incurred and covered by this document. 

5. DEFENSE AND SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS AND SUITS 

a. Saint Louis University shall, through counsel and personnel of its choice, 

defend claims and suits against the protected person, even if one or more 

of the allegations of the claim or suit are groundless, false or fraudulent. 

Page 5 of 7

. Saint Louis University and its attorneys may offer counsel with respect to 

claims for punitive or exemplary damages without voiding other 

provisions of this document and without incurring liability to pay any 

judgment or claim for or on account of punitive or exemplary damages. 

c. As a condition of coverage under this agreement, all protected persons 

hereby assign their right to waive any conflicts of interest, with respect to 

the retention of counsel, to Saint Louis University. This assignment shall 

become null and void to the extent a claim involves allegations outside the 

scope of protection provided hereunder. 

d. Saint Louis University may settle any claim or suit brought against any 

protected person, as it deems proper. Any protected person may be 

consulted prior to settlement to determine their views concerning 

compromise. However, Saint Louis University, through its authorized 

representatives, shall ultimately determine whether settlement shall occur 

and at what amount and the decision shall be final. 

e. All protected persons, as a condition for the protection afforded, shall be 

required to cooperate fully with Saint Louis University and its designated 

counsel and personnel in processing and defending any claims or suits 

directed against any protected person or against Saint Louis University as 

a result of the activity of the protected person. 

6. EFFECTIVE DATES 

a. Subject to all terms and conditions contained herein, this Letter of 

Indemnity covers protected persons for claims or suits arising from health 

care services rendered July 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010 irrespective of 

the date a claim for damages or lawsuit is first presented to the protected 

person or Saint Louis University. Claims and suits presented February 28, 

1998 and after, but related to health care services rendered prior to 

February 28, 1998, will be governed by the Letter of Indemnity in effect at 

the time of the subject health care service. 

7. LIMIT OF FINANCIAL LIABILITY 

a. The extent of protection provided by Saint Louis University to each 

protected person under this Letter of Indemnity is $1,000,000 per 

occurrence, inclusive of allocated claims adjustment expenses, subject to a 

combined maximum aggregate of $3,000,000, over the effective period, 

for all claims and suits against all protected persons and Saint Louis 


b. In addition to the levels of protection provided by this Letter of Indemnity, 

Saint Louis University has purchased, on behalf of the institution and on 

behalf of all protected persons, excess commercial insurance in the 

amounts at least equal to $20,000,000 per occurrence and $20,000,000 in 

Page 6 of 7

combined aggregate. Insurance protection above the Letter of Indemnity 

is provided per the terms and conditions of the excess insurance policy. 

8. AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION 

a. The terms of this document can be amended or modified by Saint Louis 

University as it deems necessary and changes shall be expressed in 

writing. Such changes shall be sent to Saint Louis University employees 

and duly registered students of Saint Louis University at the Saint Louis 

University Medical Center. Such changes shall be prospective only, 

unless otherwise expressly provided in writing. Only the Dean of the 

School of Medicine of Saint Louis University or his/her designee has the 

authority to grant exceptions to the terms of this document, which 

exceptions shall be in writing. 

9. TERMINATION 

a. This voluntary protection program outlined herein will remain in force 

through June 30, 2010. It may, at the option of Saint Louis University, be 

terminated and replaced in whole or in part by a modified or different 

voluntary protection program or a policy or policies of insurance or 

reinsurance with limits of liability as selected by the University. 

b. This voluntary protection program may be terminated by Saint Louis 

University at its discretion upon thirty (30) days notice to those protected 

hereunder. 

July 1, 2009 

Philip O. Alderson, MD 

Dean, School of Medicine 

Page 7 of 7


CATALOG OF THE 

GRADUATE SCHOOL 

2009

SLU Mission Statement 

The Mission of Saint Louis University is the pursuit of truth for the greater glory of 

God and for the service of humanity. The University seeks excellence in the 

fulfillment of its corporate purposes of teaching, research, health care and service to 

the community. It is dedicated to leadership in the continuing quest for understanding 

of God's creation and for the discovery, dissemination and integration of the values, 

knowledge and skills required to transform society in the spirit of the Gospels. As a 

Catholic, Jesuit university, this pursuit is motivated by the inspiration and values of 

the Judeo-Christian tradition and is guided by the spiritual and intellectual ideals of 

the Society of Jesus. 

In support of its mission, the University: 

Encourages and supports innovative scholarship and effective teaching in all fields of 

the arts; the humanities; the natural, health and medical sciences; the social sciences; 

the law; business; aviation; and technology. 

Creates an academic environment that values and promotes free, active and original 

intellectual inquiry among its faculty and students. 

Fosters programs that link University resources to local, national and international 

communities in collaborative efforts to alleviate ignorance, poverty, injustice and 

hunger; extend compassionate care to the ill and needy; and maintain and improve the 

quality of life for all persons. 

Strives continuously to seek means to build upon its Catholic, Jesuit identity and to 

promote activities that apply its intellectual and ethical heritage to work for the good 

of society as a whole. 

Welcomes students, faculty and staff from all racial, ethnic and religious backgrounds 

and beliefs and creates a sense of community that facilitates their development as men 

and women for others. 

Nurtures within its community an understanding of and commitment to the 

promotion of faith and justice in the spirit of the Gospels. 

Wisely allocates its resources to maintain efficiency and effectiveness in attaining its 

mission and goals.

Graduate School Mission Statement 

The Mission of The Graduate School is to define and support excellence in graduate 

education through teaching, research, scholarship, and community activities. The 

Graduate School is dedicated to educating leaders who will contribute to the 

knowledge and skills of their disciplines, promote the discovery of new knowledge, 

and who will use, integrate, and disseminate this knowledge consistent with the values, 

ethics, and intellectual ideals of the Society of Jesus. 

In realizing its mission The Graduate School is committed to specific goals and 

objectives: 

• To articulate a vision of excellence for the graduate community 

• To bring an institution-wide perspective to all post-baccalaureate endeavors 

• To maintain academic standards across all academic disciplines 

• To promote the ideals of a Catholic, Jesuit education 

• To promote the research mission of the University 

• To provide quality control over all aspects of graduate education 

• To enhance the community of scholars among both graduate students and 

faculty 

• To develop strategies for graduate education that contribute to and enhance 

undergraduate education 

• To serve as an advocate for graduate education 

• To provide a cross-university perspective 

• To emphasize the institution-wide importance of training future college and 

university teachers 

• To serve as an advocate for issues and constituencies critical to the success of 

graduate programs 

• To support and further the non-academic interests of graduate students

General Information 

THE UNIVERSITY 

History 

Saint Louis University, a private university under Catholic 

and Jesuit auspices, traces its history to the foundation of the 

Saint Louis Academy by the Right Reverend Louis William 

DuBourg, Bishop of Louisiana, in 1818. At Bishop DuBourg's 

request, the Society of Jesus assumed the direction of the 

school in 1827. This small Jesuit college received its charter 

as Saint Louis University in 1832, becoming the first university 

established west of the Mississippi River. The University 

settled at its present site on Grand Boulevard in 1888. 

The University is physically divided into three campuses. The 

Frost Campus is located in the Grand Avenue midtown area, 

and the Medical Center Campus one mile to the south. The 

third campus, the home of Saint Louis University in Spain, 

is in Madrid. The Madrid Campus offers the opportunity for 

a study-year abroad. It also provides an integrated program 

of course work for Spanish students preparing to complete 

a baccalaureate degree in residence at the University in St. 

Louis. Limited opportunities for graduate study are available 

in Madrid. 

Saint Louis University is classified as a DoctorallResearch 

University Extensive institution by the Carnegie 

Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching. The 

University enrolls more than 11,000 full- and part-time 

students including approximately 500 internationals on F or 

J visas and collectively from nearly 80 countries worldwide. 

Some 96,000 alumni are engaged in a wide spectrum of professional 

pursuits throughout the world. 

The University is presently composed of the following 

schools: 

College of Arts and Sciences (established in 1818) 

The Graduate School (1832) 

School of Law (1842) 

College of Philosophy and Letters (1898) 

School of Medicine (1903) 

John Cook School of Business (1910) 

Parks College of Engineering, Aviation, 

and Technology (1927) 

School of Nursing (1928) 

School of Social Work (1930) 

Doisy College of Health Sciences (1979) 

School of Public Health (1991) 

School for Professional Studies (1996) 

College of Public Service (1998) 

Degrees Offered 

On the undergraduate level Saint Louis University offers an 

array of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, and professional 

bachelor's degrees appropriate to particular schools and 

programs. Associate degrees and celtificates are available in 

selected fields. 

In addition, The Graduate School offers master's degrees and 

doctoral degrees through academic units of the College of Atts 

and Sciences, the Cook School of Business, Parks College of 

Engineering, Aviation, and Technology, the College of Public 

Service, the School of Nursing, the Doisy College of Health 

Sciences, the School of Public Health, and the biomedical science 

departments of the School of Medicine. The MBA, MSW, 

JD, and MD degrees are available through the Schools of 

Business, Social Work, Law, and Medicine, respectively. 

Accreditation 

The primary accreditation of Saint Louis University is with 

the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary 

Schools. (Inquires on accreditation may be made to the commission 

on Institutions of Higher Education of the North 

Central Association of Colleges and Schools, 30 North 

LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, Illinois 60602, telephone 

800.621.7440.) Individual schools and numerous programs of 

the University have also attained accreditation by appropriate 

professional organizations. 

Objectives 

In keeping with its mission as a Jesuit institution dedicated to 

striving for excellence under the inspiration of the Catholic 

faith, Saint Louis University seeks to establish a collegial 

environment in which those of diverse cultural backgrounds 

and religious beliefs can participate in the community in a 

spirit of cooperation and mutual respect. 

Based on the conception of the person as a free and responsible 

agent capable of making a difference for good or ill in 

the world, the University directs its educational efforts to help 

students develop as critically reflective and socially responsible 

persons, capable of exercising leadership in advancing the 

cause of human good in the world, through service to others. 

To accomplish its, goals the University's undergraduate curriculum 

integrates the humanities, social sciences, natural 

sciences, and technology in a unified effort to challenge students 

to understand themselves, their world, and their relation 

to God; to make critically informed moral judgments; and to

Library and to the libraries of St. Louis County. 

For additional information, please visit the Libraries of Saint 

Louis University at: http://slulink.slu.edu 

Academic Computing 

A wide range of computing, networking, seminars, consulting 

assistance, and support resources is available on the Frost 

and campuses for instructional, research, and administrative 

purposes. General purpose microcomputing laboratories are 

located in Des Peres, Ritter, and McDonnell-Douglas Halls 

and the School of Nursing building. These laboratories support 

word processing and general office software, statistical 

software, email, and Internet and intranet access. Most buildings 

on campus have Internet 2 access and capabilities. 

Students, staff, faculty members have access to wireless internet 

at numerous hot-spots on campus. The entire campus of 

Saint Louis University will soon have access to a wireless 

internet connection. Students may access the internet through 

their laptop or desktop computers at hot-spot across campus, 

using their Saint Louis University e-mail user name and their 

Banner pin. 

There are also numerous specialized computing labs and hightech/"smart" 

classrooms located throughout the University. 

"ResNet" provides direct, high-speed connectivity to all 

student residence-hall rooms. Each student receives an email 

account on the SLU email system. 

After students have received a SLU email login ID and password, 

confidential access to student records is available online 

through Banner. The University intranet portal, Gateway. 

sIu.edu, provides access to many online resources. 

Additional infOlmation is available at http://banner.s]u.edu, 

http://gateway.slu.edu or by contacting the Registrar's office. 

Academic Centers and Institutes 

The University's academic resources include a number of centers 

and institutes that serve as practicum and internship sites 

and/or opportunities for interdisciplinary study and research. 

The Center for Medieval and Renaissance Studies combines 

resources of these periods from the departments of English, 

Fine and Performing Arts, History, Modern and Classical 

Languages, Philosophy, and Theological Studies. Other comparable 

resources on the Frost Campus include the Speech, 

Language, and Hearing Clinics, the Center for Counseling and 

Family Therapy, the Center for Applied Behavioral Science, 

the Emerson Center for Business Ethics, the SmUlfit-Stone 

Center for Entrepreneurial Studies, the Midwest Center for 

Policy Research and Evaluation, and the Center for Liturgy. 

On the Health Sciences Center Campus, the Anheuser-Busch 

Eye Institute specializes in ophthalmic patient-care, teaching, 

and research. The Institute for Molecular Virology provides 

facilities for instruction and research in molecular virology, 

viral oncology, and cancer biology. In the Pediatric Research 

General InfOlmation - 7 

Institute fundamental research and laboratory training in 

developmental biology are conducted. The Center for Health 

Care Ethics addresses ethical issues in medicine through education 

and research. The Center for the Study of BiotelTorism 

and Emerging Infections, the Center for Biomedical and 

Health Care Research, and the Center for HlV/STD Policy 

Studies exist within the School of Public Health. The Center 

for Advanced Dental Education houses the graduate degree 

programs in Endodontics, Orthodontics, and Periodontics and 

conducts continuing-education programs in dentistry. 

Office of the Registrar 

The Office of the Registrar has primary responsibility for registration, 

recording of students' academic progress (and maintenance 

of the students' permanent records), distribution of 

transc11pts, certifications of student status, Veterans' certifications 

(for benefits), graduation/diplomas, and the publication 

of class-schedules, the Undergraduate Catalog, and related 

academic materials. The Registrar is generally responsible for 

the computerized student information management system, 

and for the protection of the students' right to privacy with 

reference to dissemination of information as dictated by the 

Federal Education Rights and P11vacy and Civil Rights Acts 

and the students' desires. Separate registrar's offices exist for 

the School of Law and the School of Medicine. 

For additional infOlmation, please visit: http://www.slu.edu/ 

services/registrar 

Educational Technology Services 

The Instructional Media Center, located in Xavier Hall Annex 

on the Frost Campus, provides the University with classroompresentation 

equipment, student video-viewing cubicles, distance-learning 

support, and assistance for the production of 

audio-visual instructional materials in a "do-it-yourself' laboratory. 

The Educational Technology Laboratory on the ground 

floor of the School of Nursing building also offers self-service 

multimedia viewing and materials production to students and 

faculty at the Health Sciences Center Campus. Both sites host 

extensive catalogs of instructional videos for faculty checkout 

01' student reserve viewing, which are also searchable 

on the Information Technology Services website (www.slu. 

edu/its). Educational Computing Services, which operates the 

Educational Technology Laboratory, also provides computer 

software- and hardware-refresh services to public and academic 

laboratories across the University. 

The Paul C. Reinert, S.J., Center 

for Teaching Excellence 

The existence of the Reinelt Center for Teaching Excellence 

reflects Saint Louis University's commitment to quality teaching. 

The Center for Teaching Excellence was established July

10 - General Information 

is available on our Website: www.slu.edu/services!parking. 

Running when classes are in session, the Billiken Bus Line 

provides transportation within and between the Frost and 

Health Sciences -Center campuses; the service is available 

Monday through Friday, 7 a.m. until 10 p.m. Current schedules 

may be obtained from the Web at www.slu.edu/services/transportation. 

Vans and buses are available for private 

charter to student and faculty organizations; reservations must 

be made two weeks in advance. Contact the Transportation 

Services Office, McDonnell Douglas Hall, Room 0112; telephone 

977.7128. 

Career Services 

The mission of Career Services is to help students and alumni 

find their career-paths by discovering their passion and purpose. 

Graduate students are encouraged to consult with a 

career counselor early in their graduate program and to seek 

opportunities for career-related experiences throughout their 

academic programs. 

Counselors in Career Services can help graduate students clarify 

their professional goals, enhance their resumes or curriculum 

vitae, create job-search plans, develop networking skills, 

and hone their interviewing skills. For more information, 

students are encouraged to visit Career Services on the Web 

at http://careers.slu.edu, at the Academic Resources Center 

(3840 Lindell Boulevard, Suite 100), or call 314.977.2828. 

Recreational Facilities 

The Simon Recreational Center features a wide range of sport 

and recreation facilities, services, and programs. The Center's 

facilities include five racquetball courts, a squash COUlt, six 

mUltipurpose courts (for basketball, volleyball, tennis, etc.), 

a fully equipped, modern, weight and cardiovascular area, 

a fitness testing lab, a 40-meter swimming pool, saunas, 

whirlpool, spinning studio and two multipurpose rooms, 

and an indoor running track. The Phase I expansion of the 

Simon Recreational Center is now complete. This expansion 

includes: more than 150 new pieces of fitness equipment, a 

juice bar and lounge, additional locker rooms, several multipurpose 

rooms, full wellness suite, climbing wall and gaming 

area. The second Phase of the expansion, which includes additional 

locker space and an event room, should be completed 

in the SpIing of 2007. 

In addition, there is another weight and cariovascular room 

in the Salus Center. Outdoor recreational facilities include a 

softball field, a sand-volleyball court, three swimming pools, 

and a multipurpose intramural field. The park area at Compton 

and Laclede features a putting green, gazebo, walking path, 

and a lake for the enjoyment of the SLU community. 

In addition to club-sports and intramural programs, fitness! 

wellness programs, and aerobics classes, informal, drop- 

in opportunities are offered at the Center on a year-round 

basis. All currently enrolled students are automatically members. 

Faculty, staff, alumni, and their spouses may purchase 

memberships. For more information, contact the Campus 

Recreation office located in the Simon Recreation Center at 

977.3181. or at: http://www.slu.edu/organizations/crcisc/ 

Dining Services 

Saint Louis University contracts with Chartwells to provide 

University dining services to the staff, faculty, and students 

on the Frost and Health Sciences Center campuses. Bannister 

House, located at 3824 Lindell, also provides breakfast, lunch, 

and catered meetings to faculty, staff, and alumni. COlporate 

memberships are available. The Frost campus offers seven 

dining locations and the Health Sciences Center provides two 

locations. Cash, flex dollars or Billiken Bucks are accepted at 

each site. 

The Busch Student Center is the home of several popular dining 

services. The lower level of the BSC features Au Bon Pain 

which serves breads and bakery goods, sandwiches, soups and 

salads. Also on the lower level, Salsaritas serves a variety of 

fresh Mexican cuisine. The Marketplace is located on the second 

floor and offers a variety of options from Chinese fare to 

Italian pizzas and pastas as well as soups and salads. 

Fresh Gatherings, located in the School of Allied Health 

Professions building on the Health Sciences Campus is open 

8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. Fresh 

Gatherings, run by the Department of Nutrition and Dietetics, 

offers locally grown, sustainable fare at a reasonable cost. 

Many delicious entree and meal options are available for vegetarians 

and non-vegetarians alike. 

Ameren Cafe, located in the Cook School of Business, is open 

from 7:00 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. Monday through Thursday. On 

Fridays the cafe closes at 2:00 p.m. Soups and sandwiches are 

available. 

Fusz Food COUlt, located in Fusz Hall, opens daily at 10:00 

a.m. and closes at midnight, Sunday through Thursday, and at 

7:00 p.m. on Friday and Saturday. Residence Dining Centers, 

located in Griesedieck, DeMattias, and Reinert Halls feature 

an al1-you-care-to-eat format. Griesedieck dining is open 

every day. Reinert and DeMattias centers are open Monday 

through Friday_ 

Meal Plans: University Dining Services is proud to offer a 

wide variety of flexible meal plans as an easy and convenient 

way to enjoy dining on campus. After purchasing a Meal Plan, 

the meal card may be used at anyone ofthe three all-you-careto-eat 

residence dining locations and in the flex-dollars portion 

at any campus dining facility. Commuter Plan - designed specifically 

for the non-traditional commuter student who wants 

the convenience of an on-campus meal-plan. The C-plan features 

a block of 20 meals per semester plus $100 flex dollars. 

Standard meal plans are available on a semester basis for 19, 

10, 8 or 5 meals a week plus a flex-dollar amount.

With any pertinent questions, contact the Dining Service 

Office at 314.977.2827. The Office is open Monday through 

Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. 

Call Bannister House at 977.CLUB, Fusz Food Court at 

977.1549, and Allied Health Food Court at 977.8229. 

Banking and ATM Machines 

Saint Louis University is home to a branch office of US Bank 

which is located on the ground floor of the Busch Student 

Center. The Busch Center has a US Bank ATM machine on 

the ground floor, and a Commerce ATM on the second floor. 

Additional ATM machines are located at the Grand entrance 

to DuBourg Hall, in the lobby of the Fusz Residence Hall, 

and on the Medical Center Campus on the first floor of the 

University Hospital. 

Campus Ministry 

Campus Ministry focuses on promoting the religious life of 

the University through liturgies, special events, retreats, service 

opportunities and sacramental preparation. The Frost 

Campus offices of Campus Ministry are located in Wuller 

Hall, immediately northwest of the Clock Tower. Priests and 

ministers of several denominations are available for personal 

and religious counseling on all three campuses. 

For additional information, please visit: 

http://www.slu.edu/services/ministry 

Billiken Bucks 

Billiken Bucks is a debit account program that allows students 

and employees to deposit money on account in Parking and 

Card Services with offices in DuBourg Hall Room 33 and the 

MacDonald Building. When purchases are made at campus 

dining facilities, coffee shops, convenience store, and the 

bookstore, the SLU ill card is swiped, and the amount of the 

purchase is deducted from the account. For more information, 

call 314.977.3471. 

Athletics 

Saint Louis University is a member of the National Collegiate 

Athletic Association (NCAA Division 1) and of Mid Atlantic 

10. Presentation of a current/valid SLU identification cOO'd at 

the gate/door of a "home" athletic event by a student entitles 

that student to attend that event free of charge on a first-come, 

first-served basis with one exception: men's basketball. For 

each home men's basketball game, each student may obtain 

one complimentary, reserved ticket one or two business days 

prior to each game from the Ticket Office (314.977.3182) in 

the Bauman-Eberhardt Athletic Center on the Frost Campus. 

Subject to availability, each student may purchase one additional 

ticket at half price, Complimentoo'y tickets to students 

are not available on the day of the game. The Basketball 

GeneralInformation - 11 

Billikens currently play their home games in the Scottrade 

Areana in downtown St. Louis. 

In March of 2008, the Chaifetz Arena, home to the Basketball 

and Volleyball Billikens, will open its doors. This facility has 

a seating capacity of 10,600, 12 private suites, hospitality 

areas, merchandise outlets, training facilities, sports medicine 

facilities, and athletic offices. The Chaifetz Arena will provide 

the Billikens a true home-court advantage and enrich the 

University and campus life. For additional information about 

the Saint Louis University Arena, please visit: http://oo·ena.slu. 

edu/oo'ena4.html 

Both the men's and women's soccer teams play their intercollegiate 

games on campus at the Robert R. Hermann Stadium. 

The sUiface is a mixture of blue grasses that covers an area of 

155,000 square feet. The Billikens play on a regulation 120x 

75-yard soccer pitch. The Robert R. Hermann Stadium's 

seating capacity is 6,050. Facilities include a concession 

stand, locker rooms, press facilities and a rooftop area for 

press cameras and videotaping. 

In addition to the soccer stadium, The Billiken Sports Center 

is home to the baseball and softball Billikens with an updated 

baseball field and state-of-the-art softball diamond. The 

Billiken Tennis Center that includes nine courts is across 

Laclede Avenue from the fields. For information about open 

courts and to make reservations, call 314.977.318L 

The Billiken Sports Center is located one block east of 

Grand Boulevard on Laclede Avenue, just behind the Busch 

Memorial Student Center on the University's Frost Campus. 

Visitors to the Center are able to park in the 2,000 space Olive 

Street parking gOO'age adjacent to the Center.

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

Administration 

Donald G. Brennan, Ph.D. 

Dean and Associate Provost for Graduate Studies 

Gary U. Behrman, Ph.D. 

Associate Dean of Admissions 

Terri A. Fahrney, Ph.D. 

Assistant Dean for Student Affairs 

Donna J. LaVoIe, Ph. D. 

Associate Dean for Assessment (CASIGS) 

Ronald W. Rebore, Ph.D. 

Sr. Associate Deanfor Academic Affairs 

Offices 

The offices of The Graduate School are in Verhaegen Hall on 

the Frost Campus; the street address is 3634 Lindell 

Boulevard, St. Louis, Missouri 63108-3395. The Admissions 

Staff and Candidacy Advisors of The Graduate School are 

located in Suite 117 and Rooms 105 and 107, respectively. A 

central telephone number for the Graduate School Offices is 

314.977.2240. The Graduate Student Association (GSA), a 

local affiliate of the National Association of Graduate and 

Professional Students, is also in Verhaegen Hall, Suite 319. To 

contact the Graduate School Association, please call 

314.977.2234. The Paul C. Reinert Center for Teaching 

Excellence is located in Pius XII Library. 

Objectives and General Policies 

Graduate study includes a quantitative extension of 

knowledge, but is not merely a continuation of undergraduate 

or professional training. In addition to deepening and 

mastering knowledge in the field of study, the graduate 

student must become familiar with the methods and 

techniques of investigation which will enable the student, 

through personal research, not only to communicate and 

advance knowlcdge, but also to evaluate knowledge in an 

independent and critical manner. 

Graduate students must bccome familiar with the regulations of 

The Graduate School, as presented in this Catalog, and those of 

the chosen major department or program (and, if selected, the 

minor field as well). A graduate student handbook should exist 

in every major field. Each student must, therefore, accept 

responsibility for compliance with these regulations and for the 

consequences associated with noncompliance. 

The mere literal fulfillment of course work requirements does 

11 

not automatically guarantee continuance in The Graduate 

School or advancement to Candidate status. 

The Graduate School reserves the light to modify its 

regulations at any time to conform to changes in University 

practice. 

Organization and Governance 

The Graduate School of Saint Louis University offers 

advanced academic programs at the post baccalaureate level to 

qualified applicants. AU programs of study leading to the 

academic degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, and 

Doctor of Philosophy are under the administration of The 

Graduate School, as are several certificates, a number of 

additional master's, the Specialist in Education, and the 

Doctor of Education degree programs. 

The Graduate School is organized as an integral division of 

the University. The Dean reports to the Provost, the President, 

and to the University Board of Trustees. The Associate and 

Assistant Deans have responsibilities assigned to them by the 

Dean. The Sr. Associate Dean for Academic Affairs is 

responsible for academic programming, data management and 

candidacy fulfillment. The Associate Dean of Admissions 

coordinates admissions activities, as well as diversity and 

presidential fellowships. The Associate Dean for Assessment 

has the charge to assess and insure program quality in regard 

to student learning outcomes for both the College of Arts and 

Sciences, as well as the Graduate School. The Assistant Dean 

for Student Affairs is responsible for graduate assistantships, 

general student issues, as well as serving as the Faculty 

Advisor for GSA. The Graduate Faculty are appointed from 

the Faculty of the collegiate units of the University by the 

Graduate Faculty Membership Committee; an additional 

evaluation takes place toward mentor status. The governance 

of The Graduate School is the responsibility of the Dean and 

the University Board of Graduate Studies. The Board includes 

administrators from The Graduate School and the University 

Libraries, members of the Graduate Faculty appointed by the 

Provost upon recommendation by the Dean, liaison members 

from the Graduate Council, and three graduate students. The 

Graduate Council, with membership including one or more 

representatives from each of the graduate departments or 

programs and three GSA Board Executives, advises the Dean 

on matters pertaining to graduate education at Saint Louis 


The Graduate School has a unique academic structure in that 

the majority of its programs and Faculty overlay and work 

within individual collegiate units of the university. At Saint 

Louis University, academic master's and doctoral programs 

reside within departments of the College of Arts and Sciences, 

the College of Education and Public Service, Doisy College of 

Health Sciences and in the Schools of Business and 

Administration, Medicine, Nursing, and Public Health. 

Several other of the University graduate units and programs 

are also under the direct academic jurisdiction of the Graduate 

School Dean.

Degrees, Major Fields, Areas 

of Concentration, Certificates 

Listed below are the major fields, in alphabetical order, within 

which the University offers advanced degrees through The 

Gl'8duate School. Adjacent to each major field, in order, are 

the associated academic/collegiate unit (in brackets), the 

available degree(s) and/or certificate(s), and the areas of 

concentration if designated (in parentheses). Within a major 

field, all degrees indicated may not be available in every 

concentration listed. The symbol H(R)" denotes a Master's 

research degree; the abbreviation "Pr." refers to a Professional 

(Master's) degree. 

*Must be an admitted student at SLU to enroll 

American Studies [Department of American Studies]: 

M.A., M.A.(R), Ph.D. 

Anatomy [See Center for Anatomical Science and Education] 

Biochemistry [Department of Biochemistry and Molecular 

Biology]: Ph.D. See Biomedical Sciences 

Biology [Department of Biology]: 

M.S., M.S.(R) 

Ph.D. (Cellular and Molecular Regulation; Ecology, 

Evolution, and Systematics) 

Biomedical Engineering [Department of Biomedical 

Engineering]: M.S, M.S.(R), Ph.D. 

Biomedical Sciences[Department of Biomedical Sciences]: 

Ph.D. (Biochemistry, Microbiology and Immunology, 

Pathology, Pharmacological and Physiological Sciences) 

Biosecurity and Disaster Preparedness [School of Public 

Health]: Certificate, M.S., M.P.H. (Concentration), Ph.D. 

(See School of Public Health-Public Health Studies) 

Business Administration [John Cook School of Business]: 

Ph.D. (Study in International Business and Marketing) 

Center for Advanced Dental Education (CADE): 

M.S. (R) (Concentration-Endodontics, Orthodontics, 

Periodontics) 

Center for Anatomical Science and Education: 

Certificate, M.S.(R), Ph.D. (Anatomy) 

Chemistry [Department of Chemistry]: M.S., M.S.(R), Ph.D. 

Communication [Department of Communication]: M.A., 

M.A.(R) 

Communication Sciences and Disorders [Department of 

Communication Sciences and Disorders]: M.A., M.A.(R) 

Community Health (School of Public Health, Department of 

Community Health]: See Public Health 

Counseling and Family Therapy [Department of Counseling 

and Family Therapy]: 

Certificate in MmTiage and Family Therapy 

M.A., M.A. (R) (Counseling) 

M.A., M.A. (R) (Mm'riage and Family Therapy) 

Ph.D. (Maniage and Family Therapy) 

Dentistry Resem'ch [See Center for Advanced Dental 

Education]: M.S. (R) 

Earth and Atmospheric Sciences [Department of Earth and 

Atmospheric Sciences]: 

M.S. (Geoscience) 

M.S.(R) (Geoscience, Geophysics, Meterology) 

M.Pr. 

Ph.D. (Geophysics. Meteorology) 

Educational Leadership [Department of Educational 

Leadership and Higher Education]: 

M.A..Ed.S , Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Lebanon: Ed.D. 

Educational Studies [Department of Educational Studies]: 

M.A. (Curriculum and Instruction, Educational 

Foundations, Special Education) 

M.A.T. 

Ed.D. 

Ph.D. (Curriculum and Instruction, Educational 

Foundations) 

Cyprus Program: M.A., Ph.D. 

Endodontics [See Center for Advanced Dental Education]: 

M.S.(R) 

English [Department of English]: 

Certificate* (Computer Assisted Instruction, Rhetoric and 

Composition Studies, Teaching Excellence) 

M.A., M.A. (R) 

Ph.D. 

French [Department of Modern and Classical Languages]: 

See Modern and Classical Languages 

Geographic Information Systems (Department of Public 

Policy Studies]: Certificate 

Geoscience [Department of Earth and Atmospheric 

Sciences]: 

M.S., M.S. (R) in Geoscience (Geophysics, Geology) 

Ph.D. (Geophysics) 

Health Care Ethics [Center for Health Care Ethics]: 

Certificate (Clinical Healthcare Ethics) 

Ph.D. 

Historical Theology (Depm'tment of Theological Studies]: 

M.A., Ph.D. 

12

History [Department of History]: M.A., M.A.(R), Ph.D. 

Health Administration [School of Public Health, Department 

of Health Management and Policy]: See Public Health 

Integrated and Applied Sciences [Chemistry, Geographic 

Information Systems (GIS), Physics, Biology): Ph.D. 

Mathematics [Department of Mathematics and Computer 

Science]: M.A., M.A.(R), Ph.D. 

Medieval Studies [Center for Medieval and Renaissance 

Studies]: Certificate* 

Meteorology [Department of Earth and Atmospheric 

Sciences]: M.Pr., M.S.(R), Ph.D. 

Microbiology [Department of Molecular Microbiology and 

Immunology]: Ph.D. See Biomedical Sciences 

Modern and Classical Languages [Department of Modern and 

Classical Languages]: M.A. (French, Spanish) 

Nursing [School of Nursing]: 

Post Master's Certificate 

M.S.N., M.S.N. (R) (Adult, Family and Community Health, 

Gerontology, Pediatric, Perinatal, PsychiatriclMental 

Health) 

Ph.D. 

Nutrition and Dietetics [Department of Nutrition and 

Dietetics] : 

M.S. (Dietetics, Nutrition and Physical 

Performance) 

Dietetic Internship Program 

Orthodontics [See Center for Advanced Dental Education]: 

M.S. (R) 

Pathology [Department of Pathology]: Ph.D. See Biomedical 

Sciences. 

Periodontics [See Center for Advanced Dental Education]: 

M.S. (R) 

Pharmacological and Physiological Science [Department of 

Pharmacological and Physiological Science]: Ph.D. See 

Biomedical Sciences 

Philosophy [Department of Philosophy]: M.A., M.A. (R), Ph.D. 

Political Science [Department of Political Science]: M.A., 

M.A.(R) 

Psychology [Department of Psychology]: 

M.s.(R), Ph.D. (Clinical Psychology, Experimental 

Psychology, Industrial-Organizational Psychology) 

Public Health [School of Public Heath]: 

Certificate (Biosecurity and Disaster Preparedness) 

M.H.A.(Health Administration) 

M.S. (Biosecurity and Disaster Preparedness) 

M.P.H., M.S.P.H. (Community Health) 

Ph.D. in Public Health Studies 

Public Policy Studies [Department of Public Policy Studies]: 

Certificate (Organizational Leadership, Geographic 

Information Systems) 

M.A.P.A. (public Administration) 

M.A.U.A. (Ut'ban Affairs) 

M.U.P.R.E.D. (Urban Planning and Real Estate 

Development) 

Ph.D. in Public Policy Analysis 

Renaissance Studies [Center for Medieval and Renaissance 

Studies]: Certificate* 

Research Methodology [Department of Research 

Methodology]: Minor* 

Sociology [Department of Sociology and Criminal Justice]: 

M.A. (Public Sociology, Criminology/Criminal Justice) 

Spanish [Department of Modern and Classical 

Languages]: See Modern and Classical Languages 

Theological Studies [Department of Theological Studies]: 

M.A. (Historical Theology, Theology) 

M.A. in Religious Education 

Ph,D. in Historical Theology 

University Teaching [Paul C. Reinert, SJ, Center for 

Teaching Excellence]: 

Certificate in University Teaching Skills* 

Participation Certificate in University Teaching Skills* 

Women's Studies [Women's Studies Program]: Certificate* 

In addition, The Graduate School jointly administers a number 

of dual-degree programs. These programs, within which a 

student may pursue two advanced degrees concurrently, are in 

many instances cooperative endeavors with other 

(pr?fessional) schools of the University, A list of currently 

acttve dual-degree programs follows. The abbreviations for 

the two degrees are separated by a slash ("r), The 

professional school, if pertinent, is in brackets. If necessary for 

clarification, the major field of the Graduate School portion of 

the offering is in parentheses. 

M.H.A./ M.B.A. [John Cook School of Business] 

M.A.P.A.! J.D. [School of Law] 

M.A.U.A.! J.D. [School of Law] 

M.B.A /J.D [School of Law] 

M,H.A.! J.D. [School of Law] 

M.P.H.! J.D. [School of Law] 

Ph,D. in Health Care Ethics/ J.D. [School of Law] 

13

M.P.H. I M.D. [School of Medicine] 

M.RA.! M.D [School of Medicine] 

Ph.D. in a biomedical science or Health Care Ethics I M.D. 

[School of Medicine] 

M.P.H. I M.S.W. [School of Social Work] 

M.A.P.A / M.S.W. [School of Social Work] 

M.S. in Nutrition and Dietetics / M.P.H. 

M.P.H. I M.S.N 

M.P.H.IM.S.N. (R) 

M.P.H. / Ph.D. in Psychology 

M.A.P.A I M.A. in Political Science 

14

Admission Policies and 

Procedures 

All Graduate School applications and petitions can be completed and downloaded from the Web site: http://graduate.slu.edu 

Categories of Graduate School 

Students 

Classified students have been admitted and matriculated 

into The Graduate School to pursue advanced degrees and 

are advised and directed by academic departments or their 

equivalents. 

Ullclassified students are not formally pursuing degrees or 

certificates, and might not receive advising by academic 

departments or their equivalents in planning their studies. 

Such students may be completing prerequisites for subsequent 

degree pursuit or simply taking coursework for enrichment. 

The former group may be eligible for some categories 

of financial assistance available through the University, but 

the latter is not. Ordinarily, a student may not remain in 

Unclassified status and be eligible for financial aid for more 

than two academic terms. Graduate-level courses taken during 

a specific academic term in Unclassified status will not be 

approved for subsequent inclusion in a degree program unless 

the student seeks and achieves Classified status during that 

term and formally begins degree study with the next available 

academic term. 

PI'obatiollary students are applicants for Classified admission 

who are temporarily assigned to this status because of deficits 

in their academic backgrounds. Tenure in Probationary status 

may not exceed twelve credit-hours or one calendar year. 

Probationary students are advised in course work selection by 

their academic departments. The coursework completed while 

in Probationary status, exclusive of eliminating any prerequisite 

deficiencies, may be accepted toward partial fulfillment 

of degree requirements; however, students must formally 

petition for such acceptance, and receive endorsement from 

the proposed major field. If/when the student is approved to 

advance to Classified status, the Associate Dean of Academic 

Affairs in The Graduate School concurrently recognizes the 

applicable course work. 

Conditional Students 

Conditional Classified applicants are informally admitted, 

which permits them to initiate coursework prior to full 

approval of Classified status. A student is termed Conditional 

often because a required document which would complete 

the Classified application is missing, such as an updated transcript 

showing the conferral of a degree, 0)' other supporting 

documents. The Conditional student may be taking necessmy 

prerequisite work or be awaiting a decision on admission 

into a post-baccalaureate degree pl'Ogl'am elsewhere in the 

University. Ordinarily, a student may remain in Conditional 

status for only one academic tenn, but the course work completed 

during that term may subsequently apply toward a 

graduate degree. 

A conditional, informally admitted, Unclassified student 

is a non-degree-seeking student who has not provided The 

Graduate School with a final transcript showing conferral of 

degree and is informally admitted for only one academic term. 

Certificate students have been admitted and matriculated into 

The Graduate School to pursue advanced degrees and are 

concurrently seeking certificates or have been admitted and 

matriculated directly into certificate programs without seeking 

a degree from the The Graduate School. The student and the 

major field must understand that, although some completed, 

advanced, academic work will partially fulfill requirements 

for both certificate and degree, and some elective credits within 

the degree program may be assigned to the celtificate, full 

completion of both sets of requirements may total credit hours 

in an amount greater than that required to em'n the degree 

alone. For more information regarding certiificate programs, 

contact the individual department or visit: http://www.slu.edu/ 

graduate/degrees/index_ certificate.php 

Auditors m'e students admitted into Unclassified status in The 

Graduate School and who enroll in coursework but not for academic 

credit. They are fOlmaIly registered with the Registrar's 

Office in order to be recognized on their transcripts. They are 

expected to attend classes regularly, but are not responsible for 

assignments or examinations. Attendance is entered into the 

permanent record at the end of the academic term. Tuition to 

audit a course and to take the course for academic credit is $50 

per credit hour. Email, llbrary, and other priviledges associated 

with classified student status m'e granted to auditors. 

Students are pennitted to audit one course per semester, with a 

two course audit limit within a degree program. It is the decision 

of the SchoolS/Colleges whether it is appropriate to permit 

their classified students to audit classes. 

Visitors are students temporarily admitted by the Graduate 

School Dean only for the Summer Sessions. They must secure 

depru·tment or program permission for entry into desired 

courses. Visitors are not required to formally apply to The 

Graduate School, but they must be admitted, then registered, 

and permanent records are created for them. SLU Graduate 

and Professional School alumni are permitted to audit courses 

within five years of their graduation date. Transcripts of 

these records may be requested through the Office of the 

Registrar. Visitors are assessed tuition at $50 per credit hour.

16 - Admission Policies and Procedures 

For Summer registration information, contact the Summer 

Sessions Director in 119 DuBourg Hall, at 314.977.7234, or at 

summer@slu.edu. 

Faculty of Saint Louis University may be admitted and register 

as Unclassified Graduate School students. Faculty holding 

the rank of Assistant Professor of higher, except librarians 

with equivalent rank and SLU assigned Air Force officers, 

ordinarily will not be granted Classified status toward pursuit 

of advanced degrees in the Graduate School. Requests 

for exception to this regulation must be initiated with the 

Graduate School Dean. 

Admission Policies 

A viable applicant must possess, minimally, a baccalaureate 

degree 01' the equivalent from an accredited, recognized 

college or university at the time of matriculation into The 

Graduate School. The applicant's previous academic record 

must indicate the ability and preparation necessary to pursue 

advanced studies. 

In a many traditional fields for whieh majors exist at both the 

baccalaureate and graduate levels, the prerequisite expected 

by the major field is the equivalent of an undergraduate area 

of concentration as understood at Saint Louis University: 

a sequence of eighteen or more semester-hours of upperdivision 

(advanced undergraduate) courses. (Similarly, for 

a formal minor in such a field, the applicant is expected to 

have completed at least twelve credit-hours of upper-division 

work in the field.) In other graduate major fields, if no corresponding 

undergraduate major exists and/or if the master's 

degree credit-hour requirement exceeds thirty, the prerequisite 

requirement may be expressed in an alternative manner. 

Illtematiollal Applicants 

Ordinarily, international applicants may not be admitted to 

Unclassified status. Documents are required of them that 

present evidence of English-language proficiency (generally 

through a TOEFL score-report from a recent examination) 

and, for visa eligibility, certification of financial support for 

the full period of graduate study. The international applicant 

must contact International Student Services at icadmit@slu. 

edu or at 314-977-2318 for eligibility of unclassified status. 

Re-applicatioll 

An accepted Classified applicant must register for Graduate 

School degree work at Saint Louis University within two 

calendar years (less in some fields) of the original acceptance. 

If a Classified student has registered at least once for coursework 

in The Graduate School, and if more than three years 

have elapsed since the last registration, the student will be 

required to re-apply for admission. The fee for re-application 

is one-half of the initial application fee. 

Immunizatioll Policy 

An Classified students in The Graduate School must comply 

with the University's immunization policy. All incoming 

students must complete and submit the SLU Student 

Irrununization Record form, which is included in the acceptance 

packet. All materials should be sent to the: 

Director of Student Health 

SLU Student Health and Counseling Center 

Marchetti Towers East 

3518 Laclede Avenue, First Floor 

St. Louis, MO 63103; 

For all questions regarding student immunization, please contact 

the Director of Student Health at 314.977.2323 or shc@ 

slu.edu. 

Required Application Documents 

1. Application form with accompanying application fee 

2. Official transcripts from all colleges and universities 

attended 

3. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test scores 

(or score from a substitute, standardized test recommended 

by the major field and approved by the Dean) 

4. Three letters of recommendation (preferably from recent 

Instructors) 

5. Resume 

6. Professional goal statement 

7. Possibly other specific documents, as required by 

the major field (Please refer to APPLICATION 

FOR ADMISSION guideHnes in the application packet.) 

Requests for application packets, including departmental 

guidelines, should be made to 


The Graduate School 

3634 Lindell Boulevard 

117 Verhaegen Hall 


or obtained from The Graduate School's web site: 

http://graduate.slu.edu 

Admission Procedures 

The proposed status (Classified. Certificate, or Unclassified) 

must be designated. If Classified or Certificate status is 

sought, the desired major field or program must be indicated. 

An area of concentration Of specialization may be requested. 

A formal minor may be proposed, but is not required of 

Classified applicants. Available minor fields generally include 

all fields in which a graduate degree is offered and, in addition, 

Research Methodology. 

1. The application form and all supporting documents are 

to be sent directly to Graduate School Admissions. If the

applicant forwards transcripts and/or letters of recommendation, 

these documents must be received by The Graduate 

School in sealed envelopes with signatures across the 

seals. The completed Classified or Certificate application 

form with the application fee must be filed before the 

deadline set by the department or program. If an earlier 

date is not specified, the general deadlines are as follows: 

Summer-Aprill; Fall-July 1; Spring-November 1. 

2. Each application for Classified status is evaluated initially 

by an admissions committee in the proposed 

major field (and, if applicable, subsequently in the proposed 

minor field). The Graduate School receives the 

recommendation(s) of the committee(s) and is responsible 

for making the final decision and communicating it to the 

proposed major field and applicant. 

NOTE: Academic records of students who have undertaken 

postsecondary studies outside the United States must 

include the courses taken and/or lectures attended, 

hours of practical laboratory work, the maximum and 

minimum grades attainable, the grades earned or the 

results of all end-of-term examinations, and any honors 

OJ' degrees received. 

3. Applicants whose coursework is exclusively confined to 

Summer Sessions may seek admission only to specific 

non-research master's degree programs. 

4. A post-baccalaureate student may pursue only one 

advanced degree at a time in The Graduate School except 

if admitted to one of several, specific, dual-degree programs. 

Dual-Degree Applications 

An applicant desiring to undcrtake a dual-degree program 

must separately apply, and gain admission, to both advanced 

degree programs. All dual-degree programs admission's criteria 

are to be approved by program directors of both schools/ 

departments in collaboration with the Associate Dean for 

Admissions of The Graduate School. These criteria are intended 

to preserve the academic integrity of each curriculum and 

not interfere with established standards for successful completion 

of each degree within the customm'y time-frame. All final 

decisions rest with the Dean of The Graduate School. 

Matriculation Policies 

1. The matriculated Classified graduate student must maint 

ain continuous enrollment during each nine-month academic 

year until graduation. The academic department (major field) 

determines whether or not graduate students must also enroll 

each summer. Alternatively, students in summers-only programs 

must register every summer until degree requirements 

are fully completed. The student, violating the mandatory 

continuous-enrollment policy, to return to active status, must 

pay a fee/penalty determined by the number of consecutive 

semesters not enrolled. If a student does not enroll for a period 

Admission Policies and Procedures 17 

of three yem's or longer, a new application for admission will 

be required along with a $20 application fee. 

2. Classified graduate students are expected to meet with their 

advisors at least once each semester. Students must have their 

advisor's permission to enroll in new academic work in anticipation 

of a new academic term. 

3. Students may register for zero credit-hour courses. Details 

regarding these enrollments can be found in the Registration 

section of this catalog. Such a registration gives the student 

access to University libraries, computer centers, and other 

resources. 

4. A Classified graduate student may formalize an interruption 

in progress towards a degree by petitioning the majorfield 

chairperson and the Graduate School Dean for a leave 

of absence. The petition must include the reason for the 

requested leave and the specific calendar period of the leave. 

An academic leave to avoid enrolling for just one semester 

will not be approved. For detailed inforatmion regarding this 

policy, see Section X, paragraph X in the Catalog. A typical 

leave-period is one calendar year or the equivalent. 

5. Students on approved leave of absence do not violate the 

mandatory continuous enrollment policy during the leaveperiod; 

however, three years or more with no academic progress 

results in automatic expUlsion from the degree program. 

Students on approved leave generally do not have access to 

University resources. 

6. A Classified student in The Graduate School may petition 

to change the degree sought, concentration, or to add or delete 

a formal l1)inor. The Petition to Amend the Graduate School 

Program is the proper document for such a request. Note that 

a new classified application is generally required to change 

major fields. A student may also petition to continue doctoral 

study immediately upon completion of a master's degree in the 

same major field. The Petition for Admission into a Doctoral 

Degree Program is required in this instance. 

7. All application and petition forms are available in the 

Graduate School Admissions office (117 Verhaegen Hall, 

Frost Campus) or online at http://graduate.slu.edu. 

Transfer of Credit 

The Classified graduate student is expected to complete most 

degree requirements in residence, but some advanced work 

taken elsewhere may be "transferred," subject to specific 

restrictions and by means of a formal process, into the program 

in progress at Saint Louis University. The student must 

initiate a petition and have an official transcript of the work 

proposed for transfer forwarded to The Graduate School. The 

major field makes a recommendation on the petition form, and 

the final decision rest with the Dean. Such it petition will not 

receive consideration until the student has completed a minimum 

of six semester-hours toward the degree in residence. 

Ordinm'i!y, work completed elsewhere more than five yem's 

prior to the beginning of the current SLU degree program

18 Admission Policies and Procedures 

will not be approved for transfer into the current program. 

For a course to qualify, generally, for transfer, the course 

must be applicable for inclusion in the advanced degree 

program and in the present major field of the student at 

the accredited institution where it was taken; the grade 

received must have been B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) or higher. 

(Courses taken on a CreditlNo Credit or Pass/Fail basis 

ordinarily will not be considered for transfer because of 

the difficulty in determination of levels of student performance.) 

Courses taken online (i.e., in the distance-learning 

mode) may be transferable, but coursework taken wholly 

by mail-correspondence will not be considered for transfer. 

A conditional approval of transfer of credit may be 

obtained (but it must be in writing and from the Dean) 

prior to the student's enrollment in the course(s) in question, 

but the petitioning process after completion of the 

course work must still be undertaken. Final approvals of 

transfer of credit are documented in the students' permanent 

records at the University. 

The master's degree student must complete a minimum 

of 80% of the advanced work in residence; i.e., no more 

than 20% may be transferred from another institution. 

For example, within a 30 credit-hour master's program, a 

maximum of six semester-hours of work may be approved 

for transfer toward fulfillment of degree requirements. In 

general, work that was part of a master's degree program 

completed elsewhere will not be approved for transfer; 

Le., the same course may not be "double counted" in two 

separate master's degree programs. Similarly, a graduate 

course taken in partial fulfillment of undergraduate degree 

requirements may not also be included in a graduate 

degree program. 

The Ph.D. degree student must complete a minimum of 

80% or, if matriculating as a post-master's student, at least 

24 credit-hours of postbaccalaureate work in residence in 

preparation for and in anticipation of preliminary degree 

examinations. The Ed.D. degree student must complete 

at least 38 semester-hours of credit in residence. Students 

admitted for doctoral study, having previously completed 

a master's degree in the same or a comparable major 

field, may expect at least a portion of that prior work to 

be recognized as contributing to the overall advanced 

preparation for the doctorate; that portion is equivalent to 

transferred credit, but it is not written into the Saint Louis 

University permanent record (because of its appearance on 

a degree-record elsewhere). For Classified students admitted 

and in residence at least one semester full-time or the 

equivalent, who have completed some postbaccalaureate 

academic work at another university, The Graduate School 

encourages early, formal establishment of that work 

through a petition for "advanced standing." Postgraduate 

work taken at another university and proposed for transfer 

into the program of a student pursuing the Ph.D. degree 

directly from the baccalaureate will be evaluated in individual 

cases and in the full context of the preparation for 

preliminary degree examinations. 

The University Calendar 

The University operates within a fiscal calendar that begins 

on July 1 and ends on June 30. Most colleges/schools of 

the University follow an academic calendar that includes 

two semesters and a set of summer sessions; the "year" 

begins with the Summer Sessions and ends with University 

Commencement at the close of the Second/Spring Semester. 

The Graduate School generally functions within a calendar 

that consists of the Summer Sessions, which run from late 

May to mid-August, a FirstlFall Semester beginning in late 

August and concluding in mid-December, and a Second! 

Spring Semester that starts in January and closes in mid-May. 

The School of Medicine follows a three-trimesters-per-year 

calendar, and some medical-science courses are delivered 

within this calendar. The University Calendar is prepared in 

some detail in advance of the fiscal year; The Graduate School 

supplements that calendar with items and associated dates 

of particular interest to its students. The Graduate School 

Calendar for 2004-06 is located on the inside front cover, and 

a generic academic calendar may be found on the inside back 

cover, of this Catalog. 

Certification of Status 

For the graduate student who previously received financial 

assistance in the form of one or more student loans or who 

desires to seek a new loan, certification of student status is 

necessary. Such certifications are completed in the Office of 

the Registrar or in the Office of Scholarship and Financial Aid 

under guidelines prepared by The Graduate SchooL Graduate 

students are not categorized as full-time or part-time except for 

an individual academic term; as a result, for many students, 

a new certification is necessary every semester and, in some 

instances, also for the Summer Sessions. Generally speaking, 

a student in The Graduate School must be carrying nine (9) 

credit-hours or more of coursework to be certified as full-time 

for the semester; three (3) credit-hours merits one-half-time 

status. Exceptions to this schedule exist; e.g., three (3) credithours 

of Thesis or Dissertation Research are sufficient for 

full-time status for the semester. The offices of The Graduate 

School, the Registrar, and Scholarship and Financial Aid have 

the complete set of guidelines. Formal status certification cannol 

be completed in the Graduate School offices; such materials 

received from loan-holding agencies must be taken by the 

student to the Office of the Registrar.

TUITION/FEES/DEPOSITS 

Tuition and fees are subject to change. The rates for the Fall and 

Spring semesters of the 2006-07 academic year are as follows: 

Tuition 

For most of the programs in 

the Graduate School 

For the Nursing (NR-N) courses 

For the Aerospace Engineering 

program 

For the graduate dental programs 

(CADE) 

For Summer Sessions institutes 

Religious Education through 

Archdiocese 

Academic Fees 

With Classified application 

. With Unclassified application 

For late registration 

Mandatory-continuousenrollment 

violation 

Master's graduation 

Doctoral graduation 

For microfilming Doctoral 

dissertation, project-feport-standard 

open access 

$905 per credit-hour 



$14,945 per half year 


$360 per credit hour 

$40 (nonrefundable) 

$10 (nonrefundable) 

$50 

$100 per semester 

$75 

$150 

$65 

$160 

For copyrighting Doctoral 

$65 (optional) 

dissertation, project-report 

For binding of two thesis/ $30 

dissertation/project-report copies 

Admission Deposit 

All incoming residents/graduate students in the Center for 

Advanced Dental Education programs are required to make a 

deposit of $1,000, applicable toward tuition for the first onehalf 

year, to hold places in the classes. 

Payment of Tuition and Fees 

Payment of tuition, fees, and deposits (not covered by financial 

aid awards) must be made after pre-registration for classes. 

Initial billing statements are mailed to the student's permanent 

address by the Office of Student Accounts. Subsequent 

Admission Policies and Procedures - 19 

billing statements will be mailed to the student's local address, 

or, if specified via Banner, the billing address, throughout the 

term as warranted. 

Students have the option of paying the balance in full or 

participating in a payment plan. Payments must be received 

before the due date. (Post-marked dates are not applicable.). 

Payments should be directed to the Office of the Bursar 

(DuBourg Hall, Room 2) and must be accompanied by the 

top portion of the bill. Check payments may be made by mail 

or in person to the Cashier's Office. Make all checks payable 

to Saint Louis University. The student's nine digit Banner 

number must appear on the face of the check. Credit card payments 

may be made to TMS with a convenience fee if the student 

is paying for the fall or spring term in full or if enrolled 

in one of the TMS payment plans. Failure to make financial 

arrangements by the specified payment deadline will result in 

the registration being canceled. If the registration is canceled, 

no scholarships or financial aid can be paid to the student's 

account. In addition, a $50 fee will be charged to the student's 

account if reregistering during the late registration period. 

Information about scholarships, government subsidized loans, 

and grants is contained in the following section on "Financial 

Aid." A variety of payment plan options are offered by Saint 

Louis University to help you afford a Saint Louis University 

education. 

SLU Budget Plan (Fall and Spring) 

The Budget Plan allows semester charges to be paid in four 

(4) monthly installments each fall and spring semester with a 

1 % per month finance charge. A minimum of 25% of the total 

tuition, fees and room/board charges is due prior to the start of 

classes. The balance including the finance charge is payable 

in three equal installments due October 1, November 1, and 

December 1 in the fall term, or March 1, April 1, and May 1 

in the spring term. The account must be paid in full before the 

next academic term. 

TMS 12 Payment Annual Plan 

Annual interest-free monthly payment plans are provided 

by Tuition Management Systems (TMS) with a full range of 

payment methods (check, online credit or debit card, online 

deduction from checking or savings account, and Western 

Union Phone Pay), and they include education life insurance 

at no additional charge. Advance enrollment is necessary, and 

the non-refundable enrollment fee ($90 or $120 for the 12 or 

10 month plans, respectively) must be paid to TMS. The first 

interest-free payment is due May 1 or July 1, with subsequent 

payments due the first of every month. Contact TMS at www. 

afford.com or toll free at 1(800)343.0911.

A Graduate Teaching Assistant may work with students in 

small groups, lead class discussions, monitor examinations 

and grade papers, help prepare lectures, conduct laboratory 

sessions, or even be responsible for a course as the primary 

instructor. Under the close supervision of the Faculty, teaching 

assistants concUll'ently develop teaching skills and a deeper 

understanding of the discipline. 

A Graduate Research Assistant may be funded by the 

University or by an externally funded research project. In 

either case, the student is assigned a range of duties such 

as library searches, field work, laboratory experiments, and 

preparation of grant applications and proposals so as to gain 

professional skills in research which complement graduate 

education. 

A Graduate Assistant performs other duties that are not primarily 

teaching or research. These duties may include clinical, 

advising, or administrative responsibilities that are inherently 

related to the student's educational and career objectives. 

Presidential Fellowships 

These fellowships include a generous stipend for an elevenmonth 

appointment as well as 21 credit-hours of tuition 

remission and health insurance. The successful applicant must 

be admitted as a Classified student in The Graduate School 

and be a U.S. citizen. 

Dissertation Fellowships 

Dissertation Fellowships are awarded in annual competitions 

to selected Candidates for the Ph.D. degree. Each nine-month, 

academic-year fellowship award includes a stipend, twelve 

semester-hours of tuition remission, and health insurance. 

Tuition Scholarships 

Many graduate programs have a limited number of tuition 

scholarships available for students. These scholarships are frequently 

reserved for students with serious financial need. 

External Fellowships and Traineeships 

Individual departments or programs may receive funding 

from sources external to the University that include support 

of graduate students without service obligations. From such 

grants, graduate students may be appointed to fellowships 

or traineeships consisting of stipends and full tuition scholarships 

with the academic approval of the Graduate Dean. 

Trainees will be required to participate in training experiences 

as demanded by the grantor. Such awards are made for one 

year, but may be renewable. 

Health Sciences Center Graduate Fellowships 

Awards made in the medical sciences include stipends and 

tuition scholarships. These appointments are usually made 

for one year, but satisfactory progress toward the degree may 


lead to reappointment. Fellows must abide by regulations 

established by The Graduate School and associated with these 

awards. 

Diversity Fellowships 

The Diversity Fel10wship is designed to assist in achieving a 

more diverse population of graduate students commensurate 

with the needs of individual disciplines toward enhancing 

diversity in their work-forces. This initiative is consistent with 

SLU's Mission Statement and with its commitment to making 

graduate education more accessible to an inclusive variety of 

applicants. The Diversity Fellowship is awarded to a newly 

accepted master's or doctoral student who has demonstrated 

outstanding scholastic achievement and potential for success 

in graduate school. Applicants are nominated by their departments/major 

fields, and the diversity fellowship committee of 

The Graduate School makes the final selections. 

Private Sources 

Other graduate fellowships are available from various agencies, 

professional organizations, foundations and corporations. 

Most of these awards may be taken by the student to the institution 

where admission is granted. Listings of such awards 

may be found in a variety of reference materials published by, 

for example, the Superintendent of Documents, the National 

Science Foundation, the Department of Education, and the 

Council of Graduate Schools in Washington, DC, the National 

Institutes of Health in Bethesda, MD, and Peterson's Guides 

in Princeton, NJ. Such reference materials are on file in SLU's 

Office of Research Services and the Office of Financial Aid 

and typically should be available in university and public 

libraries. Moreover, information on fellowship opportunities 

is available via a number of on-line information-retrieval services, 

e.g., FEDIX (Federal Information Exchange)/MOLIS 

(Minority On-Line Information System) via the Internet 01' the 

World Wide Web. 

Graduate Student Loans 

The Office of Scholarship/Financial Aid administers a wealth 

of Federal and alternative bank funded loan programs. Federal 

and alternative bank funded loan programs are for many graduate 

students, a cost-effective way to finance their educational 

and living expenses. Most of these loans have low interest 

rates, and all defer repayment until after the completion of the 

student's graduate program of study. In order to be considered 

for any type of financial aid program, the student must submit 

for each new academic yenr, each program's appropriate 

application. 

The Office of Scholarship/Financial Aid can supply all needed 

applications for all programs and lending sources for bankfunded 

loan programs. If applications are needed or questions 

arise regarding these programs, please contact the Office 

at 314.977,2350. The Office of Scholarship/Financial Aid 

encourages early application to better ensure funds availability 

for the academic terms for which the financial assistance

22 - AdmissionPolicies and Procedures 

is sought. 

Federal Stafford Loan Program 

In order to apply for the Federal Stafford Loan program, the 

student must be enrolled as a degree seeking graduate student 

for a minimum of three credit hours per semester and meet 

all other Federal student aid eligibility criteria and file each 

academic year's Free Application for Federal Student Aid 

(FAFSA). SLU's FAFSA Federal School Code number is 

002506. 

FEDERAL STAFFORD STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM 

The Subsidized Stafford Loan Program provides an interest 

free, deferred principal repayment loan to eligible graduate 

students who are enrolled at least half-time (minimum of 

three credit hours). The Unsubsidized Stafford Loan Program 

charges interest while the student is in school. However, as 

with this loan's principal, interest charges can be deferred for 

payment until after the student is no longer enrolled at least 

half-time (three credit hours). 

Program Name 

Subsidized Stafford 

Loan (need-based loan 

Funded by banks. 

credit unions, etc.) 

Unsubsidized Stafford 

Loan (non-need based 

Stafford Loan program 

funded by banks, 

credit unions. etc.) 

Annual Maximum 

Loan Award 

$8.500 

$18.500 

(minus any 

subsidized 

Stafford loan) 

Terms of the Stafford 

Loan Program 

Variable 

interest rate (:s; 8.25%) 

and principal payments 

commence six months 

after enrollment of less 

than half-times with up to 

30 years to repay. Varied 

repay-men! options are 

available. 

Variable interest rate 

(:s; 8.25%) is charged while 

in school, but eligible 

for capitalization. Principal 

payments commence after 

enrollment of less than 

half-time with up to 30 

years to repay. Varied 

repayment options are 

available. 

NOTE: The total maximum cumulative Stafford Loan debt allowed for a 

graduate student is $138.500 ($65,500 in Subsidized Stafford and $73.000 

in UnslIbsidized Stafford Loans). This $138.500 Stafford Loan debt limit 

includes any undergraduate borrowing on the Stafford Loan Program. 

Satisfactory Academic Progress 

Policy for Federal Financial Aid 

Recipients 

The Educational Amendments of 1976 req uire that Saint Louis 

University implement cliteria for determining that a student is 

in "good academic standing" and is maintaining "satisfactory 

academic progress" in his or her course of study in order to 

be academically eligible for federal student financial aid. A 

student who fails to comply with the following policy will be 

ineligible to receive federal student fmancial aid. 

1. A student in The Graduate School must be a Classified 

(degree-seeking) student to receive federal student aid. 

2. A student must earn/complete at least 75% of the attempted 

credit hours per academic year. Credits transferred into a 

student's degree program are included. "Earned" credit 

hours are credits for which the student receives at least 2.0 

quality points (a "C" grade) or an "S" grade. Audited (AU) 

credits are not considered earned. "Attempted" credit hours 

include all hours for which the student has registered. 

3. A student must maintain a cumulative grade point average 

of at least 2.0 "C." 

4. The maximum attempted credit hours a student may enroll 

for to complete their degree may not exceed 150% of 

the required hours. Attempted hours include all hours for 

which the student has registered and includes any accepted 

transfer credit hours for the student's degree program. 

5. Advancement in "class year" is determined both by calendar 

time and academic progress. A Graduate School student 

must complete at least 12 credit-hours to advance one class 

year. 

All policies and procedures pertaining to "Satisfactory 

Academic Progress" are available in the Office of Scholarship/ 

Financial Aid and on its website at http://www.slu.edu/services/fin_aid/policies.php. 

Alternative Bank Loans 

The Office of ScholarshiplFinancial Aid can advise graduate 

students on the availability of non-federal loans funded by 

banks called Alternative Loans. The Office can provide all 

needed applications and lending sources. 

To be eligible to receive an Alternative Loan, the borrower must 

have a good credit history. Alternative loans charge interest 

while the student bonuwer is in school. However, these interest 

charges can be capitalized and deferred for repayment along 

with the loan's principal, until the student in no longer enrolled 

on a half-time basis. Alternative Loans should only be used as a 

last resOlt in financing graduate school costs, and after all eligibility 

has been exhausted for the Subsidized and Unsubsidized 

Federal Stafford Loan program. 

Emergency Loan Fund 

The USX Foundation has provided a loan fund to The Graduate 

School to particularly help its students meet expenses at the 

beginning of an academic term, for travel to scholarly meetings, 

or to provide assistance in emergencies. The maximum 

amount to be borrowed is $1,200, and, if repaid in 90 days, 

the loan is interest-free. These funds are available on a firstcome, 

first-served basis to Classified, enrolled, U.S.-citizen 

students; they may apply to the Master's Candidacy Advisor, 

107 Verhaegen Hall.

REGISTR ATION 

Pre/Continuing/Late Registration 

Pre-registmtion periods for the Summer Sessions and the Fall 

Semester and for the Spring Semester are scheduled by the 

Office of the Registrar, generally for the months of April and 

November, respectively. Pre-registration for the Fall Semester 

also continues from late May until eady July. Students make 

reservations for courses and other academic work during 

the pre-registration periods. At the ends of those periods 

the Office of Student Accounts mails billing statements to 

pre-registered students, and they must respond to the statements 

to confirm their reservations. A period of Continuing 

Registration follows the Pre-registration period and precedes 

a Late Registration period. Students enrolling during the 

Continuing Registration period and thereafter are expected to 

complete the entire process, including the making of financial 

arrangements with the Office of Student Accounts, and generany 

do so in person. A "late-registmtion fee" may be charged 

to the student enrolling during the Late Registration period. 

Course reservations made during the pre-registration period 

will be canceled if there is a balance due and no response to 

the billing statement. Similarly, registrations initiated dul'ing 

the Continuing or Late Registration periods will be canceled 

if financial armngements are not made by the close of those 

periods. 

Changes in Registrations 

Reservations made for courses and other academic work during 

the Pre-registration period may be amended at the end 

of that period. Changes in enrollments completed during 

the Continuing Registration period may be made during the 

Late Registration period. No fee is assessed for a change in 

registration. Generally, academic work may not be added to 

or substituted within the Graduate School student's program 

for the term or session subsequent to the second full week of 

classes for the semester; more stringent time-lines exist during 

the summer sessions. Ordinarily. withdrawals from academic 

work may not occur after mid-term. 

Registration "Holds" 

The Office of The Graduate School may block the registration 

of a matriculated student, by placing an academic "hold" in the 

SLU permanent record, for one of several reasons. An applicant 

to The Graduate School will be permitted to enroll for 

one and only one academic term (Informal admission) before 

a decision on that application is made. An applicant admitted 

as a Conditional student because of a deficiency in the application 

file (e.g., an absent, updated transcript to show the conferral 

of a Bachelor's or other degree) is likewise permitted to 

register for only one academic term in Conditional status. The 

Admission Policies and Procedures 23 

Probationary student, for whom the period of probationary tenure 

has been completed, will not be permitted to register again 

until a decision on Classified status has been made. A registration 

"hold" may be placed temporarily to mark a student 

having violated the mandatory-continuous-enrollment require· 

ment. All "holds" imposed by The Graduate School may be 

removed only by Graduate School Admissions. The Student 

Health Service will also place registration "holds" in cases of 

violations of the immunization/health·history policy. 

Zero-Credit Registrations 

A Classified or Probationary student in The Graduate School 

may include in the program for the academic term one or 

more zero credit-hour registrations. Often a journal club 

or colloquia registration, and in some instances practica or 

internship enrollments, may be for zero credit. In fact, a student 

may enroll fO!' an academic term for zero credit-hours for 

one (or more) of several reasons. The student may be preparing 

for language or degree-examination(s), or may have taken 

the required total number of credits of Thesis or Dissertation 

Research (within the ordinary time period to complete all 

degree requirements). The student may be completing the 

requirements for course work that was initiated during a previous 

academic term. Zero-credit registrations, coded by "5CR" 

and "6CR" within course-identifiers, are indicators of no new 

academic work underway during the academic term, and by 

definition such an entry is the only registration for the telID. A 

"5CR" or 6CR" registration is permitted no more than twice 

during a degree program. Likewise, a registration signifying 

preparation for andlor taking a language or degree-examination, 

the course-identifier including the number "595" 01' 

"695," is allowed a maximum of twice during a degree program. 

Notably, any registration, even if for zero credit-hours, 

enables the student to obtain an ID update, thereby to gain 

access to the academic resources of the University (advising, 

libraries, computer-centers, etc.). In no instance, however, 

should a student's record show a "5CR" or "6CR" registration 

during the degree-examination or research phase of the 

academic program. 

Research-Phase Registrations 

Toward completion of requirements for a research degree, a 

master's level student must enroll in a minimum of six (6) 

credit-bours of Thesis Research. Accumulation of these credits 

may begin after the student has completed the equivalent of 

one, full-time semester of coursework in residence. The student 

pursuing tbe Ph.D. degree must accumulate a minimum 

of twelve (12) credit-hours of Dissertation Research. Eligible 

research-degree students are encouraged to distribute Research 

registrations over several academic terms, taking numbers of 

hours per term commensurate with tbe anticipated intensity


of research involvement. A registration of three (3) Research 

credit-hours, by itself, is considered a full-time enrollment 

for a semester. Ordinarily, the minimum Research registration 

for an academic term is one semester-hour. Zero credit-hour 

registrations in Thesis or Dissertation Research are possible 

after the required credits have been accumulated (within the 

ordinary or extended time-to-degree peIiod); by themselves, 

such enrollments make the registrants at least one-half-time 

students. The "5CR" or "6CR" registration is contraindicated 

for a student in the research phase of the degree program. If a 

student's degree program becomes protracted such that extensions 

of the ordinary time-to-degl'ee period are necessary, 

approvals of such extensions of research-degree programs 

are ordinary accompanied by the requirements of enrollment 

in additional research credits (or additional Project Guidance 

credits for students pursuing Ed.D. degrees). 

Inter-University Registrations 

Through mutual agreements with specific local academic 

institutions, including Washington University, University of 

Missouri-St. Louis, and several other institutions offering 

graduate work, Graduate School students may be permitted to 

enroll in courses offered at these locations for "in-residence" 

credit. In general, for the individual registration, the two 

academic units (the student's SLU major field and the offering 

unit at the institution to be "visited") must agree to such 

enrollments of students at both institutions for the specific 

academic term and exchange lists of offerings. The course 

must be 500- or 600-level or the equivalent at the "visited" 

institution and generally be in the student's major field. The 

student must be Classified and full-time for the academic 

term. Ordinarily, a maximum of the equivalent of one, threecredit-hour 

course may be taken at the "visited" institution per 

academic telm. Not more than six semester-hours per degree 

program may be taken via inter-University registrations. A 

special, inter-university registration form, available from the 

University Registrar or Graduate School Admissions, must be 

completed for each such enrollment. 

Through special arrangements with the University, Aquinas 

Institute (Al), uses the SLU electronic student database and 

software; accordingly, the Institute's (graduate) courses 

are directly assessable to students in The Graduate School. 

Enrol1ments by Graduate School students in Al coursework 

should be limited, the transfer-of-credit guidelines apply, and 

such registrations are to be monitored by the major fields. 

Audits, Auditors, and "Visitors" 

To audit a course is to attend the class meetings and do the 

work for the course excepting that which would contribute 

toward the determination of a final grade; e.g., course examinations 

would not be written, and a term project would not 

be undertaken. The offering academic unit must approve (or 

deny) an audit in the same manner as it approves (or denies) 

a student to take the course for credit. The tuition charge for 

auditing is the same as if the course was taken for credit. At 

the end of the academic term, the course instructor determines 

if the student has satisfactorily completed the audit; if so, the 

designation "AU" is placed by the Registrar in the grade field 

for the course on the student's permanent record and, if not, a 

"w" is written into the grade field. No credit toward a degree 

is earned in an audited course. A change in status of a course 

from "credit" to "audit" may not be made after the middle 

class day of the academic term. A change in course-status 

from "audit" to "credit" will not be approved after the second 

week of the semester. 

An "Auditor" is an individual who enrol1s for the academic 

term only to audit coursework. 

The "Visitor" is a student taking coursework only for elll'ichment 

or for potential transfer of SLU credits into a degree program 

at another academic institution. The "Visitor" is admitted 

to the University only for the academic term, and is evaluated 

for eligibility for registrations in individual courses only by the 

academic units offering those courses. Categorically, "Visitor" 

status exists only for the Summer Sessions. The "Visitor" 

desiring to take graduate-level academic work should be 

admitted by Graduate School Admissions rather than by the 

Summer Sessions Office (119 DuBourg Hal1, Frost Campus); 

no fee is charged for such an admission. 

Registrations of Undergraduates 

in Graduate Coursework 

SLU undergraduate, degree-seeking students may be pennitted 

to enroll in 500- or 600-level coursework provided that 

specific conditions are met. First, the student must hold senior 

standing and have the majority of major-field/area-of-concentl'ation 

requirements already fulfilled. Second, prerequisites 

for each course in question must have been completed. 

Third, the student's cumulative grade-point average must be 

minimally 2.7/4. Fourth, the total enrollment for the semester 

(summer sessions) may not exceed 15 (six) credit-hours 

with not more than six (three) credits in 500- or 600-level 

work. To be granted permission to take graduate coursework, 

the undergraduate must complete a formal petitioning 

progress during which approvals of the course instructor, the 

student's major-field advisor, the undergraduate Dean, and 

The Graduate School are obtained. As part of the petitioning 

process, the student must indicate that the graduate coursework 

is to be taken either to partially fulfill requirements for 

the baccalaureate degree or it is to be taken for "advanced 

graduate credit." In the latter case all area-of-concentration 

requirements must have been fulfilled, and approval to take 

and successful completion of the graduate course work do not, 

of themselves, guarantee the student admission into the applicable 

advanced degree program or, in any way, amend the 

ordinary process of making application for Classified status in 

The Gl'aduate School.

Withdrawing from a Course, 

Term Work, the University 

Withdrawal from an individual course or from the entire program 

of studies for an academic term must be undertaken formally 

by the student and through the completion of a changcof-registration 

form available from the University Registrar, 

the collegiate dean, or from Graduate School Admissions (117 

Verhaegen Hall, Frost Campus). Formalization of a withdrawal 

may entitle the student to a partial refund of tuition paid; the 

refund schedule appears in the Schedule of Classes and is set 

by the Office of Student Accounts. Separate policies exist 

for students developing substantial physical or mental health 

problems or who are called to active U.S. military duty during 

the academic term; those policy statements are available from 

the Associate Dean for Academic Mfalrs or the University 

Registrar. Depending upon the reason for or the date of withdrawal, 

the registration(s) in question may be erased from 

the student's permanent record or a withdrawal indicator 

("W") may be placed in the grade fie\d(s) in the SLU record. 

Ordinarily, withdrawals are not permitted after the middle 

class-day of the academic term. An unauthorized withdrawal 

may result in the entry of "AF" grade(s) in the permanent 

record signifying fallure because of excessive absences. 

In addition to filing the Registrar's form, a graduate student 

on an academic appointment, withdrawing for the academic 

telm, must submit a letter of resignation from that appointment 

through the academic unit to which service is rendered 

if an assistantship and to the Dean of The Graduate School. 

A Classified student withdrawing entirely (or taking a formal 

leave of absence) from the graduate program is required to 

submit a letter of resignation (01' a petition for a leave), routing 

the letter or petition through the major field and to the 

Associate Dean of The Graduate School. 

ACADEMIC STANDARDS 

Acadenlic Work at the 

400, 500, 600, and 700 Levels 

Academic work designated by SOO- or 600-level numbering 

is, by definition, offered for "graduate credit." In general, 

SOO-level offerings are appropriate for beginning and master's 

degree students and 600-level is advanced graduate work and 

Admission Policies and Procedures 2S 

for doctoral students. To the extent applicable, graduate students 

may obtain credit toward degrees for limited numbers of 

credit-hours in 400-level (upper-division) courses and/or 700or 

gOO-level (professional) work; limitations are given in the 

subsequent section on "Graduation Requirements." 

The Semester-Hour of Credit 

One "credit" or "credit-hour" or "semester-hour of credit" 

is defined at Saint Louis University as one lecture, recitation/discussion, 

or other class exercise, fifty (SO) minutes per 

week for one semester; ordinarily the semester is minimally 

fourteen (14) calendar-weeks in length exclusive of the finalexaminations 

period. Two (2) to four (4) weekly clock hours 

of demonstration, laboratory, practicum, etc., varying somewhat 

with degree program, are equivalent to one clock hour 

of lecture. In the Curricula and Courses section of this catalog, 

the number of credits for an individual course is given 

in parentheses after the Registrar's course-identifier and the 

course-title. 

Grading System 

The following are the final (letter) grades designated by The 

Graduate School for SOO- and 600-level offerings carrying 

two (2) or more credits, exclusive of Thesis 01' Dissertation 

Research, their quality-point values (per credit-hour), and 

their descriptions: 

"AU 4.0 High intellectual initiative and achievement 

"B+U 3.S Above average, approaching high 

achievement 

HE" 3.0 Clearly acceptable performance 

"B_H 2.5 Somewhat below average. Grade does not 

fulfill course requirements. 

"e" 2.0 Minimum passing grade; achievement 

of questionable acceptability 

"F' 0.0 Failure 

"AF" 0.0 Failure due to excessive absences 01' 

unauthorized withdrawal 

For most 500- and 600-level offerings carrying zero or 

one semester-hour of credit, one of these two, final grades 

is assigned: 

u.S" Satisfactory 

"U" Unsatisfactory 

Neither of these two grades influences the student's term or 

cumulative grade-point average. (The Graduate School does 

not permit "PassINo Pass" grading.) 

For Thesis and Dissertation Research registrations, independent 

of the number of credit-hours of enrollment for the academic 

term, and fO!' Project Guidance (for Ed.D.-degree students 

only), and for Special Study for Examinations, Master's


Degree Study, Specialist Degree Study, Doctor of Education 

Degree Study, and Doctor of Philosophy Degree Study (all 

zero-credit), one of these three grades is assigned at the end of 

the academic term: 

"IP" 

"SH 

"u" 

In Progress 

Satisfactory 

Unsatisfactory 

Toward fulfillment of the credit-hours requirement for Thesis 

OJ' Dissertation Research or Project Guidance, the grade of 

"s" may be assigned only once: at the close of the final academic 

term in residence during which the student has completed 

both the hours requirement and the ThesislDissertationl 

Project itself; at the close of a prior term, if progress has been 

made, the "IP" grade is appropIiate. IflWhen a "U" grade is 

assigned, no credit toward fulfillment of the hours-requirement 

is earned. Adjacent to a Special-Study-for-Examinations 

entry in the student record, HIP," "S," and "U" indicate that the 

exam was not taken, was passed, and was failed, respectively. 

For Degree Study registrations, the Registrar will automatically 

record an "s" grade at the close of the academic term. None 

of these three grades affects the student's term or cumulative 

grade-point average. 

For a course at any level that a student elects and is approved 

to audit, at the end of the term, the instructor assigns one of 

these two "grades": 

"AU" 

"w" 

Audit (satisfactorily) 

Authorized withdrawal (or unsatisfactory 

audit) 

Neither of these entries into the permanent record influences 

the student's term or cumulative grade-point average. 

If a student completes an authorized withdrawal between the 

end of the Late Registration period and the middle day of the 

academic term, a designation of .oW" is entered into the grade 

field for that entry in the permanent record. Withdrawals 

beyond the mid-term date are ordinarily disallowed. 

The Graduate School offers academic work only at the 

500 and 600 levels, per se. For work taken at the 400, 700 

or 800 level by graduate students, their final grades are 

assigned within the schemes of the Schools or Colleges of 

the University offering that work. Possible final grades in 

such work include, besides or in substitution for those defined 

above, the "C+" (2.5 quality points per credit; instead of the 

HB_") and the "D" (1.0 quality point; not a satisfactory grade 

for a The Graduate School student). 

The following temporary course grades may be given: 

"I" All requirements for the course were expected to 

have been completed, but have not been completed 

by the student at the time, ordinarily at the close of 

an academic term, when the Instructor would assign 

the final grade; the "Incomplete" may remain in the 

permanent record for a maximum of 12 months, 

and, if not purposefully amended by then, the grade 

"XU 

is transformed into an "F" (Failure). 

Student absent from final examination; must be 

rectified within six (6) weeks of the end of the academic 

term, or it is replaced by the uF" grade. 

Student is enrolled in academic work for a term 

and may not be expected to complete requirements 

by the close of that term; code for grade "Not 

Recorded"; the notation remains in place until the 

Instructor of record communicates a final letter 

grade to the Registrar. 

Excluding Thesis or Dissertation Research and Project 

Guidance, no courses or other academic work offered at the 

500 and 600 levels and carrying more than one semester-hour 

of credit may be graded on a "Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory" 

basis with two possible exceptions: courses in foreign-language 

translation (as a research-tool) and, on individual bases, 

Summer Sessions institutes or workshops may be approved for 

"SIU" grading. (Journal-club and colloquia participation for 

zero or one credit-hour are ordinarily graded "SIU.") 

Grade Reports/ 

The SLU Permanent Record 

An electronic grade report is prepared for the student in The 

Graduate School at the end of the academic term for which 

the student has completed a registration. The report is communicated 

to the student via Banner. The report shows a 

permanent (or, perhaps, a temporary or a "NR") grade for 

each enrolled course for that term as well as cumulative qnality 

data for the term and for all work taken in The Graduate 

School to date. Graduate School students do not receive midterm 

grades. When an initially assigned temporary grade or an 

"NR" indicator is rectified to a permanent grade, the change 

appears in Bannel: 

The pelmanent record at the University is begun with the 

matriculation of the student. In essence, this record shows 

the courses taken and the grades received by the student; the 

record is ordered chronologically by academic term. Also 

indicated in the permanent record are the previous degrees 

earned by the student and any academic work taken elsewhere 

that has been approved for transfer into a SLU degree program 

and for posting to this document by The Graduate School. 

A transcript is a copy of the permanent record, certified as 

authentic and true by the Registrar. If and when the student 

earns a degree and/or a certificate through The Graduate 

School, that item is posted to the student's SLU record. A 

grade-point average is computed for the academic work taken 

as a student in The Graduate School. Notably, if a student 

in The Graduate School takes a specific course twice, both 

entries will appear in the record, but only one will be included 

in the work presented toward a degree, but the quality points 

from both entries will be included in the computation by The 

Graduate School of the graduate career grade-point average.

Good Academic Standing 

and Academic Probation 

A student is in good academic standing if not on academic 

probation or under suspension, or has not been dismissed 

from The Graduate School and, if Classified, is making progress 

toward a degree within the time-period established for 

that degree. A student may be formally dismissed from The 

Graduate School, or placed under temporary suspension, by 

action of the Dean for academic deficiencies or academic misconduct. 

If the cumulative grade point average of a Classified student in 

The Graduate School falls below 3.0 (on the four-point scale, 

"B" 3.0), that student is automatically placed on academic 

probation (not to be confused with Probationary student-status). 

To continue degree pursuit, the student must progress toward 

a 3.0 cumulative average and is expected to emerge from 

academic probation within nine (9) eredit-hours or two successive 

academic terms during which eoursework registrations 

are recorded. A student in The Graduate School will not be 

advanced to Candidate status while on academic probation. In 

general, doctoral students are expected to achieve at the "B+" 

level in postbaccalaureate academic work. 

A limited number of credit-hours in 500- or 600-level work in 

which the grade of "C" is eamed mayor may not be accepted 

toward a degree in The Graduate School at the discretion of 

the individual department or program. The Classified student's 

cumulative grade-point average in academic work presented 

to fulfill degree requirements must be at least 3.0. A minimum 

grade of "B" is ordinarily required for graduate-degree eredit 

in any 400-, 700-, or 800-level course. 

The case of a student not in good aeademic standing may be 

reviewed at any time within the department or program to 

determine a course of action to be taken. A student in The 

Graduate School will not be advanced to candidacy while not 

in good academic standing. 

Acceptable Academic Progress/ 

Ordinary Time-Periods to Degree 

Acceptable academic progress is defined in The Graduate 

School for Classified students as the completion of at least 

twelve (12) credit-hours in an academic year or a twelvemonth 

period. When requested by the Office of Scholarship 

and Financial Aid and when applicable, for students progressing 

acceptably, The Graduate School will certify the completion 

of twelve or more credit-hours in a twelve-month academic 

year as passing from one "class year" to the next. 

The ordinary time-period to degree for a Classified student 

in The Graduate School begins at the start of the academic 

tenn when the first SLU course is taken to be included in the 

degree-program. Accordingly, revision of the start of the time 

period is possible after matriculation (e.g., if a eourse taken in 

Unclassified status is, subsequent to advancement to Classified 


status, made part of the degree progranl through a successful, 

formal petition to do so). For the student pursuing a master's 

degree, the ordinary time-period to the degree is five (5) 

years. For the student pursuing the doctorate directly from 

the baccalaureate, the ordinary time-period is seven (7) yeaTS. 

For the student pursuing the doctorate, having previously (and 

rather recently) been awarded a master's degree in the same 

or a comparable major field (I.e., the academic work of the 

master's degree partially fulfills requirements for the doctorate), 

the ordinary time-period to degree is five (5) years. 

Academic Integrity/Ethics 

The University is a community of learning, and its effectiveness 

requires an environment of mutual trust and integrity. 

As members of this eommunity, students share with faculty 

and administrators the responsibility to maintain this environment. 

Academic integrity is violated by any dishonesty in 

submitting, to the instructor for evaluation, an assignment, 

test, research report, or any other documentation required to 

validate the student's learning. In a case of clear indication of 

such dishonesty, the faculty member 01' administrator has the 

responsibility to apply sanctions to protect the environment of 

integrity necessary for learning. 

Although not all forms of academic dishonestly are given 

here, the instances listed below should be seen as actions 

that not only violate the mutual trust necessary between faculty 

and students, but they also undennine the validity of the 

University'S evaluation of students and take unfair advantage 

of fellow students. Soliciting. receiving, or providing any 

unauthorized assistance in the completion of any work submitted 

toward academic credit is dishonest. 

Examples of academic dishonesty would be copying from 

another student, using electronic devices to share information 

during an exam, copying from a book or class notes during 

a closed-book exam, SUbmitting materials authored by or 

editorially revised by another person but represented as the 

student's own work, copying a passage 01' text directly from a 

published source without appropriately citing/reeognizing that 

source, taking a test or doing an assignment or other academic 

work for another student, or securing or supplying in advance 

a copy of an examination without the knowledge or consent of 

the Instructor. 

Any clear violation of academic integrity will be met with 

sanctions. In a case of dishonesty within a course, the 

Instructor may assign an appropriate grade and/or recommend 

further sanctions to the Dean. The Dean is responsible for the 

final decision and notification of all associated parties. The 

final decision of the Dean may be appealed as described in 

"Procedures for Academic Appeals." 

Ethical behavior must also extend beyond the academic setting 

and into professional life. Most major fields require their 

graduate students to complete an ethics requirement within the 

curriculum. Course work or other training in ethics in research 

is required of academic personnel involved in traineeship and


investigative programs funded by a number of Federal and 

other agencies. 

Suspension/Dismissal 

The student who is judged gUilty of an act of serious academic 

dishonesty, e.g., involving a final course or degree examination 

or plagiarism in the preparation of a major paper or a 

research-report, may be suspended for a specified time period 

or dismissed altogether from The Graduate School and the 

University. Suspension or dismissal may also be warranted 

for other academic reasons or on societal grounds, e.g., unauthorized 

solicitation or distribution of controlled substances, 

endangering one's self or another person, sexual harassment, 

or abusing alcohol or illicit drugs. Reports of such actions may 

come from nonacademic staff, faculty, administrators, or other 

students. Such reports are to be directed to the Dean who is 

responsible for decisions to suspend or dismiss. 

Procedures for Academic Appeals 

As a general policy, if a student desires to appeal any academic 

decision, that appeal should first be made to the faculty 

member or faculty committee involved and, if necessary 

thereafter, to the department or program chairperson, and the 

Dean of The Graduate School, as warranted, in that order. 

If a student questions or disagrees with a grade received, 

the initial contact should be with the faculty member who 

assigned the grade. Appeal beyond the Instructor is to the 

University personnel in the order indicated above. 

The student who wishes to appeal an academic suspension 

or dismissal shall first contact the Dean of The Graduate 

School for a hearing; then, if warranted, slhe must lodge a 

formal appeal with the University Board of Graduate Studies 

within sixty (60) days of notification of the suspension or dismissal. 

The appeal must be in writing, and is to be addressed 

to the Secretary of the Board, a position held ex-officio by 

an Associate Dean. The Board Secretary will notify all parties 

involved of the appeal and will request any supporting 

documentation that these parties believe that the Board should 

review. The appeal may be heard as an agenda-item at one of 

the regularly scheduled Board meetings, or a special meeting 

of the Board may be called. At least eight (8) members of the 

Board, excluding ex-officio members, must be in attendance. 

Minutes will be prepared by the Board Secretary. The Dean 

will relinquish the Chair, and one of the Associate Deans will 

conduct the meeting. The Board will hear the case presented 

by the student and others supporting the student's appeal. 

Following the student's presentation, the Board will hear the 

presentations of the other parties involved. Following the presentations, 

the Board will conduct a discussion, and a decision 

will be reached regarding the outcome of the appeal. If the 

Board finds that insufficient information has been presented, 

it may request a period of not longer than thirty (30) days to 

obtain the information, meet again, and teach a decision. The 

Dean and the Board Secretary shall be present throughout the 

entire process, but neither shall be allowed to propose or second 

any motion or to cast a vote on any motion related to the 

appeal. If a member of the Board is a member of the department 

or program involved in the appeal, that Board member 

will abstain from active participation in the appeals process. 

Diversity, Affirmative Action, and 

Disabilities 

All programs and activities at Saint Louis University are 

open to all without regard to race, color, sex, sexual orientation, 

age, religion, national origin, disability, or Veteran status. 

All University policies and procedures are administered 

in a manner consistent with the University's Catholic, Jesuit 

identity. This policy applies to all students, faculty, and staff 

at the Frost and Health Sciences campuses and covers both 

their work and educational environments. The office ensures 

that the University lives up to its commitment to equal opportunity 

and non-discrimination. 

Contact may be made to the Disability Services Office for 

infOlmation on Saint Louis University's non-discrimination 

policies, including sexual harassment (Suite 331, BSC, Frost 

Campus; telephone 977.8885). The office reviews complaints 

that allege violation of Saint Louis University's policies of 

equal opportunity and sexual harassment. 

The Director of Diversity and Affirmative Action is also Saint 

Louis University's Section 504 coordinator and is responsible 

for monitoring compliance with the American Disabilities 

Act. Students may contact the office for assistance with physical, 

academic, and program accessibility to the University.


gram director. If the student is undertaking a formal minor, 

the candidacy papers must also be routed through the minor 

field before being returned to Graduate School Candidacy. 

This process must be fully completed by a deadline set by 

The Graduate School in anticipation of degree conferral. If 

a research-degree is sought, the thesis proposal/prospectus 

must be prepared, receive major-field approval, and be filed 

with The Graduate School as part of the candidacy process. 

The Graduate School encourages completion and filing of the 

proposal early - as soon as the student completes and receives 

major-field approval of the research design. (If the research is 

to involve human subjects or laboratory animals, approval of 

the research design by the University'S Institutional Review 

Board (IRB) or Animal Care Committee (ACC) is required 

before Candidate status will be granted; see the explanatory 

section below, under Advancement to Candidacy for the Ph.D. 

degree.) 

Fol1owing filing of the cited materials and favorable action 

by the Graduate Dean, the student in good academic standing 

becomes a Candidate for the master's degree. Students 

seeking nonresearch degrees by attendance exclusively during 

Summer Sessions should initiate the candidacy process before 

the beginning of the final summer in residence. 

Thesis 

The Candidate for a research master's degree must present 

to The Graduate School two (2) acceptable copies of a thesis 

that gives evidence of marked attainment in some phase of the 

major field. The thesis must reflect thorough knowledge of 

the subject field, the power of independent thought, and the 

potential for original research. The written work must follow a 

literary style and composition fOlmat within guidelines established 

by the major field and The Graduate School. (A copy 

of the Graduate School's thesis-format directive is included 

in the candidacy packet prepared for the research-degree student.) 

An abstract that sets forth the substance of the thesis 

must be submitted together with each thesis copy. 

The research and the writing of the thesis must be accomplished 

in residence except when the Candidate has obtained 

prior written permission, from the major field and the Dean 

of The Graduate School, to do part of the work elsewhere. 

In no instance will the entirety of research/thesis-direction 

be provided (by the student's mentor) to a site remote to the 

University. Research master's degree students must formally 

enroll for, and will accumulate, credit-hours of Thesis Research 

in the same manner as for coursework taken and satisfactorily 

completed. A total of six (6) credit-hours of Thesis Research is 

the degree requirement within the ordinary time-period to the 

degree. 

The Graduate School requires the formal appointments of 

three (3) Graduate Faculty "readers" of the thesis, one of 

which is ordinarily the student's mentor. The acceptable thesis 

must be approved in writing by all three readers, and the 

Master's Candidacy Advisor completes a format evaluation of 

the thesis and abstract. 

A student ordinarily may not circulate the thesis among 

the approved faculty readers during the summer months; 

likewise, a student should not anticipate the conferral of a 

research master's degree at the end of the Summer Sessions. 

Similarly, the research master's student may not expect to 

take a comprehensive degree examination during the summer. 

Exceptions may be granted on individual bases, but only with 

prior approval of the student's candidacy committee and the 

major field chairperson/director. The Graduate Dean makes 

the final decision in response to a letter of request from the 

student; the letter must be routed through the student's committee 

chairperson. 

The research master's Candidate must submit two (2) 

approved copies each of the thesis and of the abstract. 

Subsequently, the two copies are bound (one for the University 

libraries and the other for the major field). The Candidate is 

charged a fee for the binding of the two copies. 

Essay 

In some departments or master's degree programs, a scholarly 

essay, pertaining to some phase of the major field discipline, 

is required for the nonresearch degree. Such a requirement is 

imposed by the major field, not by The Graduate SchooL As 

such, the Graduate School does not receive, evaluate (for style 

and format), bind, and/or retain copies of the essay. 

Comprehensive Degree Examination(s) 

Ordinarily during the final academic term in residence, the 

master's degree student must take and pass a comprehensive 

oral examination. Advancement to candidacy must precede 

this examination. This examination is administered by a 

committee of three or more faculty recommended by the 

major-field chairperson and approved by the Graduate Dean. 

The final examination covers the major field and, if formalized, 

the minor field as well; the Candidate for a research 

degree is also responsible for the content of the thesis and 

its background. The format of the examination requires that 

the committee members communicate to the Graduate Dean 

their evaluations of the Candidate's perfOl'mance individually 

in writing. The student fails the examination if not given satisfactory 

evaluations by two of the three examiners. Official 

transmission of the outcome of the examination is by letter to 

the Candidate and from the Dean. 

The master's-degree student is required to register for "Special 

Study for Examination" (zero credit) for the academic term in 

anticipation of taking during that term the oral degree examination. 

This registration carries with it full-time status. A 

master's-degree student may enroll not more than twice in 

"Special Study for Examination" without the Graduate Dean's 

permission. 

If the student fails the comprehensive oral examination, the 

examinatioll may be repeated, but only once, provided that 

a second exam is recommended by the committee and is 

approved by the Graduate Dean. Ordinarily, a second exami-

nation will not be scheduled during the same academic term 

as the first attempt. 

The major field may require a written component to the comprehensive 

examination(s); if so, the student must pass the 

written component, and the major field must so notify the 

Graduate School Dean in writing, before permission will be 

given for administration of the oral degree examination. 

Ordinary Time·Period to Degree 

The entire master's degree program, exclusive of prerequisites 

(ordinarily taken before the degree program is initiated). 

is expected to be completed within a five-year time-period, 

beginning with the academic term of completion of the first 

course applicable to the degree. Students pursuing degrees 

by attendance only during the Summer Sessions are expected 

to complete all requirements for their nonresearch degrees 

within a period of six consecutive summers. 

Should the five years (or six summers) pass without the student 

completing all degree requirements, that student ceases 

to be in good academic standing unless and until successfully, 

formally, petitioning for an "extension" of the ordinary timeperiod. 

Extensions are usually granted for no longer than one 

calendar year at a time. Ordinarily, for a student pursuing a 

research-degree. each extension carries with it the requirement 

of registration for one additional credit-hour (beyond the 

required six credits) of Thesis Research. The student taking 

a non-research master's degree and exceeding the time-todegree 

limit by more than one year may also be required to 

take an additional credit-hour per year until completion. 

Additional Departmental/Major-field Requirements 

In addition to these general requirements of The Graduate 

School, each department or major field may, with the approval 

of The Graduate School, impose additional requirements that 

m·e pertinent to the particular area of study. For many of the 

more professionally oriented master's degrees, for example, 

the total-credit-hours requirement is greater than thirty (30). 

In some fields, the thesis is an absolute requirement; in others, 

the student may be given the option to pursue a nonresearch 

or a research master's degree. For specific degree requirements, 

beyond those imposed by The Graduate School, see 

the Curricula and Courses section in this catalog. 

The Specialist in Education Degree 

The Ed.S. degree program, offered through the Department 

of Educational Leadership and Higher Education, is designed 

for the educator/practitioner seeking administrative certification 

at the elementary, middle, junior high, senior high, or 

school-district level. The viable applicant must possess, prior 

to matriculation, an appropriate master's degree. 

Requirements for the Ed.S. degree include completion of a 

minimum of sixty (60) semester hours of postbaccalaureate 

study, at least thiity (30) of which must be taken at Saint 

Louis University. For additional descriptive information about 


this program, see the Curricula and Courses section of the 

Catalog, specifically under the offerings of the Department of 

Educational Leadership and Higher Education. 

The Doctor of Education Degree 

The Ed.D. degree program is preparation for educational-leadership 

roles through a broadly based course work-component 

and an extensive project focusing on practical needs within 

the major field. The successful applicant possesses a master's 

degree in education or a related field or an Ed.S. degree and 

must complete in residence a body of post-master's academic 

work, much of it in Education and including research prepm·alion, 

practica, and internship experiences. Mandatory continuous 

enrollment is required during the nine-month academic 

year throughout the period of formal pursuit of the Ed.D. 

degree. 

The overall format of the degree program is currently in 

transition. Newly admitted applicants will undertake Ed.D. 

projects, perhaps in teams, and begin this effort, concurrently 

registering for Project Guidance, early in the program. 

The capstone requirement, after the doctoral project has 

been completed, is the final oral degree examination that 

will embody the presentation and defense of the project. 

More extensive and detailed descriptions of the Ed.D. degree 

program are given in the Curricula and Courses section of 

the Catalog within the offerings in Educational Leadership, 

Higher Education, and Educational Studies. 

The Doctor of Philosophy Degree 

Applicants having superior previous academic records and 

showing strong potential for continued academic study and 

research. and who have completed the necessary prerequisite 

work, may be admitted to pursue the Ph.D. degree. In some 

major fields, applicants possessing the bachelor's degree may 

be admitted for direct study towm·d this doctorate; in others. 

requirements for the appropriate master's degree must have 

been completed before formal matriculation in the Ph.D. 

degree program will be permitted. Mandatory continuous 

enrollment during the nine-month academic year is required 

throughout the entire period of formal pursuit of the Ph.D. 

degree. 

Coursework 

Possession of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy implies 

advanced intellectual development and achievement. The 

Candidate for the Ph.D. degree should have acquired a liberal 

education, a broad understanding of the chosen academic 

field, and a comprehensive knowledge of the particular specialty 

area within that field which embraces the problem of 

the student's research. Specific departments or major fields 

mayor may not permit their doctoral students to pursue a formal 

minor or a "parallel" certificate.


For the admitted student holding an appropriate Master's 

degree, the additional preparation for preliminary degree 

examinations generally will approximate 24-30 credit-hours; 

ordinarily, most of this work is expected to be advanced graduate 

level. Assumedly, the Master's degree study, as a whole or 

in substantial part, will contribute to the total post-baccalaureate 

preparation for preliminary degree exams. After the student 

has been in residence for an academic term, slhe may petition 

for "advanced standing" and formal recognition of the applicability 

to the doctoral program of that academic work completed 

elsewhere. Additional graduate level, academic work, not part 

of any earned advanced degree, may be formally transferred 

into the doctoral program, but a minimum of twenty-foul' (24) 

credit-hours of advanced academic work, prior to the researchphase 

of the program, must be completed in residence. 

For the student admitted to pursue the Ph.D. degree directly 

from the baccalaureate, the total credit-hours required (in residence) 

prior to preliminary degree-exams may be as few as 

forty-eight (48). See the Curricula and Courses section of the 

Catalog for requirements in specific fields in this regard. 

A formal minor at the doctoral level must include at least 

twelve (12) credit-hours of postbaccalaureate work in the minor 

field, and a minimum of nine (9) of those hours must be strictly 

graduate level. Nine (9) of the total of twelve semester-hours 

must be completed in residence, and minimally six of these nine 

hours must be 500- or 600-level. If the student pursues a "parallel" 

certificate, it ordinarily requires completion of minimally 

fifteen (15) credit-hours, but a p0l1ion of those credits may also 

partially satisfy requirements fol' the degree sought. 

Ordinarily, no doctoral program may include more than onefifth 

(20%) of the coursework in preparation for preliminary 

degree examinations in Research Topics ("597," "697") or 

Graduate Reading ("598," "698") courses or a combination 

thereof. Graduate School degree-students are not permitted to 

take 400-1evel tutorials (identified by the course-number 497 

or 498). 

Research-Tools Requirements 

Such requirements are not imposed by The Graduate School 

as a whole because of variable needs across major fields. Most 

depm1ments or doctoral programs prescribe levels of competence 

to be attained in foreign-language translation, statistics, 

computer literacy, or other tools of resem'ch. These proficiencies 

are generally to be developed in addition to the ordinary 

academic work required for the degree. Students are expected 

to familim'ize themselves em'ly with the specific requirements 

of their depmtments or major fields. 

Residency 

The Ph.D.-degree student must anticipate at least three (3) 

calendar years of in-residence study and research or the 

equivalent. Each Ph.D, degree student is expected to spend at 

least one (1) academic year or its equivalent in full-time, inresidence 

pursuit (at the University) of the degree. The minimum 

tenure in this regard is one full semester and a contigu- 

ous summer-sessions. The general conditions of fulfillment 

of the residency requirement are outlined by the department 

01' major field of study, subject to approval by the Graduate 

Dean. Several programs require contractual residencies. 

If a graduate student is pursuing the doctorate in the same 

major field in which a Master's degree has been awarded, 

all academic work having been completed at Saint Louis 

University, the same calendar year of residency may fulfill the 

requirement for both degrees. If the doctoral work is undertaken 

in a department or program different from that of the 

Master's degree, the stated residency requirement associated 

with the Ph.D. degree program must be fulfilled separately. 

Preliminary Degree Examinations 

Each doctoral program will administer a written degreeexamination 

consistent with the expectations of the academic 

discipline. In general, major fields will administer one 

of two types of written examinations. In some programs, a 

qualifying examination will be administered relatively early 

in the student's doctoral studies. In other programs, the written 

examination is structured to assess comprehensive and integration 

of knowledge of the discipline and is administered later 

after all or nearly all of the student's structured, advanced, 

academic work has been completed. Written examinations 

will be administered in both major and minor fields of study 

if a student has declared a formal minor. The results of the 

written examinations are communicated by letter to the Dcan 

of the Graduate School in care of the Doctoral Candidacy 

Advisor and, if the student's pelformance is satisfactory, the 

department chaiIperson recommends a committee of five (5) 

members of the Graduate Faculty who will administer the oral 

degree examination. 

Oral Examination 

An oral degree examination is scheduled in advance of the 

formalized research-phase of the student's program and after 

the Dean approves the examination committee of minimally 

five Graduate Faculty members. This examination may evaluate 

broad knowledge of the field (if the student took and 

passed written qualifying exams) or it may be largely focused 

on the disse11ation-proposal/prospectus (usually consisting of 

a statement of the pl'Oblem, literature review, and the research 

design prepared for the investigation) if the student's written 

preliminary degree-exam was comprehensive. In either case, 

the examination should be structured to assess the student's 

ability to integrate knowledge across the discipline. At the 

end of the examination and before the committee is dismissed, 

the members of the examination committee independently 

complete confidential ballots evaluating the student's 

performance; these sealed ballots are then delivered to the 

Graduate Dean in care of the Doctoral Candidacy Advisor. A 

student receiving two or more unfavorable evaluations from 

examinees fails the examination. The Graduate School Dean 

formally communicates the outcome of the examination in 

writing to the student.

Upon authorization by the Graduate Dean, a student who fails 

the oral degree examination may repeat once; ordinarily, the 

second attempt should not be scheduled within the same academic 

term as the first. The committee that administered the 

first exam will also administer the second examination under 

ordinary circumstances. The major-field chairperson will submit 

a written request for a second examination to the Dean 

well in advance of the desired date of that exam. Should the 

outcome of the second examination be unsatisfactory, a third 

exam is rarely approved, and is considered by the Dean only 

upon the unanimous recommendation of the examining committee. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

A formal prospectus setting forth the anticipated dissertation 

title and subject matter of the proposed investigation, recommendations 

of minimally three faculty "readers" of the dissertation 

by the major-field chairperson, and the application 

for candidacy must be filed in the Candidacy Suite of The 

Graduate School after the student has passed the oral degree 

examination. Students must request candidacy application 

materials from the Doctoral Candidacy Advisor after passing 

the oral preliminary degree examination. (Fonns are available 

from the Doctoral Candidacy Advisor or on the Graduate 

School's Webpage: www.slu.edu/graduate/students_candidacy.html.) 

The prospectus is to be submitted after the approval 

of it by the proposed mentor and in the major field. Some 

departments or major fields require a formal prospectus presentation. 

After all necessary recommendations and approvals 

have been obtained, the candidacy papers are submitted to 

The Graduate School. This filing must not be delayed and is 

to occur before the substance of the dissertation-research is 

undertaken. 

If the proposed research is to involve laboratory animals, 

the Animal Care Committee (ACC) of the University must 

review and approve the research design. If the intended 

investigation is to involve human subjects or their personal 

propelty (including archived matter), the research design and, 

if necessary, informed-consent materials must be submitted 

to the appropriate Institutional Review Board (IRB) of the 

University or, perhaps first, to a subcommittee of the Board. 

The chairperson of the IRB (or the subcommittee) determines 

if a full Board review of the design and materials is required. 

Approval(s) must be secured before the gathering of data 

from or belonging to such subjects may begin, and the fact(s) 

of approval(s) must be submitted along with other candidacy 

application materials. 

Upon submission to The Graduate School of the application 

candidacy and the prospectus, with all other necessary 

approvals already obtained (e.g., from the IRE or the ACC), 

the Dean advances the student to the status of Candidate, and 

so informs the student in writing. Doctoral students anticipating 

receipt of their diplomas at University Commencement 

ceremonies in May should formally become Candidates 

before the end of the preceding Fall Semester. 

Dissertation 


The ability to extend the knowledge base in the major field is 

a qualification distinctive to the Ph.D. degree. A Candidate for 

this most advanced, earned degree must present substantial 

evidence of this ability by presenting and defending a piece 

of original and independent research on a topic of importance 

that has been previously unresolved within the major field. 

Students in the research phase of their Ph.D. programs 

must formally enroll in and will accumulate credit-hours of 

Dissertation Research in a manner not unlike that for coursework 

taken and satisfactorily completed. In general, each 

registration for Dissertation Research must be for at least 

one semester-hour. Minimally, twelve (12) semester-hours of 

Dissertation Research are required of each student pursuing 

the Ph.D. degree; only after accumulating the total semesterhours 

required may the student register for zero Dissertation 

Research credit. 

The research for and writing of the dissertation generally must 

be completed in residence at the University. A doctoral student 

may, for good reason, seek and receive permission from 

the major field and the Graduate Dean to undertake portions 

of the reseal"ch and/or writing "in absentia." The whole of the 

effort toward completion of the dissertation away from the 

Univel"sity will not, however, in any case, be approved for any 

student. 

Public Presentation and Defense of the Dissertation 

Across all major fields, the Graduate School requires a public, 

oral presentation and defense of the dissertation. The 

presentation may be scheduled after all Graduate Faculty 

"readers" have approved the general content of the dissertation. 

A completed, notification-of-readiness form with the 

abstract and the vita auctoris in electronic form (on diskette 

or communicated bye-mail) and a final-rough-draft (paper) 

copy of the dissertation with the abstract (for format review) 

must be submitted to the Doctoral Candidacy Advisor well 

in advance of (minimally three weeks before) the presentation 

date. Candidates anticipating May graduation must, however, 

submit an advanced draft of the dissertation for style and format 

critique no later than the date set in the Graduate School's 

supplement of the University Calendar. Following the presentation, 

the Candidate must be prepared to respond to questions 

from the "readers" and the assembled audience. The dissertation-committee 

chairperson serves as the moderator for the 

presentation and defense. At the conclusion of the defense, the 

"readers" may evaluate the pelformance of the Candidate, but 

the dissertation-ballots are not signed individually until each 

committee-member fully approves the dissertation. 

Publication of the Dissertation 

The Graduate School requires submission to the Doctoral 

Candidacy Advisor of two (2) copies of the dissertation and 

three (3) copies of the abstract toward filing, microfilming, 

and binding.


All completed dissertations are published on microfilm 

through Proquest, a division of Bell and Howell Information 

and Learning) of Ann Arbor, Michigan. The service, for which 

the Candidate must pay a fee, includes 1) preparation and 

storage of a "master" microfilm negative of the full text, 2) 

production on order of positive film copies, 3) the depositing 

of one positive microfilm copy in the Library of Congress and 

a listing in the Library's subject and author catalog, and 4) 

publication of the abstract (of the dissertation) in Dissertation 

Abstracts International and a listing in its annual and cumulative 

indices. 

Each Candidate prepares the final copies of the abstract and 

the dissertation in the forms required for microfilming and 

publication and signs a publication agreement with Proquest. 

The agreement does not preclude publication of the dissertation, 

in whole or in part, by other methods or in other literature. 

The publication fee charged by The Graduate School 

covers the full cost of the microfilming and publication of the 

abstract and dissertation. Proquest will copyright the dissertation 

in the Candidate's name for an additional fee. 

Subsequent to microfilming by Pl'Oquest, the Library of the 

University processes a copy of the dissertation with abstract 

for circulation. Two copies of the dissertation with abstract are 

bound. One bound copy is placed in the SLU library archives. 

A microfilm copy is available for local circulation. The second 

bound copy is delivered to the major field. The Candidate 

is charged a fee to cover the cost of binding. 

Additional Degree Requirements 

Upon completion of the dissertation and the delivery of three 

approved copies of the abstract and two of the dissertation 

to The Graduate School, the Candidate must complete an 

Application for Degree form. If intending to participate in 

University Commencement exercises in May, the Candidate 

must file this form no later than the date set in The Graduate 

School's supplement to the University Calendar. Also to 

be completed are a set of data for the National Opinion 

Research Center's Survey of Earned Doctorates, a shortened 

title form (for binding pUlposes), and an exit questionnaire. 

The Candidate receives all of these final forms, including the 

Proquest publishing agreement, only after the style and format 

review by the Doctoral Candidacy Advisor. 

Each academic department or major field may, with the 

approval of the Dean of The Graduate School, impose requirements 

beyond those explained above as appropriate to the 

individual field of study. Such additional requirements are 

listed within the particular narratives for the specific programs 

within the Curricula and Courses section of this catalog. 

Time-Period to Degree and Extensions of Time 

The doctoral student is expected to complete all requirements 

for the degree in a reasonable amount of calendar time. The 

student, admitted into a doctoral program after earning a 

Master's degree in the same or a similar field (such that the 

Master's degree work wholly or in large measure contributes to 

the preparation for research in the doctoral field), must anticipate 

completion of degree-requirements within five (5) years 

of initial matriculation in the doctoral program. The student 

admitted to pursue the doctorate directly from the baccalaureate 

is expeeted to complete all requirements within seven (7) 

years of the initial registration for graduate degree study. 

All students in The Graduate School must enroll every Fall 

and Spring scmester until they have completed degreerequirements. 

After completion of coursework, practica, 

research preparation, and the like, and while preparing for 

and taking preliminary degree examinations, the student is 

to enroll in "Special Study for Examinations"; ordinarily 

only two such registrations are permitted. Upon passing the 

oral degree exam (and perhaps before the exam), the student 

registers for Dissertation Research and continues to do 

so while engaged in research and writing. If the time in the 

degree-program exceeds the five or seven years and doctoral 

requirements remain, the student must fOlmally petition for 

an extension of the ordinary time-period, routing the petition 

through the mentor to the major-field chairperson or 

the graduate program director and to the Academic Dean 

of the Graduate School. Generally, when such petitions are 

approved, extensions are given for one calendar year at a 

time. Also, ordinarily, in part because such petitions typically 

occur during the research-phase of the degree-program, each 

such approval is accompanied by the requirement of enrollment 

in one additional Disseltation Research credit (beyond 

twelve, which should have already been taken). (For Ed.D.degree 

students, the requirement of one additional credit-hour 

in Project Guidance accompanies each approval of a one-year 

extension.) Furthermore, if the time-period has been exceeded 

to the extent that more than five (5) calendar years have 

elapsed since preliminary degree examinations were passed, 

to remaln active in the doctoral program the student likely 

will be required to retake the preliminary examinations to 

demonstrate currency in the major field, and, if appropriate, 

the minor field as well. 

The Multidisciplinary 

Doctoral Option 

After having been formally, unconditionally, admitted into 

an existing Ph.D. degree program and initiated doctoral studies, 

the Classified graduate student may decide to petition for 

transfer into the multidisciplinary doctoral option. Because the 

availability of academic resources to support an envisioned 

multidisciplinary program must be critically investigated and 

reviewed by The Graduate School, and because a commitment 

of SLU faculty to such an endeavor will not be made by them 

to an applicant, directed application for admission into this 

program is categorically disallowed. Moreover, the multidisciplinary 

option may be sought only by the research doctoral 

student; the option is not available at the master's level or 

toward another advanced degree. 

To begin the transfer process, the student prepares a draft 

of a proposal that describes the multidisciplinary program

envisioned. In particular, the draft must contain the rationale 

for the transfer, the full complement of applicable, postbaccalaureate, 

academic work pmposed that already completed 

as well as the work yet to be taken, and the general area of 

dissertation research (that, most often, is the motivation for 

the transfer). With the pmposal draft in hand, the student proceeds 

to select minimally five (5) members of the Graduate 

Faculty (aU of whom must possess the doctorate or the faculty 

rank of Professor), collectively to serve as a committee 

that, in effect, becomes the student's department or major 

field. Faculty members are invited by the student to join the 

committee on the bases of their expertise and competencies 

and their potential interest in the student's proposed program 

and career objective. To serve on the committee or not is the 

invited faculty member's option. A proposed chairperson 

of the committee is designated. At least one, and preferably 

a minimum of two, members of the committee must have 

Graduate School authorization to direct doctoral dissertations 

(i.e., Mentor status). 

A formal petition to transfer into the option, signed individually 

by all of the proposed committee members, must be 

submitted to the Dean of The Graduate School. The petition 

with appropriate supporting documentation from the student's 

application/academic file is then transmitted to the proposed 

committee chairperson for evaluation of the student's preparedness 

for and potential for academic success in the envisioned 

program. By this time the proposal draft should have 

been critiqued by the committee and subsequently revised to 

reflect their evaluative comments. Again, the proposal will 

ordinarily contain a section pertaining to the envisioned dissertation 

research or at least the general academic area of 

intended investigation, inasmuch as preparation to undertake 

the research as well as the research-area itself are expected to 

contribute significantly to the rationale for multidisciplinary 

study. (Petition forms and guidelines for the preparation of 

multidisciplinary proposals are available in the Graduate 

School Admissions office, 117 Verhaegen Hall.) 

If the recommendation from the proposed committee chairperson 

for approval of the transfer is positive, the petition 

with attachments (including the proposal) is reviewed by the 

University Board of Graduate Studies. An Associate Dean is 

the liaison to the Board on behalf of the student, who should 

meet with the liaison at least once before the Board considers 

the petition and pl'Oposal. 

If the proposed program and committee are approved by the 

Board, the committee, in consultation with the student, proceeds 

to establish/confirm the specific program requirements. 

In addition to coursework, the program must include written 

and oral preliminary degree examinations to be administered 

by the committee in accordance with Graduate School policy 

and regulations. Research-tool requirements are to be imposed 

as appropriate. The entire course of study, that must meet general 

Graduate School protocol for the Ph.D. degree, will be 

reviewed toward approval by the Dean. 

Regulations and procedures of The Graduate School 

for advancement to candidacy also must be followed by the 


students pursuing this doctoral option. The mentor and two 

additional "readers" of the dissertation are to be selected 

from the committee. The committee approved by the Board 

will serve the student through the completion and defense of 

the dissertation. 

The title of the student's multidisciplinary program must be 

distinctly different from the departments and major fields of 

doctoral study currently active at Saint Louis University. An 

intellectual commitment shared by the student and the committee-members 

is necessary for a successful program. The 

University Board of Graduate Studies may annually review 

each multidisciplinary doctoral program and the progress 

therein, and make recommendations to the Dean. 

Dual-Degree Programs 

The Graduate School sponsors, wholly or in part, a number of 

formally established, advanced, dual-degree programs within 

the University. The student pursues, within such a program, 

two postbaccalaureate degrees concurrently. In some programs, 

the student pursues one degree through The Graduate 

School and the other through a professional School (e.g., the 

School of Law, the School of Medicine, the Cook School of 

Business, or the School of Social Work). Separate applications 

must be made for the individual degree programs, and 

admission to pursue one of the degrees does not guarantee 

admission to the dual-degree program. All supporting documentation, 

required of applicants to the individual degree programs, 

one set to accompany each application, must be submitted 

by the applicant envisioning a dual- degree program. 

The existing dual-degree programs within which The Graduate 

School participates were individually designed within a rationale 

for combining otherwise separate programs, and markets 

for the graduates are identifiable. A practical reason for the 

student to pursue a specific pair of advanced degrees concurrently 

is the sharing of some coursework requirements. All 

other requirements of the two, individual degree programs 

must be met separately. The applicant should apply to the 

more competitive of the two programs first. The individual 

major-field components of a dual-degree program must be initiated 

reasonably close together in time such that appropriate 

integration of the individual programs takes place. The dual 

pursuits must parallel one another, and the directors of the two 

programs determine the necessary proximity of start dates in 

individual instances. 

The Graduate School participates in the following programs 

taken concurrently that lead to two (2) advanced degrees: 

the M.D. degree (School of Medicine) and the PhD. degree 

in a medical science field or Health Care Ethics; the M.A. 

in Public Administration degree and J.D. degree (School of 

Law); the M.H.A. and J.D. degrees; the M.H.A. degree and 

the M.B.A. degree (Cook School of Business); the M.P.H. 

degree and the Ph.D. degree in Public Health Studies; the 

M.P.H. degree and the M.S.W. degree (School of Social 

Work); the M.P.H. and the M.S. in Nutrition and Dietetics 

degrees; the M.P.H. and the J.D. degrees, the M.P.H. and

36 -Admission Policies and Procedures 

the M.D. degrees; and the M.S. in Nursing and the M.P.H. 

degrees. An overview of the joint M.D.lPh.D. degree programs 

is given below. Brief summaries of the other individual 

dual-degree programs may be found in the Curricula and 

Courses section of this Catalog. 

The School of Medicine and The Graduate School together 

offer a combined M.D. and Ph.D. degrees program for students 

interested in research careers in medicine and the biomedical 

sciences or Health Care Ethics; the Ph.D. degree 

is sought in one of the basic medical (pre-clinical) sciences 

or the ethics program. Admission is competitive, and applicants 

must meet all requirements for entry into the School 

of Medicine as well as The Graduate School. The program 

enables most students to complete requirements for both 

degrees in six to seven years. The applicant may formally seek 

entry into the two programs concurrently or apply for admission 

into the Ph.D. program, while initiating M.D.-degree 

studies, to begin the Ph.D. portion of the dual-degree program 

after completion of the second year of the professional School 

of Medicine curriculum. Stipends and tuition scholarships are 

available for the dual-degree program, including the Ph.D. 

degree portion of study and research. 

Applicants or current students possibly interested in a dualdegree 

program should contact the administrative personnel in 

the two individual degree programs for additional information 

and advice. 

Certificate Programs 

The Graduate School has academic jurisdiction over several 

categories of postbaccalaureate certificate programs. Master'sdegree-trained 

nursing or counseling professionals may seek 

academic qualification in an additional specialty or for licensure 

via post-Master's certificate programs. Specific application 

protocols, not unlike those for Classified status, are in 

place. The requirements for these certificates may be found in 

the major-field narratives in the Curricula and Courses section 

of this catalog. A certificate in university teaching skills may 

be earned by graduate students through the Reinert Center for 

Teaching Excellence. 

The Graduate School has established a framework within 

which a Classified graduate student may pursue a certificate 

concurrent with and parallel to seeking a graduate degree. 

The objective is to improve the student competencies through 

inclusion of a series of courses that collectively focus on a particular 

area of study related to the broader degree. Admission 

to a parallel certificate requires a formal petition. The certificate 

generally demands satisfactory completion of minimally 

fifteen credit hours, and the program culminates with a capstone 

requirement. The majority of the certificate coursework 

may also partially fulfill requirements for the graduate 

degree; hence, a portion of the required certificate work may 

be in addition to the ordinary degree studies. Several such 

specific certificate programs have been developed. A certificate 

in Rhetorical Studies and Writing Pedagogy is offered 

jointly by the Departments of English and Communication. 

Certificate programs in Medieval Studies and in Renaissance 

Studies are delivered through the interdisciplinary Center for 

Medieval and Renaissance Studies. A certificate of Empirical 

Research Methods in Descriptive Ethics is offered through 

the Center for Health Care Ethics. The Department of Public 

Policy Studies offers a graduate certificate in Geographic 

Information Systems and the Women's Studies Program offer 

a graduate certificate in Women's Studies.

38 

6CR5: Doctor of Philosophy Degree Study [Section 99] (0) 

N01ES: 

1. The 593-693 number designates a graduate course offered on a h'ial Of a 

one time (e.g., by a visiting faculty member) basis. Each individual 593-693 

offering must be approved by The Graduate School. 

2. The 595-695 number designates a student prepnring for a research tool examination, 

final/comprehensive Master's degree examination(s), or preliminaryl 

comprehensive Doctoral degree examinations. 

3. The "Research Topics" registration generally designates a student rotating 

through laboratories toward selection of a mentor andlor learning experimental 

measurement techniques in preparation for the research phase of the 

Master's or Doctoral degree program. A specific course title may be submitted 

to the Registrar for entry into the SLU student's record. 

4. The "Graduate Reading Course" is, in essence, a tutorial with an individual 

faculty member; the subject matter is tangential to Of beyond that contained 

in regular, existing offerings. The instructor is to submit to the Registrnr a 

specific course title for the student's SLU record. 

5. The "C"'R" registrations, for students choosing not 10 begin new cOUl'sework 

during a specific academic term and not yet approaching or in the examination 

or research phases of their degree programs, meet the mandatory, 

continuous registration requirement and enable access to the University's 

academic resources.

94 Center for Advanced Dental Education 

GRADUATE OFFERINGS IN 


Donald G. Brennan, Ph.D., 

Dean and Associate Provost for Graduate Studies 

The Graduate School is the academic division of the 

University through which much of its postbaccalaureate 

degree study is offered. Exceptions in this regard are the 

professional degree programs in business, social work, 

several allied-health fields, law, and medicine. The Center 

for Advanced Dental Education and the Center for Health 

Care Ethics have reporting lines directly to the Dean of the 

Graduate School. Offerings of these two academic units that 

lead to advanced degrees or celtificates are detailed within 

this section of the Catalog. 

CENTER FOR 

ADVANCED DENTAL 

EDllCATION 

Rolf G. Behrents, D.D.S., M.S., Ph.D., 

Execlitive Director 

The Center for Advanced Dental Education (CADE) at Saint 

Louis University is the academic division through which 

advanced training in dentistry is administered. The Center 

is committed to advancing the science and the art of all dental 

specialties through outstanding education, patient care, 

and research while promoting a multidisciplinary focus. 

At the present time, CADE is comprised of three graduate 

dental training programs: Endodontics, Orthodontics, and 

Periodontics. The Orthodontic program is wholly based at 

Saint Louis University while the Endodontics and Periodontics 

programs are offered in close affiliation with Southern Illinois 

University School of Dental Medicine, Alton, Illinois. All 

advanced dental training programs are fully accredited by the 

Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental 

Association. 

The prerequisite for matriculation in any CADE graduate 

dental training program is possession of a D.D.S., D.M.D., 

or equivalent general dental degree. Selection for admission 

is based upon the completed application file and a personal 

interview. Successful completion of all CADE graduate dental 

program requirements results in a Master of Science in 

Dentistry (Research) degree and a specialty certificate of 

completion of didactic and clinical requirements. 

Each individual specialty program demands full-time, inresidence 

participation. The three programs vary in length 

and differ in educational goals. Requirements include courses 

from the core listings below as well as specialty courses 

unique to the individual discipline (listed subsequently). The 

goal of the core curriculum is to provide advanced concepts in 

the sciences that comprise the foundation of graduate dental 

education. 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

Graduate Courses 

CAD.50l Pain: Anatomy, Physiology, Psychology, Diagnosis & 'D:eatment 

(1) 

Explores multiple topics of pain with special emphasis on head and neck 

pain and conditions andlor syndromes that mimic dental pain. Protocols for 

dealing with both dental and non-dental "pain patients" will be addressed. 

(Offered every year.) 

CAD.503 Advanced Oral Microbiology (2) 

Examines the interface of human host and its microbial inhabitants converging 

to cause disease. Describes oral ecosystems resulting from interaction 

between human anatomy and physiology and microbial populations and their 

physiology with emphasis on the pulpal, periapical, and periodontal regions. 

Includes factors that maintain population balance and health or cause population 

imbalance and disease in these ecosystems. Includes management and 

prevention of oral microbial disease. (Offered every year.) 

CAD.504 Molecula[, Biology of the Cell (2) 

Cell and molecular biology of the tooth and supporting structures. Attention 

given to molecular structure and function of composite proteins of tooth and 

bone and 10 cellular and physiological mechanisms key to driving development 

and repair. (Offered every year.) 

CAD. 505 Introduction to Statistical Inference (3) 

Nature of measurement in graduate dentistry. Basic principles and techniques 

of research analysis, particularly in graduate dental research. Introduction 

to probability theory and sampling theory; criteria of reliability and validity. 

Fundamental concepts of descriptive and inferential statistics. introduction 

to levels of measurements and application of parametric and non parametric 

tests. (Offered every year.) 

CAD.506 Ethics in Dental Research and Practice CO) 

Two-part course requiring completion of online course BBS.5 J 0 Responsible 

Conduct in Research. and attendance and participation in lectures on 

Principles of Ethics and Code of Professional Conduct and their relationship 

to ethical decision making processes in dental practice. (Offered every year.) 

CAD.50S Multidisciplinary Diagnosis and 'D:eatment Planning I (1) 

Diagnosis and treatment planning of various types of multidisciplinary dental 

problems through case studies. Various diagnostic and treatment modalities 

are discussed in order to render the most efficacious plan of patient treatment. 

Application of biomedical sciences to clinical oro-facial problems at the dental 

specialty level. (Offered every year.) 

CAD.509 Research in Graduate Dentistry (1) 

Research planning. design and qualitative and quantitative methodologies 

are examined together with the steps taken in the preparation of a research 

proposal, the conducting of the research in an efficient and ethical manner,

and the writing and defense of a thesis. A culminating course requirement is 

the oral delivery and defense of a research proposal and the preparation of the 

associated literature review. (Offered every year.) 

CAD.SI0 Dental Therapeutics (1) 

A comprehensive review of the pharmacological considerations of clinical denlishy. 

Special emphasis is placed on dentally prescribed medications and their 

effects on systemic disease and associated systemic drugs. (Offered every year.) 

CAD.Sll Principles of Prllctice Management (1) 

A practice managment course which covers a broad range of business-management 

topics with an emphasis on application of concepts. (Offered every 

year.) 

CAD.S14 TMJ Disorders (1) 

A lecture series to improve the understanding of TMJ disease and related 

disorders and to provide a rationale for differential diagnosis and treatment. 


CAD.S16 Advanced Oral Medicine (1) 

Material on oral diagnosis and oral medicine is presented to enhance the 

ability to make an accurate diagnosis of oral and general diseases. Special 

emphasis is placed on treatment of the medically compromised patient. 


CAD.S17 Advanced Oral Pathology (1) 

Oral diseases wilh similar clinical appearances are presented. A differential 

diagnosis will be developed. For each entry, the etiology, biologic history, 

elinical features, histologic characteristics, progress, and current treatment 

will be identified. (Offered every year.) 

CAD.519 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy (2) 

Presentation of the anatomy of specific areas of the head and neck that relate 

to dental practice. Emphasis will be placed upon the interrelationships, clinical 

significance, and variation of the structures studied. (Offered every year.) 

CAD.S22 Clinical Immunology (1) 

A comprehensive review of inflammation and immunity and how they protect 

or harm the host with special focus on clinical dentislly. (Offered every year.) 

CAD.S23 Business Law (2) 

A discussion of the legal, professional, and ethical aspects of dental practice 

with consideration of practice acquisition, location, promotion, personnel 

issues, contract and tort liabilities, practice format and administration. taxes, 

insurance and estate planning. (Offered every year.) 

CAD.S24 Implants & Temporary Anchorage Devices (1) 

A lecture-discussion course introducing dental implaots for applicatiol1s in 

periodontics and temporary anchorage devices to support intra-oral clinical 

mechanics in orthodontics. Autotransplantation of teeth within inter-disciplinary 

patient care is also examined. 

(Offered every year) 

CAD.GS9S Special Study for Examinations (0) 

ENDOUONTICS (CADE) 

John F. Hatton, D.M.D., 


The Center for Advanced Dental Education at Saint Louis 

University offers a 24-month program in the specialty of 

Endodontics that leads to a Mastel' of Science in Dentistry 

(Research) degree. The didactic and clinical phases of the 

program are conducted at both Saint Louis University and, 

with close affiliation, at Southern Illinois University School 

of Dental Medicine, Alton, Illinois. Focus of the training 

program is three-fold: a comprehensive clinical experience 

involving diagnosis and treatment of all categories of nonsurgical 

and surgical endodontic cases; the didactic core and 

specialty courses encompassing biomedical and clinical con- 

Endodontics - 95 

cepts; and research related to the discipline of endodontics. 

The program is fully accredited by the Commission on Dental 

Accreditation of the American Dental Association. Following 

completion of the program, graduates are educationally qualified 

for certification by the American Board of Endodontics. 

Master of Science in Dentistry 

(Research) 

Prerequisites 

D.D.S., D.M.D., or equivalent general dental degree. 

Required Courses 

All core courses described under the section entitled Center 

for Advanced Dental Education except CAD.514, CAD.523, 

and CAD.524 are required. In addition, required endodontic 

specialty courses include all courses described below. 

Additional Requirements 

Supervised clinical endodontic treatment of patients; comprehensive 

endodontic specialty examinations utilizing written, 

oral, and practical clinical fonnats; teaching practicum. 

Total required credit-hours: 51 

No formal minor is permitted. 



ENDG.500 Preclinical Endodontie Technique (1) 

A didactic and laboratory introduction to basic and advanced endodontic 

clinical principles and techniques. A format to experience alternate clinical 

treatment methods. (Offered every year.) 

ENDG.S20 Literature Review (1) 

An intense, ongoing overview of endodontic literature to assist the resident in 

developing a sound base of scientific knowledge regarding the fundamentals 

of endodontics. (Offered every academic term.) 

ENDG.S21 Literature Review n (1) 

ENDG.522 Literature Review ill (1) 

ENDG.S23 Literature Review IV (1) 

ENDG.524 Literature Review V (1) 

ENDG.S30 Preclinical Teaching Practicum (0) 

Supervised teaching participation in the instruction of nndergraduate dental 

students in the preclinical endodontic technique course. (Offered every year.) 

ENDG.S31 Clinical Teaching Practicum (0) 

Supervised teaching pal1icipation in tbe clinical instruction of undergraduate 

dental studenls. (Offered every year.) 

ENDG.S41 Pulp Biology (1) 

Nonnal aud diseased pulp conditions and their relationship to periapical tissues. 

Emphasis is placed on pulpal neural and vascular supply; pulpal defense mechanisms; 

injury, aging, and retrogressive changes; healing and repair of periapical 

tissues; and histopathology of periapical lesions. (Offered every year.) 

ENDG.S47 Concepts in Biomedical Science (1) 

A lecture/discussion series designed to integrate the student's didactic and 

clinical experiences in the specialty area with olher dental and medical specialty 

subjects. (Offered every other year.)

96 Orthodontics 

ENDG.SSI Principles of Endodontic Surgery (1) 

A comprehensive consideration of endodontic surgery is presented. Instruction 

and training in the application of relevant biomedical science to meet surgical 

and clinical requirements is emphasized. (Offered every year.) 

ENDG.SS2 American Board of Endodontics Review (1) 

Preparation for ccrtification by the American Board of Endodontics. Course 

includes information on board protocol, case presentation format, and a 

review of prior board materials to give a foundation for continued preparation 

to achieve diplomate starus. (Offered every year.) 

ENDG.S60 Clinical Endodontics (1) 

Clinical and didactic course relating the biomedical sciences to clinical 

endodontic problems in order to gain a level of knowledge necessary to manage 

the various modalities of endodontic therapy. Includes the therapeutic 

management of routine, complex, and surgical clinical cases. (Offered every 

academic term.) 

ENDG.561 Clinical Endodontics II (2) 

ENDG.562 Clinical Endodontics III (2) 

ENDG.563 Clinical Endodontics IV (1) 

ENDG.564 Clinical Endodontics V (2) 

ENDG.565 Clinical Endodontics VI (2) 

ENDG.566 Clinical Endodontics VII (1) 

ENDG.591 Endodontic Jonl'llal Club (0·1) 

A consideration of reccnt developments and current literature in endodontics 

and related fields. (Offered every academic term.) 

ENDG.595 Special Study for EXllmiuations (0) 

ENDG.S99 Thesis Research (0·6) 

ENDG.5CR.90 Master's Degree Study (0) 

ORTHODONTICS (CADE) 

Rolf G. Behrents, D.D.S., Ph.D., 


The Center for Advanced Dental Education at Saint Louis 

University offers a graduate training program in Orthodontics 

that is 30 months in length. The program offers three basic 

areas of training: an extensive and comprehensive clinical 

experience that involves diagnosis, treatment planning, active 

treatment, and retention of patients representing a variety of 

malocclusions and craniofacial deformities; a didactic core 

and specialty education that encompasses biomedical sciences 

as well as elinical concepts; and research related to the discipline. 

The program is fully accredited by the Commission 

on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association. 

Following completion of the program, graduates are educationally 

qualified for certification by the American Board of 

Orthodontics 


(Research) 

Prerequisite 

D.D.S., D.M.D., or equivalent general dental degree. 


All core courses described under the section entitled Center 

for Advanced Dental Education are required except for 

CAD.S03 CAD.SlO and CAD.S22. In addition, specialty 

courses required include all courses described below. 


Supervised active and retention clinical orthodontic treatment 

of patients; comprehensive orthodontic specialty examinations 

utilizing written, oral, and practical clinical formats. 

Total required credit hours: 80 




ORTH.501 Fundamentals of Orthodontics (2) 

Team-taught by the orthodontic faculty during the first summer and fall terms 

of the graduate program. Course is based upou a respected, comprehensive, 

graduate text in the speeialty. Applied seience and techniques of diagnosis, 

treatment planning, active therapy, and retention are reviewed. (Offered every 

year) 

ORTH.S03 Facial Development (2) 

An overview of current thought in the field of craniofacial biology. The graduate 

student is exposed to the changes that take place in the face from embryo 

to adult. Hypothetical control mechanisms. elinical application of facial 

growth principles, and the experimental evidence are explored in a critical 

review of relevant literature. (Offered every year.) 

ORTH.S10 Biomechanics (2) 

Concepts of orthodontic displacemeot and force. Kinematics and biomechanics 

of tooth movement. Deformable-body mechanics, materials science, 

mechanical analyses, and selection of orthodontic-appliance components. 

Instantaneous and dynamic analyses of e)(ample appliances and clinical 

mechanics. (Offered every year.) 

ORTH.525 Clinical Cephalometrlcs (2) 

Introductiou to the use of cephalometrie radiographs in clinical 0l1hodontics. 

Overview of cephalometrie analyses of historic importance. Lectures and 

demonstrations with a laboratory component that includes eephalometric 

tracing technique. visualization of treatmeut objectives for orthodontic and 

surgical orthodontic cases, analysiS of growth pattern, and treatment results. 


ORTH.535 Surgical Ortbodontics (1) 

Acquaints the graduate student with those surgical procedures that directly 

relate to orthodontic treatment plans. The lecture series encompasses a review 

of diagnostic procedures. surgical teclmiques for the treatment of maxillary 

and/or mandibular skeletal excess and deficiency as well as laterognathism, 

Class JT malocclusion and adjunetive techniques of genioplasty for correction 

of mierogenia and macrogenia. In addition to surgical consideration of 

jaw deformities, time is allocated for miscellaneous pathological conditions. 


ORTH.537 Orthodontic Problems Related to CleCt·Palate Patient (1) 

A study of the various aspects of the congenital eleft-lip-and-palate condition 

with a consideration of the several professional areas concerned with the total 

habilitation of the cleft-tip-and-palate patient. Coursework includes diagno-

sis and treatment of patients at the Cardinal Glennon Hospital Cleft Palate 

Center. (Offered every year.) 

ORTB.539 Speech Problems Related to the Oral Mechanism (1) 

Basic anatomy and physiology of the speech mechanism. Introduction to 

phonetics and speech sound production. Survey of communication disorders; 

significance of the disorder for the orthodontist, and orthodontic treatment 

plan. (Offered cvery Fall semester.) 

ORTH.540 History of Orthodontics (1) 

Evaluating concepts in pre-specialization disciplinary organization, ethical 

considerations. and humanist aspects of thc profession. (Offered every year.) 

ORTH.S49 Diagnostic Procedures in Orthodontics (1) 

An introduction to diagnostic procedures including the taking of thc prospective 

patient's medical and denial history, conductiog the clinical examination 

and an evaluation of dental and oral function. The analysis of orthodontic 

study casts. (Offered every year) 

ORTH.5S0 Dingnosis and Tt'catmellt Planning 1(1) 

Evaluation and treatmcnt planning of various types of malocclusion. (Offered 

every year.) 

ORTH.SS3 Clinical Diagnosis I (1) 

The clinical application of the various diagnostic procedures and philosophies 

of orthodontic diagnosis and a presentation of practical procedures to help in 

the management of unusual problems that can arise during the course of treatment. 


ORTH.SS4 Clinical Diagnosis II (1) 

Continuation of Clinical Diagnosis I. (Offered every year.) 

ORTII.SSS Orthodontic Analysis and Treatment Modalities (1) 

An in-depth presentation of specific and complex problems that can and do 

arise in orthodontic practice. Recognition, precautions, nod various treatmellt 

modalities for each problem are discussed. Advances in orthodontic technology 

will be presented utilizing diagrams, photographs, clinical aids, and 

actual demonstrations to further enhance knowledge in dealing with difficult 

situations. (Offered every year.) 

ORTHSS6 Clinical Case Conference (0-1) 

In seminar format, each class meeting features the presentation by one of the 

students of the work-up and diagnosis of an active orthodontic patient. The 

other students and faculty propose and critically evaluate possible treatment 

plans and modalities. The presenting student then reviews the actual treatment 

plan being followed and the progress in therapy to date. (Offered every year.) 

ORTH.SS8 Clinical Specialty Seminars (1) 

Individual clinical facnlty members present their personal philosophies of 

diagnosis, treatment planning, active therapy, and retention. These sessions 

serve also to introduce the students to a diversity of techniques and appliances 

and therapy for unusual and exceptional categories of patients and cases perhaps 

not routinely seen in the mainstream of Ollhdontic care. (Offered cvery 

year.) 

ORTH.560 Introduction to Clinical Ol·thodontics (i) 

A didactic and laboratory introduction to provide an overview of the range 

of problems encountered in clinical orthodontics and approaches to those 

problems as well as techniques of orthodontic appliance fabrication and their 

applications to assist in solving those problems. (Offered every year.) 

ORTH.S61 Introduction to Clinical Orthodontics II (l) 

A continuation of ORTH.560. A concentrated, didactic course that addresses 

in some depth the procedures of diagnosis. treatment planning, and application 

of clinical therapy toward the solutions of orthodontic problems in 

patients of various ages and dental development. (Offered every yeal:) 

ORTH.S62 Principles of Orthodontic Techniqnes (2) 

Course includes typodont setup in normal occlusion before banding; philosophy 

of treatment; and a coordination of lectures and seminars with laboratory 

demonstration on archwire fabrication and reasons for each bend. (Offered 

every year.) 

ORTH.S63 Principles of Orthodontic Techniques II (2) 

Course includes treatment of Class II, Division I non-extraction case and 

lreatmellt of Class I bimaxillary-protl'Usion case, requiring removal of permanent 

teeth. (Offered every year.) 

ORTH.S64 Tip-Edge Brackets and the Differential Straight-Arch 

Technique (1) 

The differeotial straight-arcl] technique is a fixed-appliance method of 

orthodontics utilizing pre-angled brackets that let the teeth move yet provide 

Periodontics - 97 

accurate three-dimensional final control. The light, continuous forces are 

physiologically compatible. Course includes complete instruction in theory, 

fabrication and manipUlation of the appliance through lectures, laboratory 

exercises. and the treatmeot of patients. (Offered every year.) 

ORTH.S70 Clinical Procednre (1) 

Introduction of the first year students to the policies, personnel, and protocol 

of the orthodontic clinic and the ancillary facilities that complement the 

clinic. (Offered every year.) 

ORTH.S71 Clinical Orthodontics I (2) 

Supervised patient treatment in the Orthodontic Clinic. (Offered the first Fall 

semester and every academic term thereafter.) 

ORTB.S72 Clinical Orthodontics II (3) 

ORTB.S73 Clinical Orthodontics ill (1) 

ORTH.574 Clinical Orthodontics N (3) 

ORTH.S7S Clinical Orthodontics V (3) 

ORTH.576 Clinical Orthodontics VI (1) 

ORTB.S77 Clinical Orthodontics VII (3) 

ORTH.S78 Clinical Orthodontics VIII (0-3) 

ORTH.S80 Seminar: Child and Adolescent Psychology (1) 

The personal-social development of the child and adolescent from the perspective 

of life-span psychology is preseoted and discussed in the context 

of orthodontics, which includes the psycho-social impact of malocclusion, 

patient-parent-doctor motivations, communication and interpersonal relationships, 

patient cooperation and behavior modifIcations, and the psychology of 

the orthodontist. (Offered every year.) 

ORTII.S89 Review for the ABO Examination (0) 

The second year students attend a seriers of seminars with various members 

of the faculty toward preparation for the phase two, written examioation 

administered periodically by the American Board of Orthodontics. Passing 

the cxamination is a required step toward board certificatioo. (Offered every 

year.) 

ORTH.S91 Literature Review (1) 

A consideratioo of recent developments and current literature in the orthodontic 

field and in related fields. 

ORTH.S9S Special Study for Examinations (0) 

ORTB.597 Research Topics (1-2) 

Prior permission of guiding professor and program director required. 

ORTH.S99 Thesis Research (0-6) 

PERIODONTICS (CADE) 

D. Douglas Miley, D.M,D., M.S.D., 


The 36-month graduate program in Periodontics, offered by the 

Center for Advanced Dental Education, leads to the Master of 

Science in Dentistry (Research) degree. Didactic and clinical 

education in graduate periodontics occur at the host institution, 

Saint Louis University, as wen as at two sites (Implant Clinic 

and Main Clinic) at the affiliate institution, Southern Illinois 

University School of Dental Medicine. Focus of the training 

program is three-fold: an extensive and comprehensive clinical 

experience involving diagnosis and treatment of patients representing 

a wide variety of periodontal problems; the didactic 

component that encompass the biomedical sciences as well as 

clinical concepts; and research related to the study of periodontology. 

The program is fully accredited by the Commission on 

Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association.

98 - Periodontics 

Following completion of the program, graduates are educationally 

qualified for certification by the American Board of 

Periodontology. 


(Research) 

Prerequisites 

D.D.S., D.M.D .• or equivalent general dental degree 


All CAD core cOUJ'ses described within the section entitled 

Center for Advanced Dental Education except CAD.523. In 

addition, required periodontal specialty courses include all 

courses described below. 


Supervised clinical periodontal treatment of patients; comprehensive 

periodontal specialty examinations utilizing written, 

oral, and practical clinical formats; teaching practicum; oral 

defense of the thesis. 

Total required credit-hours: 68 




PERI.500 Principles of Periodontics (1) 

An overview of critical didllctic lind clinical information in the field of periodontology 

to the incoming periodontal resident. (Offered every year.) 

PERI. 501 Periodontal Literature Reviews I (1) 

A format for reviewing and presenting significant classical and contemporary 

periodontal literature published in related journals. (Offered every semester.) 

PERI.502 Periodontal Literature Reviews n (1) 

PERI.503 Periodontal Literature Reviews In (1) 

PERI.504 Periodontal Literature Reviews IV (1) 

PERI.505 Periodontal Utel'ature Reviews V (1) 

PERI.506 Pedodontal Literature Reviews VI (1) 

PERI.510 Conscious Sedation 1(1) 

Course is designed to provide knowledge required to manage pain and anxiety 

in Ihe conscious, sedated patient and training in the various sedation techniques. 


PERI.511 Conscious Sedation n (1) 

Continuation of PERI.51O. (Offered every year.) 

PERI.520 Introduction to Graduate Implant Dentistry I (1) 

A comprehensive course 10 prepare knowledge necessary for clinical dental 

implant treatment; all phases of surgical and prosthetic treatment are discussed. 


PERI.521 Introduction to Graduate Implant Dentistry II (1) 

Continuation ofPER1.520. (Offered every year.) 

PERI.522 Advanced Implant Surgery 1(1) 

A comprehensive overview of implant dentistry, with an emphasis on surgical 

methods and techn iques. Speciultopics are presented IUld current literature is 

reviewed. (Offered every year.) 

PERI.523 Advanced Implant Surgery n (1) 

Continuation of PERI.522. (Offered every year.) 

PERI.530 Clinical Teaching Practicum (0) 

Supervised participation in the instruction of clinical periodontics to undergraduate 

dental students and pm1icipation with faculty in the development of 

treatment plans for new patients. (Offered every year.) 

PERI.540 Periodontal Case Presentation Seminar (1) 

Resident presentations of patient treatment for eritical review and discussion. 

Residents organize clinical case information and records for presentations 

of patient diagnosis, treatment planning, and surgical therapy. Gives each 

resident the opportunity to observe and evaluate periodontal treatment by 

other residents and provides a basis of preparation for the American Board of 

Periodontology oral examination. (Offered every academic term.) 

PERI.560 Clinical Periodontics I (1) 

Clinical course consisting of patien! treatment for periodontal diseases 

and other associated conditions in the field of periodontics. Students treat 

patients with various periodontal diseases to a level that periodontal health is 

achieved, etiologic factors nre controlled, and a schedule for supportive periodontal 

therapy is organized for patients. The clinical experience also consists 

of dental implant treatment and other adjunctive methods in the management 

of patients referred for periodomal treatment. (Offered every academic term.) 

PERI.561 Clinical Periodontics II (2) 

PERI.562 Clinical Periodontics III (2) 

PERI.563 Clinical Periodontics IV (1) 

PERI.564 Clinical Periodontics V (2) 

PERI.565 Clinical Periodontics VI (2) 

PERI.566 Clinical Periodontics VII (1) 

PERI.567 Clinical Periodontics Vln (2) 

PERI. 568 Clinical Periodontics IX (2) 

PERI.570 Periodontal Systemic Interrelationships (0) 

Ex.plores the complex interaction between oral and systemic health. Evidence 

shows that a number of human diseases are associated with opportunistic 

infections in periodontal medicine. These diseases are discussed together with 

the oral manifestations and management. (Offered every year.) 

PERI.580 Orthodontic-Periodontic Interrelationships (0) 

Designed to explore the intelTelationships between the disciplines of orthudontics 

and periodontics. In-depth discussion of special toples to improve 

patient treatment of interdisciplinary problems in clinical practice. (Offered 

every year.) 

PERI.591 Current Literature in Periodontics (1) 

An ongoing review of current literature io periodontics taken from various 

journals. Residents present abstracts and review articles. Critical evaluations 

are made of current published research, and new concepts and techniques are 

discussed in a seminar format. 

PERI.595 Special Study for Examinations (0) 

PERI.599 Thesis Research (0-6) 

PERI.5CR.90 Master's Degree Study (0)

HEALTH CARE ETHICS 

James M. DuBois, Ph.D., D.Se., 

Center Director and Department Chair 

Ana S. ntis, Ph.D., D.Se., 

Doctoral Program Director 

The graduate program leading to the research doctorate 

is offered by the Department of Health Care Ethics. 

Interdisciplinary in nature, the program involves full-time 

faculty in the Center for Health Care Ethics as well as faculty 

from the College of Arts and Sciences, the College of 

Public Service, and the Schools of Law, Medicine, and Public 

Health. The program combines an interdisciplinary curriculum 

with practica in health care. In cooperation with the Schools 

of Law and Medicine, respectively, the Center for Health Care 

Ethics offers a lD.IPh.D. and a M.D.lPh.D. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

Prerequisites 

There are two admission tracks to the PhD program with separate 

prerequisites: 

1. Post-baccalaureate: Applicants are required to possess a 

bachelor's degree with a major or a minor in a field related to 

ethics in the humanities (e.g., philosophy or religious studies) 

and their writing sample and statement of aims must evidence 

the maturity needed to complete a PhD in health care ethics. 

Basic competencies in philosophical and applied ethics are 

developed within the doctoral curriculum. 

2. Postgraduate: Applicants must have completed a Master's 

degree or another advanced degree in a field related to health 

care ethics (e.g. an MA in philosophy or moral theology, ID, 

or MD). Students whose graduate or professional curriculum 

did not include the following, may need to complete additional 

prerequisite course work: 

• Philosophical ethics (3 credits) 

• Applied ethics (3 credits) 

• Logic or Critical thinking (3 credits) 

• A Master's thesis in ethics OR 6 credit hours of further 

humanities studies in which essays are written 

For applicants who are otherwise qualified for admission, up 

to 9 hours of prerequisites may be completed during the first 

year of study within the PhD program. 

JDIPhD Program Prerequisites 

Ordinarily, JD/PhD students are required to satisfy the same 

prerequisites as students admitted to the PhD program on the 

postgraduate admission track. 

MDIPhD Program Prerequisites 

Health Care Ethics - 99 

MDIPhD students must have completed a graduate level foundations 

of ethics course and applied ethics course. Students 

may satisfy these requirements as directed reading courses 

during the summer between the first and second years of 

medical school. Applicants to the Health Care Ethics program 

must provide a sample of writing in health care ethics that 

demonstrates the ability to do doctoral level coursework in the 

field. 


For the postbaccalaureate (pre-Master's) student the following 

courses are required: 

HCE.501 Foundations of Clinical Ethics; 

HCE.S03 Foundations of Cathoic Health Care Ethics; and 

an advanced, one-credit course from the Cliniccal Ethics 

Certificate Program (e.g. HCE.SlO). An alternative, approved, 

graduate, three-credit, foundational-ethics course may be 

taken in place of HCE.SOI, HCE.503 and the one-credit certificate 

program course. 

HCE.521 Theories in Philosophical Ethics (or the equivalent) 

Three, advanced, one-credit courses from the Clinical Health 

Care Ethics certificate program (e.g., HCE.5lO, HCE.Sl1, and 

HCE.512, or an alternative, approved, graduate, three-credit, 

applied ethics course) 

CMHC.502 Ethical Issues in Public Health (or an approved 

substitute, three-credit course) 

The following courses are required of all students in the doctoral 

program: 

HCE.601 Methods in Philosophical Ethics; 

HCE.602 Methods in Religious Ethics; 

HCE.603 Applied Methods in Health Care Ethics; 

HCE.604 Interdisciplinary Research in Health Care Ethics; 

HCE.611 Introduction to Medicine for Ethicists; 

HCE.612 Health Care Law; and 

CMHC.SOO Health Care Organization. 


Three credit hours of coursework from offerings in health 

care in other programs, nine hours of coursework on topics 

in health care ethics, three credit hours of practica, and competencies 

in medical terminology, reading statistics and study 

design, and library database skills. 

Between the end of coursework and completing the dissertation 

students will be encouraged to attend an ongoing 

Interdisciplinary Research Seminar. 

No Jormal millor is permitted. Students may complete an 

optional Certificate oj Empirical Reserach methods in 

Descriptive Ethics, a concentration in Reserach Ethics,

100 - Health Care Ethics 

01' a Concentration in Health Care Ethics in the Catholic 

Tradition. 

Certificate of Empirical Research Methods in Descriptive 

Ethics 

Students, with the approval of the program's faculty, may opt 

to complete this certificate program. The certificate program, 

which has two distinct tracks (qualitative and quantitative), 

requires 15 hours of coursework, some of which can be 

integrated into the traditional Ph.D. program. The aim of the 

certificate program is to prepare students to do independent 

research based either on survey (quantitative) or on interview 

(qualitative) methods. Data gathered during the final courses 

of the certificate program should be integrated into the doctoral 

dissertation in health care ethics. Courses will include 

HCE.651and HCE.652. 

Research Ethics Concentration 

Students enrolled in the Ph.D. program in health care ethics 

may take 15 hours of course work with an emphasis on 

research ethics and write a dissertation (12 credits) in research 

ethics to develop expertise in the area of human research ethics. 

Concentration on Health Care Ethics in the Catholic 

Tradition 

Students enrolled in the Ph.D. program in health care ethics 

may take 15 hours of coursework with an emphasis on health 

care ethics in the Catholic tradition and write a dissertation 

(12 credits) in the Catholic tradition to develop expertise in 

the area of Catholic health care ethics. 

Certificate in Clinical Health Care 

Ethics 

Jill.Burkemper, PIl.D., 

Certificate Program Director 

The Certificate in Clinical Health Care Ethics has been established 

to serve hospital personnel and others engaged in 

healthcare. The primary objective of the celtificate program 

is to foster clinical ethics skills and knowledge needed by ethics 

committee members, physicians, nurses, administrators, 

attorneys, social workers, chaplains, and others in healthcare. 

To deliver a program manageable for professionals who may 

be working full-time, the pl'Ogram includes an extensive distance-learning 

component. Participants have the option of 

pursuing a concentration in Catholic Health Care Ethics. 

Prerequisites 

A baccalaureate or equivalent pl'Ofessional degree; 

Some pl'Ofessional experience in a health care setting (ordinarily 

required); and 

Admission to the program subsequent to an application process 


HCE.501 Foundations in Clinical Ethics 

HCE.5l0 Informed Consent and Surrogate Decision Making 

HCE.511 Death and Dying 

HCE.516 Law and .Bioethics 

HCE.589 Capstone Project: Ethics Case Analysis 

In addition, students are required to complete three of the following 

courses: 

HCE.503 Foundations of Catholic Health Care Ethics 

(Required for all students pursuing a concentration in 

Catholic health care ethics.) 

HCE.512 Ethical, Policy, and Social Issues in Pain 

Management and Palliative Care 

HCE.513 Patient Safety and Medical Error 

HCE.514 Organ Donation: Ethical Issues in Clinical Practice 

HCE.5I5 Perinatal and Pediatric Ethics 

Time Frame 

The pl'Ogram is designed to be completed in one year: found 

semester-hours in the Fall semester, three-semester hours in 

the Spring semester, and one semester-hour during the following 

Summer Session. (Students have the option of taking 

longer than one year to complete the Certificate.) Besides the 

distant learning component, a two day seminar is required, 

onsite at Saint Louis University, during each of the Fall and 

Spring semesters. 



HCE.4311S31 Humanism & The Health Care Humanities (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. Introduces the central themes in the 

humanistic tradition and explores the intersection hetween these and health 

care. Topics include Post-Enlightenment thought; the tension between scientific 

and humanistic approaches; and the critical. educational. and supplementary 

functions of the humanities in health care. (Offered every other year.) 

HCE.SOI I"oundations uf Clinical Ethics (1) 

This course has three main purposes: first, to study the principal ethical norms 

that inform clinical ethics discussions; second, to examine the main models 

for conducting clinical ethics consultations; third, to present a framework for 

analyzing cases which is suitable for writing up case studies. (Offered annually) 

HCE.S03 Foundations of Catholic Health Care Ethics (1) 

This course examines Ethical and Religious Directives for Catholic Health 

Care Services (4th edition, 2001) to offer a critical appraisal of the foundations 

of Catholic healthcare ethics. (Offered annually) 

lICE.SI0 Informed Consent and Surrogate Decision Making (1) 

This course investigates informed consent and desicion-making on behalf of 

incompetent patients, including such topics as the legal and ethical basis of 

informed consent, standards that health professionals must meet in disclosing 

information, slllndards used by surrogate decision-makers, and the role of 

advance directives. (Offered annually.) 

HCE.Sll Death and Dying (1) 

This course surveys ethical issues and norms that pertain to healthcare for 

patients who afe near the end of life. (Offered annually.) 

HCE.S12 Ethical, Policy, lind Social Issues ill Pain Management and 

Palliative Care (I) 

A study of: empirical data concerning pain management and palliative care to

Health Care Ethics 

identify major areas of concern relevant for ethicists in the clinical selling; an 

ethical framework for physicians and institutions in providing pain management 

and palliative carc; legal norms regarding pain management, including 

salUtes, cases. professional guidelines. and private accreditation. (Offered 

annually.) 

HCE.SI3 Patient Safety and Medical Error (1) 

This course examines related ethical issues of medical error and patient-safety. 

especially from the perspective of quality improvement in healthcare today. 

(Offered annually.) 

HCI

eflect critically on ethical challenges in health care. 

HCE.651 Interdisciplinal'Y Research Seminar: Dissertation Research 

in Health Care Ethics (0) 

The interdisciplinary research seminar is recommended for students between 

the end of coursework and completing the dissertation. This seminar examines 

ongoing dissertation research, integrating the knowledge of method and systematic 

analysis in ethics, of interdisciplinary study. and of foreign literature 

in health care ethics. (Offered every year.) 

HCE.652 Directed Research in Descriptive Ethics (3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of at least nine semester-hours within the Certificate 

in Empirical Research Methods program. This course provides the opportunity 

to design and carry out directed, research in descriptive ethics. The course 

fosters the development of skills necessary to secure grant funding, to gain 

Institutional Review Board approval, and to do empirical research that can be 

integrated into the doctoral dissertation in health care ethics. (Offered every 

other year.) 

HCE.660 Bioethics and the Law (3) 

This course examines legal issues in health care decision making in areas 

typically considered II part of bioethics. These topics include organ transplantation, 

genetic medicine. end-of-life care, determination of death, and experimentation 

with human subjects, among other topics. (Offered every year.) 

HCE.693 Special Topics (1-3) 

HCE.695 Special Study for Examinations (0) 

HCE.697 Research Topics (1-3) 

Prior permission of Program Director required. 

HCE.698 Graduate Reading Course (1-3) 

Prior permission of Program Director required. 

HCE.699 Dissertation Research (0-6) 

HCE.6CR.99 Doctor of Philosophy Degree Study (0)

University Administration 

and Graduate Faculty 

BOARD OF 

TRUSTEES 

Chairman 

Mr. Barry Beracha 

Vice Chairperson 

Ms. Robin Smilh 

Trustees 

Mr. J. Joseph AdoJjan 

Mr. John S. Alberiei 

Reverend Andy Alexander, SJ. 

Mr.Richard D. Baron 

Mr. Barry Beracha 

Reverend Lawrence Biondi, S.J. 

Mr. Oliver C. Boileau 

Mr. Thomas H. Brouster, SI: 

Reverend Richard O. Buhler, S.J. 

Reverend James J. Burshek, SJ. 

Mr. Robert G. Clark 

Mr. Larry Cockell 

Mr. John M. Cook 

Mr. Gerald E. Daniels 

Reverend J. Daniel Daly, S.J. 

Mr. Charles L. Drury, Sr. 

Mr. Thomas P. Dunne, Sr. 

Mr. L. B. Eckelkamp, Jr. 

Mr. Robert N. Fox 

Dr. Eva L. Frazer 

Mr. Shawn R. Hayes 

Mr. Joseph Imbs III 

Reverend James G. Knapp, S.l. 

Mr. AI Litteken 

Ms. Mary V. Longrais 

Mr. Paul G. Lorenzini 

Reverend Keith F. Muccino, 5.1. 

Reverend Robel1 L. Niehoff, SJ. 

Mr. Tony Novelly 

Dr. Francis O'Donnell, Jr. 

Mr. Michael D. O'Keefe 

Mr. G. Keith Phoenix. 

Mr. John K. Pruellage 

Mr. Daniel A. Rodrigues 

Mr. W. Michael Ross 

Mr. James A. Saitz 

Mr. Rex A. Sinquefield 

Mr. Patrick J. Sly 

Mr. James T. Smith 

Ms. Martha S. UhlhoJ11 

Reverend Daniel P. White, S.J. 

TRUSTEES 

EMERITI 

Mrs. RULh Bettman 

Mr. William H. T. Bush 

Mrs. Ellen Conant 

Mr. John E. Connelly 

Dr. Walter Davisson 

Mr. James J. Kerley 

Mr. James B. Malloy 

Mr. William McKenna 

Mr. Andrew C. Ries 

Mr. Michael F. Shanahan, Sr. 

Mr. FrankA. Stroble 

ADMINISTRATION 

President 

Lawrence Biondi, S.1., Ph.D. 

Provost 

Joseph Weixlmann, Ph.D. 

Vice President for Business and Finance 

Robert Woodruff, M.B.A. 

Vice President and ChlefInformation Officer 

Ellen Watson, M.S.L.l.S. 

Vice President for Development and 

University Relations 

Thomas Keefe, J.D. 

Vice President for Facilities Management 

and Civic Affairs 

Kathleen T. Brady, B.A. 

Vice President and General Counsel 

William R. Kauffman, J.D. 

Vice President for Human Resources 

TBA. 

Vice President and Dean for the Madrid 

Campus 

Frank Reale, S.l, Interim. 

Vice President for Student Development 

Kent T. Porterfield, Ed.D. 

Assistant to the President for Mission, 

Identity, aud Values 

Frank Reale, S.1. 

Enrollment and Academic Services 

Boyd Bradshaw 

ACADEMIC 

DEANS 

Doisy College of Health Sciences 

CharloUe B. Royeen, Ph.D. 

College of Arts and Sciences 


John Cook School of Business 

Ellen F. Harshman, Ph.D., J.D. 



School of Law 

Jeffrey E. Lewis, A.B., J.D. 

School of Medicine 

Alderson, M.D. 

School of Nursing 

Teri Murray, Ph.D .. 

Parks College of Engineering, Aviation, 

and Technology 

Manoj Patankar, Ph.D. 

College of Philosophy and Letters 

Garth L. Hallett, 5.1., Ph.D. 

School of Public Health 

Homer Schmitz, Ph.D., interim 

College of Education and Public Service 

lobn Watske, Ph.D., Interim

148 - Administration and Graduate Faculty 

GRADUATE 

FACULTY 

(fQnlduate (nSIt'UClioH) 

(Year shOWn in pafCtltheSC5 is lbc dale of t,;umnl rant) 

Benjamin F. Abell 

M.S., Saint Louis University 

Professor of Meteorology in Earth and 

Atmospheric Sciences (1997) 

Paul L. Acker 

Ph.D., Brown University 

Professor of English (2005) 

Carol Ackerson 

M.S., Miami University 

Assistant Clinical Professor in Communication 

Sciences and Disorders (2007) 

Michael J. Alderson 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. Urbana·Champaign 

Professor of Finance (2002) 

Robert D. Aldridge 

Pb.D., University of New Mexico 

Professor of Biology (1985) 

HadiAIhorr 

Ph.D., Texas Tech University 

Assistant Professor of Intemutionai Business 

(2006) 

Lyn S. Amine 

Ph.D., University of Bradford Management 

Centre. U.K. 

Shaughnessy Fellow. International Business 

Professor of Emerita of Marketing (200!!) 

A. Michael Anch 

Ph.D., Saini Louis University 

Associate Professor of Psychology (1989) 

Associate Professor of Biomedical Engineering 

(2004) 

Robert B. Anderson, S.l. 

Ph.D .• Boston College 

Associate Professor of History (2007) 

Robert O. Anderson 

Ph.D., University of Missouri, Columbia 

Professor of Communication (1992) 

Professor of International Studies (2000) 

Sbirley Perrin Anderson 

Ph.D .• Saint Louis University; (R.R.A.) 

Professor Emerita of Health Information 

Management (1997) 

Richard M. Andres 

Ph.D., Saint Louis University 

Professor Emeritus of Aerospace and Mechanical 

Engineering (1997) 

Eustaquio Araujo 

D.D.S., Federal University of Minas Gerais 

M.S.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Orthodontics 

(2002) 

Olga Arbelaez 

Ph.D., State University of New York 

Associate Professor of Modern Languages 

(2004) 

Michael Ariel 

Ph.D .. Washington University , 

Professor of Pharmacological and Physiological 

Science (2003) 

Associate Professor of Anatomy and 

Neurobiology (1996) 

Harvey J. Armbrecltt 

Ph.D., University of Rochester 

Professor of Internal Medicine (1989) 

Professor of Biochemistry and Molecular 

Biology (1992) 

Mark Arnold 

Ph.D .• Saint Louis University 

Associate Professor of Marketing (2004) 

Bernhard A. Asen 


Associate Professor ofThcological Studies (1993) 

Editor, Theology Digest (1984) 

Nevin Aspinwall 

Ph.D., University of British Columbia 

Professor of Biology (J 977) 

Rajeev Aurora 

Ph.D., State University of New York, Stony 

Brook 

Associate Professor of Microbiology (2004) 

Harvey R. Aus!r!n 

Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1990) 

Veronica M. Azcue 

Ph.D., State University of New York, Stony 

Brook 

Assistant Professor of Modern and Classical 

Languages-Madrid (1999) 

Elizabeth Baker 

Ph.D., University of Michigan 

Tenured Professor of Community Health (2008) 

Joseph J. Baldassare 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, Massachusetts 

Institute of Technology 

Professor of Pharmacological & Physiological 



Doyle W. Banks 

Ph.D., University oflowa, Iowa City 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting (2003) 

William Bnuks 

M.D .• University of Missouri, Columbia 



Janet Barber 

Ph.D., University of Texas 

Assistant Professor of Biology (2003) 

Michael D, Barber, S,J. 

Ph.D .. Yale University 

Eugene A. Hotfelder. D.D.S., Chair in 

Humanities (2004-) 

Professor of Philosophy (1998) 

Lawrence Barmann 

Ph.D .. Cambridge University 

Professor Emeritus of American Studies (1981) 

David Barnett 

D.Se., Washington University 


(2002) 

Chair. Department of Biomedical Engineering 

(2002) 

Mary L. Barron 


Associate Professor of Nursing (2006) 

AlmekeBart 

Ph.D., University of California 

Associate Professor of Mathematics and 

Computer Science (2004) 

Jacqueline Batanian 

Ph.D., University of Birmingham, England 

Professor of Pediatrics (2002) 

Assistant Professor of Pathology (1996) 

Joachim O. Bauer 

D.D.S .• M.S. in Dent .. Saint Louis University 

Associate Clinical Professor of Orthodontics 

(1996) 

Dana Banm 

Ph.D., University of Kentueky, Lexington 

Associate Professor of Chemistry (2008 

Gregory R. Beabout 

Ph.D., Marquette University 

Associate Professor of Philosophy (1993) 

Angie Colelte Beatty 


Assistant Professor of Communication (2006) 

Assistant Professor of African American Studies 

(2006) 

Donald P. Bedell 

C.P.A.; Ph.D .• Saint Louis University 


Heatber Bednarek 

Ph.D., Michigan State University 

Associate Professor of Economics (2007) 

Rolf Behrents 


Professor of Orthodontics (2003) 

Director. Graduate Program in Orthodontics 

(2003) 

Executive Director. Center for Advanced Dental 

Education (2003) 

Clifford J, Bellone 

Ph.D., University of Notre Dame 

Professor of Molecular Microbiology and 

Immunology (1984) 

Associate Professor of Pathology (1980) 

Robert B. Belshe 

M.D., University ofDlinois. Chicago 

Dianna and J. Joseph Adorjan Chair in Infectious 

Diseases and Irrununology (l995) 


Professor of Pediatrics {I 989) 



Albert E. Bender, Sr. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Professor Emeritus of Education (1996) 

Toby Ruth Benis 

Ph.D., Columbia University 

Associate Professor of English (2003) 

Raymond P. Benoit 

Ph.D., UniVersity of Oregon 


Scott J, Berman 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Madison 

Associate Professor of Philosophy (J 997)

Peter Bernhardt 

Ph.D., University of Melbourne, Australia 


Brian Betker 

Ph.D., University of California Los Angeles 


Anna Biggs 

Ph.D., University of Colorado 

Assistant Professor of Nursing (2002) 

Ailor Bikandi.Mejias 

Ph.D., University of Cincinnati 

Associate Professor of Modern and Classical 

Languages-Madrid (1999) 

Lawrence Biondi, S.l. 

Ph.D., Georgetown University 

Professor of Modern Languages (1987) 

University President (1987) 

Richard J. Blackwell 


Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (2001) 

Gary Bledsoe 

Ph.D., University of Memphis 


(2005) 

Russell D. Blytb 

Ph.D .• University of minois. Urbana-Champaign 



Barrie P. Bode 

Ph.D., University of Florida 

Associate Professor of Biology (2003) 

James F. Bobman 

Ph.D .• Boston University 



Danforth Chair in Humanities (1997) 

Paul D. Boughton 


Associate Professiol' Emeritus of Marketing 

(2007) 

John R. Boyce 

J.D .• Saint Louis University 

LL.M .• Washington University 

Clinical Professor of Orthodontics (1996) 

Brett Boyle 



Edward Brantmeier 

Ph.D .• Indiana University, Bloomington 

Assistant Professor of Educational Studies 

(2005) 

Donald G. Brennan 

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma 

Professor of Communication Sciences and 

Disorders (1986) 

Dean. Graduate School (1988) 

Dean. Arts and Sciences (2007) 

Associate Provost of Graduate Studies (2006) 

Martha Kenuedy Brennan 

M.A .. University of Illinois, Champaign 

Assistant Professor of Commllnication Sciences 

and Disorders (2002) 

Andrew S. Brlmball 

Ph.D., Texas Tech University 

Assistant Professor of Counseling and Family 

Therapy (2006) 

Joseph F. Brinley 

Ph.D., Catholic University of America 


Robert H. Brockhaus 

Ph.D .• Washington University 

Professor Emeritus of Management (2004) 

Susan Brower-Toland 

Ph.D .. Comell University 


Heinrich H. Bruschke 

A.M .• University of Minnesota 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Economics 

(1994) 

Tony Buchanan 

Ph.D .• University of Oklahoma 

Assistant Professor of Psychology (2007) 

Richard D. Bucbolz 

M.D .• Yale University 

Professor of Surgery (1996) 

Steven Buckner 

Ph.D .• Purdue University 

Professor of Chemistry (2002) 

Chair. Department of Chemistry (2002) 

Linda Welden Bufkin 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. Columbia 

Associate Professor of Educational Studies (1998) 

Eloise Buker 

Ph.D., University of Hawaii 

Professor Emerita of Political Science (2007) 

Robert Mark L. Buller 

Ph.D .• University of Glasgow 



William J. Burke 

M.D .• Ph.D .• Saint Louis University 

Professor of Neurology (1993) 



Associate Professor ofInteroal Medicine (1992) 

Thomas Burroughs 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Community 

Health (1999) 

Peter H. Busclmng 

Ph.D .• University of Texas. Austin 

Adjunct Professor. Center for Advanced Dental 


HaroldBusb 

Ph.D .• Indiana University 


Trent Buskirk 

Ph.D., Arizona State. Tempe 

Associate Professor of Public Health (2006) 

Pamela Caccbione 


Associate Pl'Ofessor of NUfsing (2004) 

Gerardo R. Camilo 

Ph. D .• Texas Technological University 


John C. Cantwell 


Professor of Mathematics and Mathematical 


Administration and Graduate Faculty - 149 

Elsy CardonaJolmson 

Ph.D .• University of Kansas 

Associate Professor of Modern & Classical 

Languages (2003) 

Judith Hockenberger Carlson 

R.N .• M.S.N., Saint Louis University 


Matthew Carlson 

Ph.D .• University of Pennsylvania 


Ellen P. Carnaghan 

Ph.D .• New York University 

Tenured Professor of Political Science (2008) 

John Mark Carroll 

Ph.D .• Harvard University 


Raymond A. Carroll 

Ph.D .• Michigan State University 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Education 

(1994) 

Vincent G. Casaregola 

Ph.D .• University ofIowa 


Stephen J. Casmier 

Ph.D .• Universite de Nice 


Richard L. Chaney 

Ph.D., University of Illinois 


Jen Jen Chang 

Ph.D .• University of NOlth Carolina, Chapel Hill 

Assistant Professor of Public Health (2005) 

Yle-Hwa Chang 

Ph.D .• California Institute of Technology 

Associate Professor of Biochemistry and 

Molecular Biology (1999) 

Barry M. Chapnlck 

Ph.D., University of Chicago 

Professor Emeritus of Pharmacological and 

Physiological Science (2007) 

William C. Charron 

Ph.D., Marquette University 


Editor, The Modern Schoolman (1989) 

Allping Cben 

Ph.D .• University of Puerto Rico 

Assistant Professor of Pathology (2006) 

Director. Pathology Research Division (2006) 

Govindaswamy Cbinnadurai 

Ph.D .• University of Texas. Dallas 

Professor of Molecular Virology (1984) 

Mary "Rula" Cblttooran 

Ph.D .• Mississippi State University 

Associate Professor of Educational Studies 

(1998) 

Jolm C. Cbrivia 

Ph.D •• University of Washington. Seattle 


Science (200S) 

Bryan Clair 

Ph.D .• University of Chicago 


Computer Science (2006)


Eddie M. Clark 


Professor of Psychology (2006) 

Rodney M. Coe 

Ph.D., Washington University 

Professor Emeritus of Community and Family 

Medicine (1972) 

Sarah Coffin 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 

Assistant Professor of Public Policy Studies 

(2003) 

Richard Colignoll 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison 

Professor of Sociology & Criminal Justice 

(2006) 

Dorothy McConnell Cooke 

R.N., Ph.D .. Saint Louis University 


Margaret II. Cooper 

Ph.D., Saini Louis University 

Professor of Anatomy (1993) 

Professor of Otolaryngology (1993) 

Carmine J. Coscia 

Ph.D., Fordham University 



Michael A. Connte 

Ph.D .• University of Illinois, Urbana 

Professor of Health Management and Policy 

(1994) 

Michael Creer 

M.D., University of Utah 

Professor of Pathology (2000) 


Donald T. Critchlow 

Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley 

Professor of History (1991) 

Adjunet Associate Professor of Biology (1982) 

Robert A. Cropi 

Ph.D., New York University 

Associate Professor of Public Policy Studies 

(1997) 

Chair, Department of Public Policy Studies 

(2006) 

John F. Cross 


Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

(2003) 

David J. Crossley 


Professor of Geophysics (1995) 

Ellen Crowell 


Assistant Professor of English (2004) 

Scott Cummings 

Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

Professor of Public Policy Studies (1999) 

Bradley N. Currey III 

Ph.D., Purdue University 



Thomas E. Dalulls 

Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara 

Professor of Anesthesiology (1999) 

Associate Research Professor of Internal 


Associate Professor of Surgery (1996) 

Assistant Research Professor of Pharmacological 

and Physiological Sciences (1980) 

William Dannevlk 


Professor of Meteorology (2004) 

Chair, Department of Earth and Atmospheric 

Sciences (2006) 

Mary Obradovits Dasovich 



(1998) 

J. Wendell Davis 

Ph.D .. Oregon State University 

Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry and 


Benjamin DeFoy 

Ph.D., University of Cambridge, UK 

Assistant Professor of Earth & Atmospheric 


Patricia L, Demutb 

R.N., Ph.D., Saint Louis University 

Professor Emerita of GcrontologicalfPsychiatric 

MenIal Health Nursing (1997) 

Richard Di Paolo 


Associate Professor of Molecular Microbiology 

and Immunology (2007) 

Stephen J. Dina 

Ph.D., University ofUlal! 

Associate Professor of Biology ([975) 

Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences 

(1994) 

Vijai V. Dixit 


Professor of Physics (1989) 

Mary R. Domahidy 



(1998) 

Dale Dorsett 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. Oak Ridge 

Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences 

Professor of Biochemistry & Molecular Biology 

(2000) 

Brian Downes 



John P. Doyle 

Ph.D .. University of Toronto 

Professor Emeritus of Philosophy (2007) 

Angeln Dries, OSF 

Ph.D., GflIduale Theological Union 

Professor of Theological Studies (2003) 

Kimberly S. Druschel 

Ph.D., Ohio State University, Columbus 



James M. DuBois 

Ph.D., University of Vienna 

Professor of Health Cure Ethics (2006) 

Director of Center for Health Care Ethics (2006) 

Judith E. Durham 

Ph.D., University onowa 

Associate Professor of Chemisu'y (1979) 

Jennifer Ehelhar 

M.S., Saint Louis University; R.D. 

Instructor of Nutrition and Dietetics (2006) 

Margie Stein Edel 

R.N., Ed.D., Southern Illinois University, 

Edwardsville 


Director, Baccalaureate and Master's Programs. 

School of Nursing (2001) 

Retha M. Meier 



(2008) 

Terrance M. Egan 

Ph,D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology 



Joel C. Eisscnherg 

Ph.D., University of NOIth Carolina 


(2002) 


Geol'ge L. Eliceirl 

M.D., University of Buenos Aires 

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma 

Professor ofPalhology (1976) 

Michael Elliott 

Ph.D., Ohio Stale University, Columbus 

Assistant Professor of Community Health (2005) 

Peggy Ellis 

Ph, D., Southern lllinois University, Carbondale 


Mary L. Ellsworth 

Ph.D .. Albany Medical College 

Professor of Pharmacological and Physiologicai 


John P. Encarnacion 

Ph.D., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor 

Associate Professor of Geology in Earth and 


R. Gregory Evans 


Professor of Community Health (2002) 

Associate Research Professor of Internal 


Associate Professor of Community aud Family 

Medici ne (1989) 

COlluie Evashwick 

D.Sc., Harvard University 

Professor of Health Management & Policy 

(2006) 

Snsan Toft Everson 

Ph.D., University of Missouri, Kansas City 

Associate Professor of Educational Leadership 

and Higher Education (2006) 

William Barby Faherty, S.J. 


Professor Emeritus of History (1983) 

Kathleen Farrell 



Chair, Department of Communication (2002)

Noelle Fearn 

Ph.D., University of Missouri, St. Louis 

Assistant Professor of Sociology & Criminal 

Justice (2007) 

Marty A. Ferman 

Ph.D .. California Coast University 



Mark E. Ferds 

Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urhana-Champaign 

Associate Professor of Decision Sciences and 

Management Information Systems (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Public Policy Studies 

(1995) 

Thomas Finan 

Ph.D .. Catholic University of America, D.C. 

Assistant Professor of History (2006) 

Vernon W. Fischer 


Professor Emeritus of Anatomy and 


Professor Emeritus of Pathology (1992) 

James E. Fisher 

Ph.D., University of Illinois, Champaign 


Director, Emerson Center of Business Ethics 

(1993) 

Jonathan S. Fisher 



CoyD.Fitch 

M.D., University of Arkansas, Little Rock 




John Foley 

Ph.D .. Graduate Theological Union 

Distinguished Liturgical Theologian of 

Theological Studies (2001) 

Charles E. Ford 

Ph.D., University of Oregon 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science 

(1998) 

David Alex Ford 

Ph.D., University of Missonri - Columbia 


(2005) 

Elizabeth Foreman 

Ph.D., University ofNol1h Caroline-Chapel Hill 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy (2008) 

Thomas Forrester 

M.B .• Ch.B., Ph.D., M.D., University of 

Glasgow, Scotland 



Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine (1983) 

Joseph FOl'tiel' 

Ph.D., University of Wyoming 


Lucien F. Fournier 



Gerard A. Fowler 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

J.D., Saint Louis University 



Kevin E. Fox 

Ph.D., University of Tulsa 


PaMcia Freed 

Ed.D., Southern Illinois University-Edwardsville 

Associate Pl'Ofessor of Nursing (2005) 

Raymond W. Freese 


Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and 


Phyllis T. Friedman 

Ph.D., California School of Professional 

Psychology 

Associatc Clinical Professor of Psychology 

(1994) 

Director. Psychological Services Center (1994) 

Qiang "John" Fu 

M.D .• University of Alabama 


Dennis P. Fuller 


Associate Professor of Communication Sciences 


Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology (1997) 

J. Patrick Gaffney, S.M.M. 

S.T.D .. Pontifical University Angelicum, Rome 

Professor Emeritus of Theological Stud ies 

(1991) 

Nancy J. Galvin 

Ph.D., University ofIowa. Iowa City 

Assistant Research Professor of Pathology 

(1986) 

Kanak S. Gautum 

Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign 

Associate Professor of Health Management and 

Policy (1997) 

Philip R. Gavitt 

Ph.D .• University of Michigan 


John A. George 




Sarah George 

M.D., University of Chicago 

Assistant Professor of Microbiology (2003) 

Jeffrey D. Gfeller 

Ph.D .• Ohio University, Athens 


Associate Professor of Psychiatry (1998) 

Judith L. Gibbons 

Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University 



Kathleen Nickrcnt Gillespie 



Policy (1992) 


M. Jane Gillespie 

Ph.D., University of New Mexico 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Endodonticsl 

Periodontics (1991) 

Fl'ank H. Gilner 



Administration and Graduate Faculty 151 

James F. Gilsinan, Jr. 

Ph.D., University of Colorado 


E.Desmond Lee Professor in Collaborative 

Regional Education 

James Ginther 

Ph.D., University of Toronto 

Associate Professor of Theological Studics 

(2004) 

Director, Theological Graduate Studies (2004) 

Alvin H. Gold 

Ph.D .. Saint Lonis University 



* Jesse A. Goldner 

M.A., Columbia University 

J.D., Harvard University 

Professor of Law (1979) 

Professor of Law in Psychiatry and Human 

Behavior (1988) 


Professor of Health Administration (1989) 

Professor of Health Care Ethics (2006) 

Michael Goldwasser 

Ph.D., Stanford University 


Mathematical Computer Science (2006) 

Michael P. Grady 


Professor of Educational Studies (1998) 

Dnane P. Gralldgcnett 



Director, Cell and Molecular Biology Program 

(2000) 

Matthew Grawitch 


Assistant Professor of Professional Studics 

(2007) 

Charles E. Graves 

Ph.D., Iowa State University 

Associate Professor of Meteorology (1997) 

John H. Gray, S.J. 

Ph.D., King's College, University of London 

Associate Professor Emeritus of English (1992) 

*Thomas L. Greaney 

J.D .• Harvard University 

Professor of Law (1994) 

Assistant Professor of Health Administration 

(1989) 

John Greco 


Leonard and Elizabeth Eslick Chair in 

Philosophy (2006) 


Maurice Green 

Ph.D., University ofWiscollsin 


Chair. Institute for Molecular Virology (1964) 

Michael Green 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 



Mary Ellen Grobar-Murray 

R.N., Ph.D .• Saint Louis University 

Professor Emerita of Nursing (2008)


Leroy J. Grossman 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 

Professor Emeritus of Economics (2001) 

Leonard E. Grosso 

M.D., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison 


Gladys Walleman Gruenberg 


Professor Emerita of Economics (1983) 

Garth L. Hallett, S.J. 

Ph.D., Pontifical Gregorian University, Rome 


Dean, College of Philosophy and Letters (1985) 

Jay M. Hammond III 


Assistant Professor of Theological Studies 

(2006), Director of Graduate Studies (2008) 

Lois Cassandra Hamrick 


Professor of Modem Languages (2001) 

Associate Professor of International Studies 

(2000) 

Paul J. Handal 



Amy Harkins 

Ph.D., University ofPenllsylvania 

Assistant Professor of Pharmacological and 


Scott Harris 

Ph.D .• University of Oregon 

Associate Professor of Sociology & Criminal 


Steven G. Harris 

Ph.D .. University of Chicago 


(2000) 

Richard Harvey 

Ph.D., University of Kansas 

Associate Professor of Psychology (200 1) 

Antony J. Hasler 

Ph.D., University of Cambridge 

Associate Professor of English (200 I) 

John F. Hatton 

D.M.D., Southern Illinois University 

Professor of EndodonticslPeriodontics (200 I) 

Professor of Orthodontics (2003) 

Director, Graduate Program in Endodontics 

(1994) 

Associate Director. Center for Advanced Dental 


Paul Hauptman 

M.D., Cornell Uiliversity Medical College 


Adjunct Professor of Health Management & 

Policy (2008) 

Daniel Haybron 

Ph.D .. Rutgers University 


James J. Hebda 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. Chicago 


(1990) 

J. A. Wayne Helhnalm, O.F.M. Conv. 

Dr. Theol., University of Munich, Germany 


Chair. Department of Theological Studies (2004) 

Margaret Reis Herning 

Ph.D., Saint Louis University; P.T. 

Associate Professor of Physical Therapy (1999) 

Robert B. Herrmann 


Professor of Geophysics (1983) 

Robert D. Herron 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

Professor Emeritus of Modern Languages (1997) 

Rita M. Heuertz 


Associate Professor of Clinical Laboratory 


Tomasz Heydnk 

Ph.D., University of Wrodaw. Poland 



Gary Higgs 

Ph.D., University of Illinois • 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Economics (1994) 


(2005) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Finance (2002) 

Charles HildeboIt 

Ph.D., Ohio State, Columbus 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Periodoutics 

(2006) 

James F. Hitchcock 

Ph.D., Princeton University 


Christine Hoehner 



Julia Hoffman 

M.A.. Truman State University 

Assistant Clinical Professor of Communication 

Sciences and Disorders (2004) 

Joseph W. Hoffinann 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Pathology 

(1998) 

Daniel F. Hoft 

M.D., University of Missouri. Columbia 

Ph.D., University ofIowa. Iowa City 


Assistant Professor of Molecular Microbiology 


Cornelia Horn 

Ph.D., Catholic University of America 


(2004) 

Frances L. Horvath 

M.D., Saint Louis University 

Dean Emerita, School of Allied Health 

Professions (2000) 

Jung San Huang 

Ph.D., National Taiwan University 



Honore M. Hnghes 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 


William J. HutchIson, S.J. 


Professor Emeritus of Social Work (2003) 

Deborah Hwa·Froelich 

Ph.D .• Wichita State University 

Associate Professor of Communication Sciences 


Ana Lucia Iltis 

Ph.D., Rice University 

Assistant Professor of Health Care Ethics (2007) 

Muhammad Q. Islam 

Ph.D., Indiana University, Bloomington 


Associate Professor of International Business 

([998) 

Chaitman, Department of Economics (2000) 

David A. Jackson 




Jonathan Jacobs 

Ph.D .• Indiana University, BloOlnington 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy (2008) 

John James 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska, Omaha 

Associate Professor of Education (2008) 

Paul Andrew Jelliss 

Ph.D., University of Bristol, U.K. 

Associate Professor of Chelnistry (2006) 

Director, Integrated and Applied Sciences (2006) 

James P. Jennings 

C.P.A.; C.M.A.; Ph.D., University of Missomi, 

Columbia 


Brody Johnson 


Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 


*Sandra Hanneken Johnson 

I.D .. New York University 

LL.M., Yale Law School 

Professor Emerita of Law (2008) 

Teresa Herrera de Johnson 



Devin Johnston 



Georgia K. Johnston 

Ph.D., Rutgers State University 


Lysle Johnston, Jr. 

Ph.D., School of Medicine. Case Western 

Reserve University 

Professor Emeritus of Olthodontics (2004) 

Lori Jones 

M.S .. Saint Louis University; RD. 

Instructor of Nutrition and Dietetics (2005) 

John E. Kalliongis 

Ph.D., University of Connecticnt 


(1991) 

Irene Kalnins 

Ed.D., Columbia University 

Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing (2007)

David Kaplan 

Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign 

Assistant Professor of Management (2003) 

Grant Kaplan 

Ph.D., Boston College 


(2007) 

Swami N. Karllnllmoorthy 

D.Se., Washington University 

Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical 


Professor of Aerospace Technology (2004) 

Barry M. Katz 


Professor Emeritus of Research Methodology 

(2007) 

JeromeA. Katz 


Coleman Foundation Chair in Entrepreneurship 

Professor of Management (1994) 

John F. Kavanaugh, S.J. 



Professor of Health Care Ethics (1998) 

John P. Keithley 

C.P.A.. Ph.D., University of Missouri, Columbia 

Professor of Accounting (1980) 

Professor of International Business (1992) 

James A. Kelhoffer 


Associate Professor of Theological Studies 

(2007) 

Cheryl Kelly 



Ronald Kellogg 

Ph.D., University of Colorado, Boulder 


Chairman, Department of Psychology (200 I) 

Edwal'd E. Kelly 

Ph.D., Fordham University 

Professor Emeritus of English (1994) 

John C. Kennell 

Ph.D., University of Florida 


Peter C. Kesling 

D.D.S., Indiana University, Indianapolis 


KiBcomKim 

Ph.D., Dankook University, Korea 

Assistant Professor of Olthodontics (2005) 

Scnug Hee Kim 

Ph.D., New York University 

Lorenzini Professor of International Business 

(2001) 


Director, Boeing Institute of International 

Business (1984) 

YeeSikKim 




James R. Kimmey 

M.D., University of Wlsconsin. Madison 

M.P.H., University of California, Berkeley 

Professor Emeritus of Health Management and 

Policy (200 I) 

Chal'les Kirkpatrick 

Ph.D., Indiana University, Bloomington 

Associate Professor of Chemistry (1990) 

David L. Kirschner 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

Associate Professor of Geology in Earth and 


Istvan Kiss 

Ph.D., Kossuth Lajos University, Hungary 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry (2007) 

John N. Kissinger 


Associate Professor of Accounting (1989) 

*James G. Klarsch 

D.D.S., University of Missouri, Kansas City 

M.S. in Dent., Saint Louis University 

Associate Clinical Professor of Orthodontics 

(2004) 

Claudette Klein 

Ph.D., University of California. San Francisco 



Jason Knoufl 

Ph.D., University ofTllinoi •• Urbana-Champaign 


Mark M. Knuepfer 

Ph.D., University of Iowa 



Joyce Koenig 

M.D., University of South Dakota School of 

Medicine 


Professor of Molecular Microbiology & 


Keitb D. Koper 

Ph.D" Washington University 

Associate Professor of Earth and Atmospheric 

Sciences-Geophysics (2006) 

James H. Koru 

Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology 


Professor of American Studies (1984) 

JacId Kornbluth 

Ph.D., Cornell University 




Sergey Korolev 

Ph.D., Russian Academy of Science 

Associate P1'Ofessor of Biochemistry and 


Bruce A. Kowert 

Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin 


Dan Kozlowski 

Ph.D., University of NOItb Carolina-Chapel Hill 


Santosh Krishna 

Ph.D" University of Missouri, Columbia 


Robert L. Krizek 

Ph.D., Arizona State University 

Associate Professor of Communication (2000) 

Adjunct Associate Professior of management 

(2004) 


Jane! E. Knebli 

Ph.D., Emory University 


Kathryn E. Kuhn 


Associate Professor of Sociology (I 996) 

Associate Professor of American Studies (1998) 


(2000) 

Timothy Kusky 

Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University 

Paul C. Reinert, S.l., Chair in the Natural 




No Kyoon Kwak 

Ph.D., University of Southern California 

Professor of Decision Sciences and Management 

Information Systems (1971) 

Ik-Whllu Kwon 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 



Information Systems (I975) 

Helen Lach 



David Lagnnoff 

M.D., University of Chicago 

Professor Emeritus of Pathology (2003) 

Belden C. Lane 

Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary 



Joanne Langan 

Ph.D., George Mason University 


Eric Langenwalter 

D.M.D., Southern Illinois University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Endodontics 

(2001) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Periodontics 

(2001) 

Leonard F. Laskowski, Jr. 


Professor Emeritus of Patbology (1990) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Internal 


Mary Ann Lavin 

R.N., D.Se., Harvard School of Public Health 

Associate Professor of Mental Healtb, Family, 

Commnnity, and Systems Nursing (2000) 

Donna J. LaVoie 

Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 

Tenured Professor of Psychology (2008) 

Craig L. Lawson 

M.D., Ph.D., Saint Louis University 

Associate Professor of Anatomy (2003) 

Dennis I,ell 

Ed.D., University of Missouri. Columbia 

Associate Professor of Educational Leadership & 

Higher Education (2006) 

Andrew J. Lechner 

Ph.D., University of California, Riverside 



Professor of Internal Medicine (1997)

154 Administration and Graduate Faculty 

Terry L. Leet 

Ph.D., University of Washington 

Associate Professor of Community Health 

(2004) 

Assistant Professor of Obstetrics-Gynecology 

(2001) 

Chair, Depattment of Community Health (2006) 

*Jean-Robert Leguey-Feilleux 

Ph.D .• Georgetown University 

Professor of Political Science (2000) 


(2000) 

David Letschel' 




Reuven R. Levary 

Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University 


Information Systems (19S5) 

Wesley Joseph Leverich 



Michael Lewis 



Roger D. Lewis 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University 

Associate Professor of Community Health (2000) 

Julia R. Lieherman 

Ph.D .• Yale University 


(2001) 

Edwin L. Lissun, S . .J. 

S.T.D., Pontifical Gregorian University 

Associate Professor of Theological Studies (1980) 


Maw-Shung Llu 

D.D.S., Kaohsiung Medical College, Taiwan 

Ph.D .• University of Ottawa 


Science (l9S2) 

Kathleen Llewellyn 


Assistant Professor of Modern and Classical 


Jennifer K. Lodge 




Deborah Gentry Loman 



Chair, Department of Mental Heallh, Family. 

Community, and Systems Nursing (1998) 

Ana Maria Thrncr Lnmperis 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina 


Policy (1996) 

Timothy J. Lomperis 

Ph.D .• Duke University 


William J. Longmore 

Ph.D .. University of Kansas 

Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry and 


Professor Emeritus of Internal Medicine (1997) 

Oscar Lopez 



(2004) 

.JlaoMa 

Ph.D., State University of New York, Buffalo 

Assistant Professor of Aviation Science (2005) 

Heather Macarthur 

Ph.D., St. Bartholomew's Medical College 

Associate Research Professor of Pharmacological 

and Physiological Science (2004) 

Katherine MacKinnon 

Ph.D., University of California, Berkley 



Thomas F. Madden 

Ph.D .. University ofIllinois, Urbana·Champaign 


Carl Maertz, Jr. 


Associate Professor of Management (2007) 

Matthew Mancini 

Ph.D., Emory University 


Chairman, Department of American Studies 

(2000) 

Helen I. Mandeville 


Associate Professor Emerita of English (1992) 

Ronald B. Margolis 

Ph.D .• Bowling Green State University 

Professor of Community and Family Medicine 

(1992) 


Greg Marks 

Ph.D .• University of California 



Jacl{ C. Marler 

Ph.D., University of Toronto 


John R. Mal·tln, III 


Assistant Professor of Anatomy (2004) 

R. Scott Martin 

Ph.D .• University of Missouri, Columbia 

Associate Professor of Chemistry (2008) 

Candace Martinez 


Assistant Professor of International Business 

(2007) 

Hisako Matsno 


Associate Professor of Research Methodology 

(2002) 

Mildred K. Maltfeldt-Beman 

Ph.D., Saint Louis University; R.D. 

Professor of NUliition and Dietetics (200 I) 

Iustl"Uctor of Nutrition and Dietetics in Iuternal 

Medicine (l9SS) 


Chair, Department of Nutrition and Dietetics 

(1982) 

Michael K. May, S.J. 

Ph.D .• University of California, Berkeley 



Chair, Depat1menl of Mathematics and Computer 


Richard L. Mayden 

Ph.D., University of Kansas 

William S. Barnickel Chair in the Natural 

Sciences (200 I) 

Professor of Biology (200 I) 

Chailman, Department of Biology (2001) 

.Jeffrey P. Mayer 

Ph.D., Michigan State University, East Lansing 


Kara McBride 

Ph.D., University of Arizona-Tuscon 

Assistant Professor of Modern & Classical 


Colleen A. McCluskey 

Ph.D., University oflowa 


Michael McClymond 



(2002) 

Ryan McCulla 

Ph.D., Iowa State University 


Sister Mary Noreen McGowan, F.S.M. 

R.N., M.S. in NT.Ed., Saint Louis University 

Professor Emerita of Nursing (1983) 

John R. McGowan 

Ph.D .. Sonthern llIillois University, Carbondale 


Dyan McGuire 

Ph.D., University of Missouri, St. Louis 



Richard McGuire 

Ph.D., Bowling Green State University 



Jane McHowat 

Ph.D., Balh University 


Janice McIntire-Strasburg 

Ph.D., University of Nevada 


Dwight E. McLeod 

M.S. University ofIowa 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Periodontics 

(2001) 

Maryellen McSweeney 


Professor Emerita of Nursing Research (2003) 

David Vincent Meconi, S.J. 

D. Phil. Oxon., University of Oxford 

(Ecclesiastical History) 

Instructor of Theological Studies (2007) 

Joseph C. Meek 

c.P.A.; C.M.A.; M.B.A., Washington University 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting (1997)

Paul A. Meluik 

D.D.S .• Washington University 

M.S. in Dent.. Saint Louis University 

Associate Clinial Professor of Orthodontics 

(1990) 

Norma Milligan Metheny 

R.N .• Ph.D .. Saint Louis University 

Professor of Adult and Gerontological Nursing 

(1998) 

Avis E. Meyer 

Ph.D .• Saillt Louis University 

Professor of Commun icalion (1999) 

Geralyn Meyer 

Ph.D .• University of Missouri-Saint Louis 


Dorothy Duff Miles 

Ph.D .• University ofConnecticlit 

Associate Professor of Educational Studies (2000) 

D. Douglas Miley 

D.M.D .• M.S.D .• Indiana University 

Adjunct Assistant Pl'Ofessor of Periodontics (2007) 

Assistant Professor of Endodontics (2001) 

Director. Graduate Program in Periodontics 

(1997) 

Allison Miller 

Ph.D .• Washillton University 

Assistant Professor of Biology 

Bnbhi Miller 

Ph.D .• Texas Tech University 

Assistant Professor of Counseling & Family 


Cheryl Miller 

Ph.D .• Iowa State University 

Assistant Professor of Biomedical Engineering 

(2005) 

Clarence H. Miller 

Ph.D .. Harvard University 

Professor Emeritus of English (2000) 

Elwood L. Miller 

C.P.A.; Ph.D., Saint Louis University 


Patricia Donahue Miller 

M.S .• Washington University 

Assistant Professor in Communication Sciences 


Stephen William Miller 

D.B.A .• Kent State University 

Professor of Marketing (1982) 

Thomas W. Miller, Jr. 

Ph.D., University of Washington, Seattle 

Professor of Finance (2005) , 

Nathaniel Millett 

Ph.D., Cambridge University. UK 


Andrew C. Mills 

R.N .• Ph.D .. Saint Louis University 

Associate Pl'Ofessor Nursing (200 I) 

Director, Doctoral Nursing Program (2003) 

Sllclley D. Minteer 

Ph.D .• University ofIowa. Iowa City 

Tenured Professor of Chemistry (2008) 

Ronald E. Modras 

Dr. Theol.. University of Tuebingen. Gelmany 



Ana Montero 




Lynda Morrison 


Professor of Microbiology (2007) 

Nancy Mueller Morrison 


Associate Professor of Counseling and Family 

Thempy (1998) 

Wynne W. Moskop 

Ph.D., George Washington University 

Associate Professor of Political Science (1996) 

Associate Professor of American Stadies (1996) 

Chair. Department of Political Science (2004) 

.John J. Mueller, S.J. 

Ph.D .• Graduate Theological Union. Berkeley 


(1984) 

.James A. Mulligan 

Ph.D .• University of California, Berkeley 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology (1985) 

David C. MUllz 

Ph.D .• University of Oklahoma 


Adjunct Professor of Management (1987) 

Nikki Murdick 

Ph.D .• University of Georgia 


TcriMurray 



Dean. School of Nursing (2008) 

Karen Myers 

Ph.D .• Illinois State University. Normal 



Alireza Nasseh 

Ph.D .• Michigan State University 

Associate Professor of Finance (1988) 

Chair. Department of Finance (2000) 

George O. Ndege 

Ph.D., West Virginia University 



(2002) 

Wendi S. Neckameyer 

Ph.D .• Rockefeller University 



Francis W. Nichols 

D.es Th., University of Stmsbourg 


Richard C. Nickeson 



Christen J. Nielsen 

D.M.D .. University of Pennsylvania 

M.S., University of Oregon 


(1996) 

Robert .1. Nikolai 

Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana 

Professor Emeritus of Biomechanics in 

Orthodontics (2007) 


Burton J. Nissing 

C.P.A.; Ph.D .• Saint Louis University 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Accounting 

(1996) 

Ray N. Nitzscbe 

Ph.D .• University of Illinois. Urbana 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Aerospace and 

Mechanical Engineering (1994) 

J anlce A. Noack 

R.N .. Ph.D., Catholic University of America 

Associate Professor Emerita of Maternal/Child 

Nursing (1996) 

Shawn E. Nordell 

Ph.D., University of New Mexico 


Rosemary Archambault Norris 

M.S.P.T .• University of Alabama. Birmingham; 

P.T. 


.Judith Ogilvie 

Ph.D .• Harvard University 


Donald Oliver 

D.D.S .• M.S .• Washington University 

Clinical Assistant Professor of Orthodontics 

(2007) 

Kevin D. O'Rourke, O.P. 

J.C.D .• St. Thomas University. Rorne 

Professor Emeritus of Ethics in Internal Medicine 

(1999) 

.Jason Organ 

Ph.D .• Johns Hopkins University School of 

Medicine 

Assistant Professor of Surgery (2008) 

Allen Otsuka 

Ph.D .• University of California, San Diego 

Adjunct Associate Professor. Center for 

Advanced Dental Education (1996) 

Cynthia Ott 


Assistant Professor of American Studies (2007) 

YiPun 

Ph.D .• Howard University 

M.D .• Beijing Medical College 



Zaitao Pan 

Ph.D .• Iowa State University 



Michael Panicola 


Adjunct Assistant Professor of Health Care 

Ethics (2002) 

W. Michael Panneton 

Ph.D .• Ohio State University 



Charles H. Parker 

Ph.D .• University of Minnesota 


Gerald E. Parker 


Professor Emeritus of Management (1984)


Kenneth L. Parker 

Ph.D., University of Cumbridge 


Robert Pasken 


Associate Professor of Earth & Atmospheric 


Manoj S. Patankar 

Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University 

Professor of Aviation Science (2006) 

Associate Professor of Aerospace Technology 

(2003) 

Dean, Parks College (2007) 

Jean-Louis Pautl'Ot 



Max P. Pepper 

M.D., University of Pennsylvania 

M.P.H., Yale University 

Professor Emeritus of Community and Family 


Arnn J. A. Pereira 

Ph.D., University of Houston 


Adjunct Associate Professor of International 


Harris Perlman 

Ph.D., Tufts University 

Associate Professor of Molecular Microbiology 

& Immunology (2006) 

Pascale Perraudin 

Ph.D., Boston College 



Elisabeth I. Perry 



Lewis Curtis Perry 

Ph.D., Comell University 

Professor Emeritus of History (2008) 

.J. Doug Pettinelli 

Ph.D., Kansas State University 

Associate Professor of Counseling and Family 


Nancy J. Phillips 

M.D., Medical College of Ohio, Toledo 

Associate Professor of Pathology (1997) 

Kathryn Pole 

Ph.D., Texas Woman's University 


(2006) 

Jennifer Popiel 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 


Brad Pormio 

Ph.D .. Stale University of New York, Buffalo 


(2007) 

Jean Potvin 

Ph.D .. University of Colorado, Boulder 


Kimberly K. Powlishta 



Michael V. Purcell 

D.D.S., University of Missouri, Kansas City 

M.S.D., Saint Louis University 


Steven Pnro 

Ph.D., State University of New York, Buffalo 



(1984) 

Hailong Qian 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Decision Sciences 

and MIS (200 1) 

Clyde Ragland, Jr. 

Ph.D., Yale University 


Julianne Rainbolt 

Ph.D., University ofIliinois 


Mathematical Computer Science (2003) 

Mnhammed Waheed-Uz-Zaman Rana 

Ph.D., Wayne State University 

Professor Emeritus of Anatomy (2008) 

Sister Joan Alethea Range, A.S.C. 

Ph.D .. Fordham University 

Associate Professor Emerita of Theological 

Studies (2003) 

Michael Rauchman 

M.D., McGill University 

Assistant Professor of Biochemistry & Molecular 


Krislmaswamy Ravindra 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical 


Chair, Department of Aerospace and Mechanical 


Cecil J. G. Raw 

Ph.D., University of Natal 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (1994) 

RanjitRay 

Ph.D .• University of Calcutta 

Professor of Microbiology (2000) 

Ratna Ray 

Ph.D., University of Calcutta 


Associate Professor of Internal Medicine (2008) 

Assistant Research Professor of Molecular 

Virology (1996) 

ROllald W. Rebore, Sr. 


Professor of Educational Leadership and Higher 


Associate Dean, Graduate School (2005) 

William T. Rebore 




Chair, Department of Educational Leadership 

and Higher Educalion (1998) 

Associate Dean, College of Education and Public 

Service (1996) 

Cordie Given Reese 

R.N., Ed.D., University of Missouri, St. Louis 

Professor of Mental Health, Family, Community, 

and Systems Nursing (2000) 

Brother William L. Rehg, S.J. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University 



(2000) 

Raymond H. Reis, S.J, 


Professor Emeritus of Biology (1973) 

George John Renard, Jr. 

Ph.D., Harvard University 


Professor ofInternational Studies (2000) 

Alireza Rezaie 

Ph.D., Boston University 

Professor of Biochemistry (2004) 

'"Randy R. Richter 

M.S., Medical College of Virginia/Virginia 

Commonwealth University 


Irene I. Riddle 

R.N., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Professor Emerita of Mental Health, Family, 

Community, and Systems Nursing (2001) 

Charlotte Pucel Ridley 

M.S., University of Minnesota, St. Paul; R.D. 

Assistant Professor of Nutrition and Dietetics 

(1999) 

James B. Riles 

Ph.D., University of London 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and 


Robert Ripperdan 

Ph.D., California Institute of Technology 

Assistant Professor of Earth and Atmospheric 


Brian Robinette 



(2003) 

Paul D. Roman 


Associate Professor Emeritus of Economics 

(1998) 

James C. Romeis 

Ph.D., Syracuse University 


(2002) 

Professor of Community and Family Medicine 

(1999) 

Sheldon W. Rosenstein 

D.D.S., M.S.D .. Northwestern University 


Michael J. Ross 



Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior 

(1998) 

Director, the Clinical Psychology Program 

(1995) 

Bruce E. Rotter 

D.M.D., Southern lllinois University 

M.S., University of Iowa 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Periodontics 

(2001)

KeVlll Rowland 



(2005) 

Michal J. Rozbicki 

Ph.D., Maria Curie-Skodowska University, 

Lublin 

Ph.D., Warsaw University, Warsaw 


Julie H. Rubio 

Ph.D., University of Southern California 


(2005) 

Roy Ruckdeschel 

Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University 

Professor of Social Work (1986) 

Thomas Michael Ruddy 

Ph.D., Kent State University 


Irma S. Ruebling 

A.M., Saini Louis University; P.T. 

Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy (1977) 

Chair, Department of Physical Therapy (1977) 

Mark Ruff 

Ph.D .• Brown University 


Thomas S. Ruh 

Ph.D .• Marquette University 



AnnM.Rule 

Ph.D., Kent State University 


(1998) 

Laurie Russel 



Jennifer Rust 

Ph.D., University of California, Irvine 


Jan Stephen Ryerse 

Ph.D., University of Western Ontario 


Edward J. Sabin 



Scott R. Safranski 

Ph.D., Indiana University 

Associate Professor of Management (1988) 

Josepb R. Salerno 

Ph.D., The Ohio State University 


Luis Salinas·Madrigal 

M.D., National Autonomolls University of 

Mexico 



Professor of Internal Medicine ( 1991) 

Gretchen Salsich 



Willis Kenrick Samson 

Ph.D .• University of Texas 



Director, Basic Biomedical Science Core 

Program (1998) 

Juan Sandoval 

Ph.D., University of California, Berkley 

Assistant Professor of Sociology & Criminal 


Thalanayar S. Sallthanam 

Ph.D .• Madras University 


Nil Santianez 

Ph.D., University ofTIlinois 



Kevin P. SCAnnell 

Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 



Dal'Cell P. Scharff 

Ph.D., St. Louis University 


Daniel I" SchlaOy, Jr. 

Ph.D., Columbia University 


Professor ofInternational Studies (2000) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of International 


Director, Russian/Eastern European Studies 

Program (1985) 

Homer H. Schmitz 



(1996) 

Associate Professor of Community and Family 


JORnne Schneider 



Mark Schnitzler 

Ph.D .• Washington University, St. Louis, MO 

Associate Professor of Internal Medicine (2004) 

Associate Professor of Health Management & 

Policy (2006) 

Irene T. Schulze 


Professor Emerita of Molecular Microbiology 


Rachel Schwartz 

Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis. MO 


.lames F. Scott 



Karla D. Scott 

Ph.D .• University oflllinois. Urbana-Champaign 


Assistant Professor oflnternational Studies (2000) 

Lavern Scott 

Ed.D .• Saint Louis University 




* .lames M. Sebesta, S.J. 

M.Div., Weston College 

M.S .• Fordham University 

Associate Professor of Aviation Science (1995) 

Ananth Seetharaman 

Ph.D., Georgia State University 


Chair. Department of Accounting (2003) 

Neil E. Seitz 



Leo C. Senay, Jr. 

Ph.D., State University ofIowa 



Alexa llarnoski Serfis 

Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Iostitute 


*Juan Fernando Serrano Albuja 

M.A., University ofFIorida 

Instructor in Community Health (1995) 

John G. Severson, Jr. 



Maulik Raj Shah 

M.D .• Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

(2007) 

Michael C. Shaner 

Ph.D .• University of South Carolina 

Professor of Management (2000) 

Associate Professor of International Business 

(1998) 

Nitish Singh 


Assistant Professor of Intel'llational Business 

(2007) 

Thomns A. Shippey 

Ph.D., University of Cambridge 

Walter J. Ong, SJ. Chair in HumanitieslProfessor 

Emeritus of English (1993) 

.lames D. Shoemaker 

M.D., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Urbana 

Champaign 

Associate Professor of Biochemistry and 


PaulJ. Shore 




Associate Professor of American Studies (1998) 

Laurie Shornlck 



Silvana Siddali 

Ph.D., Harvard University 


William L. Siler 

Ph.D., Arizona State University, Tempe 


Hemla Singaravelll 

Ph.D .• Southern Illinois University 

Associate Professor of COllnseling and Family 

Therapy (2005)

Travis Threats 

Ph.D., Northwestern University 



Chair, Department of Communication Sciences 


BrianD. Till 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 

Clarence & Helen Steber Endowed Professor of 

Marketing 


Assistant Professor of International Business 

(1999) 

Chair, Department of Marketing (2003) 

Daniel L. Tolbert 



Professor of Surgery (1994) 

Director, Center for Anatomical Science and 


Terry J. Tomazie 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University 

Professor of Research Methodology (1995) 

Chair, Department of Research Methodology 

(J998) 

Professor of Olthodontics (2001) 

*EdwardAllan Tomey 

A.B., Northwestel'l1 University 

Instructor in Public Policy Studies (J 970) 

Wal'l'en Treadgold 

Ph.D" HarVHrd University 


April Trees 

Ph.D., University of Washington 

Assistant Pl'Ofessor of Communication (2007) 

c. Griffin Trotter 


Associate Professor of Health Care Ethics (2003) 

Assistant Professor of Internal Medieine (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Surgery (1998) 

Chichen Michael Thau 

Ph.D., University ofIowa 


(1994) 

Paaige Thrner 



Adjunct Assistant Pl'Ofessol' of Management 

(2004) 

Director, Graduate Communcation Studies 

(2006) 

*WiIliarnH. Tyler, Jr. 

M. A" University of Missouri, Columbia 


Donald A. Tyree 


Professor Emeritus of Finance (2000) 

Joya F. Uraizee 



Assistant Professor of InternatiQnal Studies (2000) 

Thomas Valone 

Ph.D., University of Arizona 


Sara van den Berg 

Ph.D., Yale University 


Chairperson, Depal1ment of English (2000) 

Jillon Vander Wal 



Theodore R. Vitali, C.P. 



Chair, Department of Philosophy (1989) 

Carole A. Vogici' 

M.D., University of Missouri, Columbia 



Mark M. Voigt 




JamesVolss 



(2006) 

Kevin C. Walde 

D.D.S., University of Missouri. Kansas City 

M.S. in Dent., Saint Louis University 

Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthodontics 

(1993) 

Angela Walmsley 



(2008) 

N.E.H. Professor of Byzantine Studies (1997) 

Raymond R. Walsh 


Professor Emeritus of Biology (1988) 

Thomas Walsh 



YuqiWang 

Ph.D., Creighton University 


Kemleth F. Warren 

Ph.D •• University of Massachusetts 


Pmfessor of Public Policy Studies (1985) 

JohnWatzke 



(2007) 

Nancy Weaver 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill 


Terri LYlm Weaver 

Ph.D .• Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 

University 


Edward P. Weiss 

Ph.D., University of Maryland 

Assistant Professor of Nutrition and Dietetics 

(2006) 

Julie Weissman 


Assistant Professor of Educational Leadership 


Patrick J. Welch 


Professor of Economics (1983) 

Professor of Health Services Research (1985) 



Jason E. Wells 

Ph.D., West Virginia University School of 

Medicine 

Adjunct Assistant Professor in Endodontics 

(2004) 

PhyllisWeliver 

Ph.D., University of Sussex 


Stephen P. Wernet 


Professor of Social Work (1995) 

Ramona Mae Wessler 


Associate Professor Emerita of Adult Health 

Nursing (1997) 

Thomas C. Westfall 


William Beaumont Chair in Pharmacological and 


Professor of Pharmacology (1979) 

Chair, Pharmacology (1979) 

Nina Westhus 



Norman White 

Ph.D., State University of New York, Albany 

Assistant Professor of Sociology and Criminal 


S. William WhItson 

Ph.D., University of Arkansas, Little Rock 

Adjunct Professor, Center for Advanced Dental 


Susanne Wledemanll 


Assistant Professor of American Studies (2007) 

Elaine Wilder 

M.A.T., University of North Carolina, Chapel 

HiJl;P.T. 


Michael Williams 

Ed.D., Saint Louis University 



Rebecca K. Willits 



(2005) 

Bonnie Wilson 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. Urbana-Champaign 


Tobias Wlnright 



(2005) 

William S. M. Wold 

Ph.D., University of Manitoba 



Chair, Department of Molecular Microbiology 


JoNellWood 

Ed.D., University of Missouri, Columbia 


and Higher Education (2005)

160 Administration and Graduate Faculty 

Robert M. Wood 

Ph.D., University of Alabama 


Richard Wray 



GnryWright 

Ph.D., Ohio University 

Adjunct Instructor of Educational Leadership & 

Higher Education (1998) 

Kathleen S. Wright 

Ed.D .• University of California. Berkeley 


Kathleen Wyrwich 

Ph.D .. Saint Louis University 


(2006) 

Assistant Professo of Health Management and 

Policy (2002) 

Peter Ynciuk 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania Siale University 

Assistant Research Professor of Molecular 

Microbiology and Immunology (2002) 

Frederick C. Yeager 



Vernon L. Yeager 

Ph.D .• University ofNOlth Dakota 



PaulA. Young 

Ph.D .• University of Buffalo 



Hayrettin Yiicesoy 


Assisant Professor of History (2003) 

Daniel Scott Zahm 

Ph.D .• Pennsylvania State University. Hershey 


Hans Peter Zassenhaus 

Ph.D .• Ohio State University 



Terry V. Zenser 


Professor ofInternal Medicine (1985) 

Professor of Biochemistry lind Molecular 


ZijunZhang 

M.D., Postgraduate Medical School of PLA. 

Beijing, China 

Assistant Professor of Orthopedic Surgery 

(2007) 

Hongxin (John) Zhao 

Ph.D., George Washington University 

Professor of International Business (2006) 

Lnpei Zhu 

Ph.D .• California Institute of Technology 



Brent Zllosko 

Ph.D .• University of Rochester 

Assisant Professor of Chemislry (2004)

INDEX 

Academic Appeals, Procedures for. 28 

Academic Centers and Institutes 

Anheuser-Busch Eye Institute. 7 

Center for Advanced Dental Education, 

7.98-104 

Center for Applied Behnvioral Science. 7 

Center for Bioterrorism and Emerging 

Infections, 7 

Center for Counseling and Family Therapy, 7, 

81-84 

Center for Health Care Ethics, 7, 103-104 

Center for Medieval and Renaissance Studies. 

7,36 

Center for the Study of Communication 

and Culture, 7 

Center for Urban Research, 7 

Emerson Center for Business Ethics, 7 

Institute for Molecular Virology. 7 

Pediatric Research Institute, 7 

Smurfit Center for Entrepreneurial Studies. 7 

Speech, Language. and Hearing Clinics, 7 

Academic Computing, 7 

Academic Deans, 147 

Academic IntegritylEthics. 27-28 

Academic Probation. 27 

Academic Standards. 25-29 

Acceptable Academic Progress. 27 

Accreditation. 5 

Administration. University 147 

Administration of Justice, 39-40 

Admission into The Graduate School, 16-17 

Advanced Standing, 17.32 

Aerospace Engineering, 74-76 

Allied Health Professions, Graduate Offering 

in the Doisy School of. \05- \07 

American Studies. 40-42 

Anatomy, 117-J 18 

Anatomical Science and Education. Center for, 

117-118 

Appeals, Academic, 28 

Aquinas Institute. 24 

Arts and Sciences. Graduate Programs in the 

College of. 39-73 

Assistantships. Graduate. 2 J 

Athletics. Intercollegiate, II 

ATM Machines. J 1 

Audits and Auditors, 15. 24-25 

Aviation Safety Management. 76-77 

Aviation Science. Depat1ment of. 76-77 

Basic Biomedical Science, 116-117 

Behavioral Science and Health Education 

(Concentration iu Community Health). 129 

Behavioral Science and Health Education 

and Epidemiology (Joint Concentration in 

Community Health), 130-131 

Billiken Bucks, II 

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 118-119 

Biology. 42-46 

Biomedical Engineering, 77-78 

Biostatistics (Concentration in Community 

Health), 129-130 

Biostatistics and Epidemiology (Joint 

Concentration in Community Health). 131 

Bookstores, 9 

Busch Student Center, 9 

Business Administration. Ph,D. Degree in, 108 

Business. John Cook School of. 143-144 

Business, Graduate Offerings in the John Cook 

School of, 108-115 

Calendar 

Academic. 2004-05, inside front cover 

Planning, of The Graduate School. inside back 

cover 

University, 17-18 

Campus Ministry, 11 

Campus COllvenience Store, 11 

Candidacy/Candidate Status, 30 

Career Services. 10 

Cellular and Molecular Regulation 

(Specialty in Biology), 43 

Center for Advanced Dental Education. 98-102 

Center for Teaching Excellence. The Paul C. 

Reinert. S.J .• 7-8 

Certificate Programs 

General Description. 36 

in Emperical Research Methods in Descriptive 

Ethics, 13 

in Geographical Information Systems, 93-94 

in Marriage and Family Therapy, 82 

in Medieval Studies, I3 

in Nursing, 13, 125 

in Renaissance Studies, 14 

in Rhetorical Studies and Writing Pedagogy, 14 

in Women's Studies, 73 

Certification of Status. 18 

Changes in Registrations, 23 

Chemistry. 46-47 

Communication, 47-49 

Communication Sciences and Disorders. 79-81 

Community Health, 129-137 

ComprehensiVe Master's Degree Examination. 

30-31 

Conditional Registration/Students, 15 

Counseling and Family Therapy 

Graduate Program in. 81-84 

Counseling Center, 8-9 

Coursework 

Upper Division. 25,29,37 

Graduate, 25.29.32,37 

Professional. 25.29,37 

Curricula and Courses, 37-38 

Degrees Offered (by The Graduate School) 

Doctor of Education. 31,84.88 

Doctor of Philosophy. 31-34 

List with Majors. Degrees. Concentrations, and 

Certificates, 13-14 

Master of Arts ill Teaching, 87-88 

Master's. 29-31 

Specialist in Education. 31,84 

Degrees Offered (by the University), 5 

Dietetics Internship. 105 

Dining Services. 10 

Dissertation 

Copyrighting of. 33 

Microftlming of. 33 

Public Oml PresentationIDefense of, 33-34 

Diversity, Affirmative Action, Disabilities, 28- 

29 

Dual Degree Programs. 14,35-36.93,106, 125, 

132-133, 138, 143-144, 146 

Earth and Atmospheric Sciences. 

Department of. 49-54 

Ecology. Evoluation. and Systematics (Specialty 

in Biology). 43 

Educational Leadership and Higher Education, 

84-87 

Educational Administration, 85-86 

Higller Education Administration, 86-87 

Student Personnel Administration. 84 

Urban Leadership. 84 

Educational Studies. 87-92 

Curriculum and Instruction, 89-90 

Educational Foundations. 88 

Special Education. 91-92 

Educational Technology Services, 7 

Emergency Loan Fund, 23 

Emperical Research Methods in Descriptive 

Ethics, 13 

Endodontics. 99-100 

English (Graduate Program in). 54-57 

English as a Second Language. 8 

Enrollment, Mandatory, Continuous. 18,23 

Environmental and Occupational Health 

(Concentration in Community Health), 130 

Environmental Health and Epidemiology (Joint 

Concentration in Community Health). 131 

Epidemiology (Concentration in Community 

Health). 130 

Examinations, Degree 

Comprehensive for Master's Degree, 3-310 

Preliminary Oral for Ph.D. Degree. 32 

Qualifying/Pl'eliminary, Written for Doctoral 

Degree, 32 

Exit Questionnaire. 30, 35 

Faculty, SLU. as Graduate Students, 15 

Fellowships 

Dissertation, 21 

Diversity. 21 

External, 21 

Graduate. 21 

Minority, 21 

Presidential, 21 

Private Sources, 22 

Financial Aid 

Federal Progrums. 22 

Loans, 22-23 

Office of. 21-23 

French, 61-62 

Geographical Information Systems. 

Certificate in, 93-94 

Geoscience (Geology, Geophysics). 49-50 

Good Academic Standing. 27 

Grades/Gradiug 

Scheme for The Graduate School, 26-27 

SLU Permanent Record, 27 

Graduate Council. 12 

Graduate Faculty. 12,148-161 

Graduate School. The 

Administration. 12 

Faculty, 12, 148-161 

Graduate Programs/Offerings in. 13-14 

Objectives and General Policies. 12 

Offices. 12 

Organization and Governance, 12-13 

Planning Calendar. inside back cover 

Webpage.3 

Graduate Student Association, 8 

Graduate Studies, University Board of. 12 

Graduation Requirements for 

Doctor of Education Degree. 31 

Doctor of Philosophy Degree. 31-34 

Master of Arts in Teaching. 87 

Master's Degrees, 29-31 

Specialist in Education Degree. 31,84 

Health Administration, 137-140 

Health Care Ethics, 103-104 

Health Center. 8-9

Health Management and Policy, Department of, 

137-140 

Health Policy (Concentration within the M.P.H. 

degree program), 138 

Historical Theology, 70 

History (GradulIIe Program in), 57-59 

Housing and Residential Life, 9 

Immunization Policy, 16 

Inter-Campus Travel. 9 

Intemational Student ServiceslInternational 

Center, 8 

Law, Sehool of. 144 

Leave of Absence. 18 

Libraries 

Archives, University, 6-7 

Extended Facilities, 6 

Health Sciences Center, 6 

Pius XII Memorial, 6 

Vatican Film, 6-7 

Loans, Student, 22 

Mandatory Continuous Enrollment, 18.23 

Marriage and Family Therapy, Certificate in, 82 

Mathematics. 59-60 

Mathematics and Mathematical Computer 

Science, Department of, 59 

Matriculation. 18 

Medical Dietetics (Option within Nutrition and 

Dietetics), 106 

Medicine, G raduatc Offerings in the School of, 

116-122 

Medicine, School of, 145 

MERLIN (library network), 6 

Meteorology, 50-51 

Microbiology, Molecular. and Immunology 

119-120 

Midwest Catholie Graduate Schools Consortium, 

8 

Mission of The Graduate School, 4 

MOBIUS (libmry network). 6 

Modern and Classical Languages, 

Department of, 61-64 

Molecular Microbiology and Immunology, 

Deprutment of, 119 

Multidisciplinary Doctoral Option, 34-35 

North Central Association of Colleges and 

Schools, 5 

Nursing 

Graduate Offerings in the School of, 123-128 

Post Master's Certificate in, 125 

Specialties at the Master's Level, 123-125 

Nutrition and Physical Performance (Option 

with Nutrition and Dietetics), 106 

Nutrition and Dietetics, 105-107 

Ordinary Time-ta-Degree Period, 24,27 

Ol1hodontics, 100-10 I 

Other SLU Advanced Degree Offelings, 143-146 

Parking, 9 

Parks College of Engineering, Aviation, and 

Technology, 74-78 

Pathology, 120-121 

Periodontics, 10 1-102 

Petitions, 15,17-18,25,27.30-32,34-36 

Pharmacological and Physiological Science, 

[21-122 

Philosophy. 64-66 

Preliminary Doctoral Degree Examinations, 32 

Presentation/Defense of the Dissertation, 33-34 

Project for Doclor of Education Degree, 31 

Professional Option - Analytic (Concentration 

within Community Health), 132 

Professional Option - Practice (Concentration 

within Community Health), 131 

Psychology. 62-69 

Clinical, 67 

Experimental, 67 

Industrial-Organizational, 67 

Public Administration, 92 

Public Health, Graduate Programs in the Sehoul 

of, 129-142 

Public Health Studies, 141-142 

Public Policy Analysis, 93 

Public Policy Studies, Department of, 92-96 

Public Service, Graduate Programs in the 

College of, 79-97 

Recreational Facilities, 10 

Refund Schedule. Tuition, 20 

Registrar, Office of the, 7 

Registration 

Changes in, 23 

Continuous Enrollment, 18.23 

Continuing, 23 

"Holds," 23 

Inter-University, 24 

Late, 23 

Preregistration, 23 

Research Phase. 24 

Undergraduates in Graduate Coursework, 25 

Zero-Credit, 24 

Research Methodology, Department of, 96-97 

Research-Tools Requirement, 29,32 

Research Topics, 29,32,37-38 

Residence Halt Fees, 19 

Residency, 29,32 

Residential Life, Housing, 9 


Academic Deans, 147 

Accreditation, 5 

Administration, 147 

and the Metropolitan Area, 6 

Archives, 6-7 

Colleges and Schools, 5 

Degrees Offered, 5 

History, 5 

Objectives, 5-6 

Other Advanced Degree Offerings, 143-146 

Trustees. 147 

St. Lonis Metropolitan Area, 6 

Satisfactory Academic Progress, 22-23,27 

Scholarships, 21 

Schools/Colleges of the University, 5 

Semester-Hour of Credit, 25 

Simon Recreation Center, 10 

Social Service, School of, 146 

Sociology and Criminal Justice, Department of, 

39-40 

Spanish, 62-64 

Student Health and Counseling Center, 8-9 

Student Outcomes Assessment, 6 

Student Status. Certification of, 18 

Students, Categories of 

Auditors, 15 

Certificate, 15 

ClassifiedlDegree-Seeking, 15 

Conditional, 15 

Facuity, 15 

Probationary, 15 

UnciassifiedfNondegree, Undecided, 15 

Visitor, 15 

SuspensionlDismissal, 28 

Theology (Graduate Program in), 69-70 

Theological Studies, Department of. 69-72 

Thesis for Research Masler's Degree, 30 

Time to Degree, 24, 27 

Transfer of Credit, 17 

TlUstees, University Board of, 147 

TuitionfPees/Deposits, 19-20 

Budget Plan, 20 

Employer Billing for. 20 

Payment Schedule, 20 

Refund Schedule, 20 

Tuition Management Systems payment plan, 

20 

University Board of Graduate Studies, 12 

Urban Affairs, 92 

Urban Planning and Real Estate Development, 

93 

Vatican Film Library, 6-7 

"Visitors," 15,24-25 

Withdrawals, 25 

Women's Studies, Certificate in, 73

Program Manual - Saint Louis University

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?